TW202300609A - Surface protective sheet and treatment method - Google Patents

Surface protective sheet and treatment method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202300609A
TW202300609A TW111105242A TW111105242A TW202300609A TW 202300609 A TW202300609 A TW 202300609A TW 111105242 A TW111105242 A TW 111105242A TW 111105242 A TW111105242 A TW 111105242A TW 202300609 A TW202300609 A TW 202300609A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
less
protection sheet
water
surface protection
weight
Prior art date
Application number
TW111105242A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
熊倉健太
小坂尚史
島﨑雄太
本田哲士
Original Assignee
日商日東電工股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商日東電工股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商日東電工股份有限公司
Publication of TW202300609A publication Critical patent/TW202300609A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/022Mechanical properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • C09J7/22Plastics; Metallised plastics
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/18Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
    • H01L21/30Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/18Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
    • H01L21/30Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
    • H01L21/302Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26 to change their surface-physical characteristics or shape, e.g. etching, polishing, cutting
    • H01L21/304Mechanical treatment, e.g. grinding, polishing, cutting

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a surface protective sheet in which, even when used in a state of being attached to an object to be protected in a process including a step for treating the object to be protected in a liquid, peeling from an end part as a result of an external force, such as vibration, during said process is unlikely to occur, and in which, at the time of peeling, peeling can be performed without causing damage or deformation in the object to be protected. The provided surface protective sheet has a flexural rigidity value at 25 DEG C within the range of 1.0*10<SP>-6</SP> to 1.0*10<SP>-2</SP> Pa.m3. In addition, the abovementioned surface protective sheet has a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less.

Description

表面保護片材及處理方法Surface protection sheet and treatment method

本發明係關於一種表面保護片材及處理方法。 本申請案主張基於2021年3月25日提出申請之日本專利申請案2021-52064號及2021年9月16日提出申請之日本專利申請案2021-151206號之優先權,且將其等申請案之全部內容作為參照併入至本說明書中。 The invention relates to a surface protection sheet and a treatment method. This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-52064 filed on March 25, 2021 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-151206 filed on September 16, 2021, and these applications The entire content is incorporated into this specification as a reference.

已知有在加工或搬運各種物品時,出於防止其表面之損傷(刮傷或污染、腐蝕等)之目的,而於該表面接著保護片材(黏著片材)以進行保護之技術。例如,於使用藥液(蝕刻液)對玻璃或半導體晶圓、金屬板等進行化學處理或者實施切割或研磨等物理處理等各種處理中,藉由將表面保護片材貼附於保護對象物之非處理面,而使該非處理面得到保護。作為與藥液處理用之保護片材相關之先前技術文獻,可例舉專利文獻1。再者,專利文獻2係與水剝離性黏著片材相關之先前技術文獻。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] There is known a technique of attaching a protective sheet (adhesive sheet) to the surface for the purpose of preventing damage (scratch, contamination, corrosion, etc.) on the surface when processing or transporting various articles. For example, in various treatments such as chemical treatment of glass, semiconductor wafers, metal plates, etc., or physical treatment such as cutting or grinding using chemical liquid (etching solution), by attaching a surface protection sheet to the object to be protected The non-treated surface, so that the non-treated surface is protected. Patent Document 1 can be cited as a prior art document related to a protective sheet for chemical liquid treatment. Furthermore, Patent Document 2 is a prior art document related to a water-releasable adhesive sheet. [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Document]

專利文獻1:日本專利申請案公開2015-193688號公報 專利文獻2:日本專利申請案公開2020-23656號公報 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-193688 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-23656

[發明所欲解決之問題][Problem to be solved by the invention]

於達成保護目的之後,表面保護片材會在適當之時點自被黏著體(保護對象物)被去除。因此,對於表面保護片材,要求於藥液處理時等保護期間中,具有保護對象物之保護所需之接著性、及自保護對象物剝離去除時之易剝離性。若對於保護對象物之剝離力較大,則例如於保護對象物之厚度較薄之情形時,於將表面保護片材自保護對象物剝離去除時,有因其剝離力而該保護對象物發生破損或發生變形之虞。After achieving the purpose of protection, the surface protection sheet is removed from the adherend (object to be protected) at an appropriate point. Therefore, the surface protection sheet is required to have adhesiveness required for protection of the object to be protected during the protection period such as chemical solution treatment, and easy peelability when peeling and removing from the object to be protected. If the peeling force against the object to be protected is large, for example, when the thickness of the object to be protected is thin, when the surface protection sheet is peeled and removed from the object to be protected, the object may be damaged due to the peeling force. Risk of damage or deformation.

近年來,智慧型手機、平板型電腦、各種可穿戴機器等電子機器類(例如攜帶電子機器類)之小型化或薄型化不斷推進,隨之,該等電子機器中所使用之半導體構件、或玻璃等光學構件亦有薄型化之傾向。因此,對於用於保護上述構件之表面保護片材而言,亦需要具有於將表面保護片材自厚度較薄之保護對象物剝離去除時該保護對象物不會產生破損或變形的易剝離性。In recent years, the miniaturization or thinning of electronic devices (such as portable electronic devices) such as smartphones, tablet computers, and various wearable devices has been continuously promoted. Accordingly, semiconductor components used in these electronic devices, or Optical components such as glass also tend to be thinner. Therefore, the surface protection sheet used to protect the above-mentioned members also needs to have easy peelability that does not cause damage or deformation of the object to be protected when the surface protection sheet is peeled and removed from the object to be protected with a thin thickness. .

例如,用作上述光學構件之玻璃面板可藉由使用氫氟酸等藥液進行玻璃減薄(glass slimming)處理而薄化。於上述玻璃減薄處理中,可使用表面保護片材來保護玻璃非處理面。該用途中所使用之表面保護片材於該處理後自玻璃面板剝離去除時,有時會因處理中之剝離力上升或剝離態樣等而導致該薄化之玻璃破裂,因此有良率降低等問題。尤其是,可摺疊顯示器或可捲曲顯示器中所使用之視窗玻璃或覆蓋玻璃被薄化至100 μm左右或其以下之薄度,以賦予彎曲性。因此,表面保護片材剝離時之破損風險更大。若將表面保護片材之剝離強度設定得較低,則可降低於剝離時對被黏著體所施加之負載,減小破損或變形之風險,但有無法達成保護目的之虞,譬如對於保護對象物之密接性(接著性)降低,從而藥液會滲入至保護區域,或於嚴重之情形時在保護期間中自被黏著體產生隆起或剝離等。對於薄玻璃等厚度較薄之脆性材料而言,更難以兼顧保護所需之接著性、及不會使被黏著體破損之易剝離性。For example, a glass panel used as the above-mentioned optical member can be thinned by performing a glass slimming process using a chemical solution such as hydrofluoric acid. In the above glass thinning process, a surface protection sheet can be used to protect the non-treated surface of the glass. When the surface protection sheet used in this application is peeled and removed from the glass panel after the treatment, the thinned glass may be cracked due to the increase in the peeling force during the process or the peeling state, etc., so the yield rate decreases. And other issues. In particular, window glass or cover glass used in foldable displays or rollable displays is thinned to a thickness of about 100 μm or less to impart flexibility. Therefore, there is a greater risk of damage when the surface protection sheet is peeled off. If the peeling strength of the surface protection sheet is set low, the load applied to the adherend can be reduced during peeling, reducing the risk of damage or deformation, but there is a risk that the protection purpose cannot be achieved, such as for the protection object The adhesion (adhesion) of the object is reduced, so that the liquid medicine will penetrate into the protected area, or in severe cases, bulge or peeling will occur from the adherend during the protection period. For brittle materials with thinner thickness such as thin glass, it is more difficult to balance the adhesiveness required for protection and the easy peelability that will not damage the adherend.

又,作為使用上述表面保護片材之表面保護之一態樣,可例舉如下態樣,即於在一個或複數個處理對象物(例如玻璃板)之單面貼合有一片表面保護片材之狀態下,例如使用輥等搬送機構將複數個處理對象物(保護對象物)連續地或個別地搬送至藥液槽內或洗淨槽內等水中,以實施目標處理。於該搬送時或搬送後之製程(載置或向裝置之設置等)中,有時處理對象物會不可避地或無意地受到衝擊或振動、變形等外力,從而有該外力成為剝離負載而導致表面保護片材自處理對象物剝離的顧慮。又,於對半導體晶圓等處理對象物實施切割或研磨等物理處理之態樣中,亦有該物理處理中之外力成為剝離負載,而導致表面保護片材產生端部剝離之顧慮。於產生此種端部剝離之情形時,有無法達成保護目的之虞,譬如藥液等滲入至保護區域等。Also, as an aspect of surface protection using the above-mentioned surface protection sheet, the following aspect can be mentioned, that is, one surface protection sheet is attached to one side of one or a plurality of processing objects (such as glass plates). In this state, for example, a plurality of objects to be treated (objects to be protected) are continuously or individually conveyed into water such as a chemical solution tank or a washing tank by using a conveying mechanism such as a roller to implement the target treatment. During the transfer or in the post-transport process (placement or installation on a device, etc.), the object to be processed may be unavoidably or unintentionally subjected to external forces such as shock, vibration, deformation, etc., and this external force may become a peeling load and cause There is a concern that the surface protection sheet is detached from the object to be treated. In addition, in an aspect where physical processing such as dicing or grinding is performed on the object to be processed such as a semiconductor wafer, external force during the physical processing may become a peeling load, which may cause edge peeling of the surface protection sheet. When such end peeling occurs, there is a possibility that the purpose of protection cannot be achieved, for example, liquid medicine, etc. may infiltrate into the protected area.

本發明係鑒於上述情況而創作出者,其目的在於提供一種表面保護片材,其即便於在包括以貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物例如於液中等進行處理之步驟之製程中使用之情形時,亦不易因該製程中之振動或物理處理等外力而自端部產生剝離,且於剝離時能夠實現不會使保護對象物破損或變形之剝離。相關之其他目的在於提供一種使用上述表面保護片材之處理方法。 [解決問題之技術手段] The present invention was made in view of the above circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a surface protection sheet that can be used even in a manufacturing process including a step of treating the protected object in a liquid, for example, in a state of being attached to the protected object. When it is used in the case, it is not easy to peel off from the end due to external forces such as vibration or physical treatment during the process, and it can be peeled without damaging or deforming the object to be protected during peeling. Another related object is to provide a treatment method using the above-mentioned surface protection sheet. [Technical means to solve the problem]

由本說明書所提供之一態樣之表面保護片材之25℃下之彎曲剛度值處於1.0×10 -6~1.0×10 -2Pa・m 3之範圍內。又,上述表面保護片材之水剝離力FW0為1.0 N/20 mm以下,上述水剝離力FW0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定。 The bending stiffness value at 25°C of the surface protection sheet according to one aspect provided in this specification is in the range of 1.0×10 -6 to 1.0×10 -2 Pa·m 3 . In addition, the water peeling force FW0 of the above-mentioned surface protection sheet is 1.0 N/20 mm or less, and the above-mentioned water peeling force FW0 refers to the surface-attached surface protection sheet of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. After keeping the bonding surface at 23°C and 50% RH for 1 hour, supply 20 μL of distilled water between the alkali glass and the bonding surface, and let the distilled water enter one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the bonding surface After that, it was measured under the conditions of temperature 23°C, peeling angle 180° and speed 300 mm/min.

本發明者等人正推進研究開發一種黏著片材(水剝離性黏著片材),其可利用水等水性液體而容易地剝離,且接合時之耐水可靠性得到改善。根據該水剝離性黏著片材,藉由利用水等水性液體之水剝離,可不對作為剝離對象物之被黏著體造成損害或物理負載較少,而將黏著片材自被黏著體去除。本文所揭示之技術中,利用上述之水剝離。具體而言,上述表面保護片材由於水剝離力FW0為1.0 N/20 mm以下,故而於剝離時可實現不會使被黏著體(保護對象物)破損或變形之剝離(水剝離)。又,上述表面保護片材由於25℃下之彎曲剛度值處於1.0×10 -6~1.0×10 -2Pa・m 3之範圍內,故而即便於在以將上述表面保護片材貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於藥液或水等液中進行處理之製程中被施加振動等外力之情形時,上述表面保護片材針對該外力亦不易自端部產生剝離。 The inventors of the present invention are advancing research and development of an adhesive sheet (water-releasable adhesive sheet) that can be easily peeled off with an aqueous liquid such as water and that has improved water resistance reliability at the time of joining. According to this water-releasable adhesive sheet, the adhesive sheet can be removed from the adherend without causing damage to the adherend that is the object to be peeled or with little physical load by water peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water. In the technology disclosed herein, the above-mentioned water stripping is utilized. Specifically, since the above-mentioned surface protection sheet has a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less, peeling (water peeling) can be achieved without damaging or deforming the adherend (protected object) during peeling. In addition, since the bending stiffness of the above-mentioned surface protection sheet at 25°C is in the range of 1.0×10 -6 to 1.0×10 -2 Pa·m 3 , it is convenient to attach the above-mentioned surface protection sheet to the protective State of the object When an external force such as vibration is applied to the object to be protected during the process of treating the object in a liquid such as a chemical or water, the above-mentioned surface protection sheet is not likely to be peeled off from the edge in response to the external force.

又,由本說明書所提供之另一態樣之表面保護片材之水剝離力FW0為1.0 N/20 mm以下,上述水剝離力FW0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定。又,上述表面保護片材之起點剝離力為0.5 N/10 mm以上,上述起點剝離力係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持24小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間滴加20 μL之蒸餾水,於溫度23℃、剝離角度20度及速度1000 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定。 上述之表面保護片材由於水剝離力FW0為1.0 N/20 mm以下,故而藉由於水之存在下進行剝離,可實現不會使被黏著體(保護對象物)破損或變形之剝離去除。又,上述表面保護片材由於上述起點剝離力為0.5 N/10 mm以上,故而即便於被施加搬送步驟中之振動、或物理處理步驟中之物理負載等作用於表面保護片材之厚度方向而可能會成為表面保護片材之端部剝離之原因之外力(亦稱為物理負載、剝離負載)之情形時,亦不易自端部產生剝離。 Also, the water peeling force FW0 of the surface protection sheet of another aspect provided by this specification is less than 1.0 N/20 mm, and the above water peeling force FW0 is that of alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. After keeping the bonding surface of the surface-attached surface protection sheet at 23°C and 50% RH for 1 hour, supply 20 μL of distilled water between the alkali glass and the bonding surface, and let the distilled water enter the alkali After one end of the interface between the glass and the bonding surface, it is measured at a temperature of 23°C, a peeling angle of 180°, and a speed of 300 mm/min. In addition, the starting point peeling force of the above-mentioned surface protection sheet is 0.5 N/10 mm or more, and the above-mentioned starting point peeling force is the adhesive surface of the surface-attached surface protection sheet of alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. After 24 hours at 23°C and 50% RH, add 20 μL of distilled water dropwise between the alkali glass and the bonding surface, at a temperature of 23°C, a peeling angle of 20° and a speed of 1000 mm/min determined below. Since the above-mentioned surface protection sheet has a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less, peeling in the presence of water enables peeling and removal without damaging or deforming the adherend (object to be protected). In addition, since the above-mentioned surface protection sheet has the above-mentioned starting point peeling force of 0.5 N/10 mm or more, even if the vibration in the conveying step or the physical load in the physical treatment step is applied to the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet When an external force (also referred to as a physical load or a peeling load) may cause peeling of the edge of the surface protection sheet, peeling from the edge does not easily occur.

於若干較佳之態樣中,表面保護片材之上述水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]為接著力F0[N/20 mm]之50%以下。此處,上述接著力F0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之剝離強度[N/20 mm]。滿足上述特性之表面保護片材可成為如下者,即於剝離時藉由於水之存在下實施剝離而可自保護對象物容易地剝離,另一方面,於保護時保持對於保護對象物良好之接著狀態。In some preferred aspects, the above-mentioned water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] of the surface protection sheet is 50% or less of the adhesive force F0 [N/20 mm]. Here, the above-mentioned adhesive force F0 refers to the adhesive surface of the alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and the surface-attached surface protection sheet is kept at 23°C and 50%RH for 1 hour. Peel strength [N/20 mm] measured under the conditions of temperature 23°C, peel angle 180° and speed 300 mm/min. The surface protection sheet that satisfies the above characteristics can be easily peeled from the object to be protected by performing peeling in the presence of water during peeling, and on the other hand, maintains good adhesion to the object to be protected during protection. state.

於若干態樣中,表面保護片材包含黏著劑層、及支持該黏著劑層之基材層。藉由具有此種構成,表面保護片材可具有由位於背面側之基材層所帶來之保護功能、及由黏著劑層所帶來之對保護對象物之接著性。In some aspects, the surface protection sheet includes an adhesive layer and a substrate layer supporting the adhesive layer. By having such a structure, a surface protection sheet can have the protective function by the base material layer located in the back side, and the adhesiveness to the object to be protected by the adhesive agent layer.

於若干較佳之態樣中,上述黏著劑層包含水親和劑。根據包含水親和劑之黏著劑層,容易獲得較佳地兼顧通常狀態(常態)之接著力與水剝離性之黏著劑。In some preferred aspects, the above-mentioned adhesive layer contains a water affinity agent. According to the adhesive layer containing a water affinity agent, it is easy to obtain an adhesive that satisfies both the adhesive force and the water releasability in the normal state (normal state) preferably.

於若干較佳之態樣中,表面保護片材之厚度(總厚度)為20~200 μm。藉由具有特定值以上之總厚度,有製程中之防端部剝離性亦提昇之傾向。又,具有上述總厚度之表面保護片材容易發揮良好之保護功能。例如有容易獲得防止藥液滲入等保護性之傾向。In some preferred aspects, the thickness (total thickness) of the surface protection sheet is 20-200 μm. By having a total thickness equal to or greater than a specific value, there is a tendency that the edge peeling resistance during the process is also improved. Moreover, the surface protection sheet which has the said total thickness is easy to exhibit a favorable protective function. For example, it tends to be easy to obtain protective properties such as preventing the infiltration of a chemical solution.

本文所揭示之表面保護片材例如適合作為將玻璃或半導體晶圓於液中以化學方式及/或物理方式進行處理之步驟中所使用之表面保護片材。於包括上述處理步驟之製程中,貼附於作為保護對象物之玻璃或半導體晶圓之表面保護片材不易自端部產生剝離。又,於上述製程後之剝離時,可實現利用水剝離自作為保護對象物之玻璃或半導體晶圓順利之剝離。具有上述水剝離力之表面保護片材即便於保護對象物為薄玻璃等厚度較薄之脆性材料之情形時,基於其水剝離性,亦能夠實現不會使保護對象物破損之剝離。例如,於上述處理步驟為將玻璃或半導體晶圓薄化之步驟之態樣中,剝離時之保護對象物相較於貼附時,厚度變小,破損之風險更大。藉由於此種用途中利用本文所揭示之表面保護片材,不易產生端部剝離,可實現不會使保護對象物破損之易剝離性(易水剝離性)。The surface protection sheet disclosed herein is suitable, for example, as a surface protection sheet used in the step of chemically and/or physically treating a glass or a semiconductor wafer in a liquid. In the process including the above-mentioned processing steps, the surface protection sheet attached to the glass or semiconductor wafer as the object to be protected is less likely to be peeled off from the end. In addition, when peeling after the above-mentioned manufacturing process, it is possible to achieve smooth peeling from the glass or semiconductor wafer which is the object to be protected by water peeling. The surface protection sheet having the above-mentioned water releasability can achieve peeling without damaging the object to be protected based on its water releasability even when the object to be protected is a thin and brittle material such as thin glass. For example, in the aspect where the above-mentioned processing step is a step of thinning the glass or semiconductor wafer, the thickness of the object to be protected during peeling is smaller than that at the time of sticking, and the risk of damage is greater. By utilizing the surface protection sheet disclosed herein for such applications, peeling of the edges is less likely to occur, and easy peelability (easy water peelability) that does not damage the object to be protected can be realized.

又,根據本說明書,提供一種將被黏著體進行處理之方法。該處理方法包括:於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之被黏著體之該表面貼附表面保護片材之步驟;對貼附有上述表面保護片材之上述被黏著體沿該表面保護片材之厚度方向施加物理負載之步驟;及將上述表面保護片材於水之存在下進行剝離而自上述被黏著體去除之步驟。並且,上述表面保護片材之水剝離力FW0為1.0 N/20 mm以下,且起點剝離力為0.5 N/10 mm以上。 [水剝離力FW0] 上述水剝離力FW0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之水剝離力[N/20 mm]。 [起點剝離力] 上述起點剝離力係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持24小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間滴加20 μL之蒸餾水,於溫度23℃、剝離角度20度及速度1000 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之剝離初期之最大應力[N/10 mm]。 於包括對貼附有表面保護片材之被黏著體沿表面保護片材之厚度方向施加物理負載之步驟之被黏著體之處理方法中,藉由使用上述起點剝離力為0.5 N/10 mm以上之表面保護片材,針對上述表面保護片材之端部所施加之物理負載,上述表面保護片材不易自端部產生剝離。又,上述表面保護片材由於水剝離力FW0為1.0 N/20 mm以下,故而藉由將表面保護片材於水之存在下自被黏著體剝離,可不使被黏著體(保護對象物)破損或變形而去除表面保護片材。 Moreover, according to this specification, the method of processing an adherend is provided. The treatment method includes: a step of attaching a surface protection sheet to the surface of an adherend having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less; protecting the adherend with the surface protection sheet attached along the surface a step of applying a physical load in the thickness direction of the sheet; and a step of peeling the above-mentioned surface protection sheet in the presence of water to remove it from the above-mentioned adherend. In addition, the water peeling force FW0 of the above-mentioned surface protection sheet is 1.0 N/20 mm or less, and the starting point peeling force is 0.5 N/10 mm or more. [Water Peeling Force FW0] The above-mentioned water peeling force FW0 refers to the bonded surface of the alkali glass with a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, which is attached to the surface protection sheet. 20 μL of distilled water is supplied between the alkali glass and the bonding surface, and after the distilled water enters one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the bonding surface, the temperature is 23°C, the peeling angle is 180 degrees, and the speed is 300 mm/min. The measured water peeling force [N/20 mm]. [Peel force at starting point] The above starting point peeling force is measured on the surface of alkali glass with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less on the bonding surface of the surface protection sheet, after being kept at 23°C and 50%RH for 24 hours Drop 20 μL of distilled water between the glass and the bonding surface, and measure the maximum stress [N/10 mm] at the initial stage of peeling under the conditions of a temperature of 23°C, a peeling angle of 20 degrees, and a speed of 1000 mm/min. In the method of treating the adherend including the step of applying a physical load to the adherend to which the surface protection sheet is attached in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet, the peeling force is 0.5 N/10 mm or more by using the above starting point For the surface protection sheet, the above surface protection sheet is less likely to be peeled off from the end in response to the physical load applied to the end of the surface protection sheet. In addition, since the water peeling force FW0 of the above-mentioned surface protection sheet is 1.0 N/20 mm or less, the adherend (object to be protected) can be prevented from being damaged by peeling the surface protection sheet from the adherend in the presence of water. or deformation to remove the surface protection sheet.

於若干較佳之態樣中,上述表面保護片材之上述水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]為接著力F0[N/20 mm]之50%以下。此處,上述接著力F0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之剝離強度[N/20 mm]。藉由使用滿足上述特性之表面保護片材,被黏著體以與表面保護片材良好地密接之狀態被供至目標處理,另一方面,於表面保護片材之去除步驟中,可將表面保護片材自被黏著體容易地去除。In some preferable aspects, the said water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] of the said surface protection sheet is 50% or less of the adhesive force F0 [N/20 mm]. Here, the above-mentioned adhesive force F0 refers to the adhesive surface of the alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and the surface-attached surface protection sheet is kept at 23°C and 50%RH for 1 hour. Peel strength [N/20 mm] measured under the conditions of temperature 23°C, peel angle 180° and speed 300 mm/min. By using a surface protection sheet that satisfies the above characteristics, the adherend can be supplied to the target treatment in a state of good adhesion with the surface protection sheet, and on the other hand, the surface protection sheet can be removed in the step of removing the surface protection sheet. The sheet is easily removed from the adherend.

作為上述表面保護片材,可較佳地使用包含黏著劑層、及支持該黏著劑層之基材層之表面保護片材。As the above-mentioned surface protection sheet, a surface protection sheet including an adhesive layer and a substrate layer supporting the adhesive layer can be preferably used.

作為對貼附有上述表面保護片材之上述被黏著體沿該表面保護片材之厚度方向施加物理負載之步驟之例,可例舉搬送步驟、物理處理步驟。本文所揭示之表面保護片材於包括容易產生振動之搬送製程、或對被黏著體之切割等物理處理之處理方法中,針對沿表面保護片材之厚度方向所施加之物理負載不易產生端部剝離,從而可達成目標保護。As an example of the process of applying a physical load to the said adherend to which the said surface protection sheet was stuck along the thickness direction of this surface protection sheet, a conveyance process and a physical processing process are mentioned. The surface protection sheet disclosed herein is less likely to produce an edge in response to a physical load applied along the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet in a processing method that includes a transport process that is prone to vibration, or a physical treatment such as cutting the adherend. Peel, so that the target protection can be achieved.

如上所述,根據本說明書,提供一種本文所揭示之任一被黏著體之處理方法中所使用之表面保護片材。於一態樣中,該表面保護片材之水剝離力FW0為1.0 N/20 mm以下,且起點剝離力為0.5 N/10 mm以上,因此藉由應用於本文所揭示之處理方法,可兼顧針對沿表面保護片材之厚度方向所施加之物理負載不易產生端部剝離之接著保持、及順利之剝離去除。該表面保護片材特別適於本文所揭示之被黏著體之處理方法。As described above, according to this specification, there is provided a surface protection sheet used in any of the methods of treating an adherend disclosed herein. In one aspect, the water peeling force FW0 of the surface protection sheet is 1.0 N/20 mm or less, and the starting point peeling force is 0.5 N/10 mm or more, so by applying the treatment method disclosed herein, both With respect to the physical load applied along the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet, adherence and maintenance of end peeling and smooth peeling and removal are not easily generated. The surface protection sheet is particularly suitable for the method of treating the adherend disclosed herein.

以下,說明本發明之較佳之實施方式。再者,對於本說明書中特別提及之事項以外之實施本發明所必需之事項,業者可基於本說明書中所記載之關於發明之實施之提示及提出申請時之技術常識而理解。本發明可基於本說明書中所揭示之內容及該領域中之技術常識而實施。又,以下之圖式中,對於發揮相同作用之構件、部位,有時標附相同符號而進行說明,且有時省略或簡化重複之說明。又,圖式中所記載之實施方式係為了清楚地說明本發明而進行模式化,未必正確地表示實際所提供之製品之尺寸或縮尺。Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described. Furthermore, the matters necessary for implementing the present invention other than those specifically mentioned in this specification can be understood by the trader based on the hints about the implementation of the invention described in this specification and the technical knowledge at the time of filing the application. The present invention can be implemented based on the contents disclosed in this specification and common technical knowledge in this field. In addition, in the following drawings, members and locations that perform the same functions are sometimes described with the same symbols attached thereto, and overlapping descriptions are sometimes omitted or simplified. In addition, the embodiments described in the drawings are schematic for clearly describing the present invention, and do not necessarily represent the dimensions or scales of the products actually provided exactly.

<表面保護片材之構成例> 將一形態例之表面保護片材之剖面構造示於圖1。如圖1所示,表面保護片材1係如下單面接著性之黏著片材之形態,即具有接著面1A,且於片狀之基材層(支持基材)10之一面10A設置有黏著劑層20。表面保護片材1係將作為其接著面1A之黏著劑層20之表面20A貼附於被黏著體(保護對象物)來使用。基材層10之背面10B(與一面10A為相反側之面)亦為表面保護片材1之背面1B,構成表面保護片材1之外表面。使用前(即,貼附於被黏著體之前)之表面保護片材1可為附剝離襯墊之表面保護片材50之形態,即接著面1A由至少該黏著劑層20側成為剝離面之剝離襯墊30保護。或者,亦可為如下形態之表面保護片材,即基材層10之另一面(背面)10B成為剝離面,且因表面保護片材1被捲繞成卷狀而使得黏著劑層20抵接於該背面,從而使得其表面(接著面1A)得到保護。 <Constitution example of surface protection sheet> The cross-sectional structure of the surface protection sheet of an embodiment is shown in FIG. 1. As shown in Figure 1, the surface protection sheet 1 is in the form of an adhesive sheet with one-sided adhesiveness, that is, it has an adhesive surface 1A, and an adhesive layer is provided on one side 10A of a sheet-shaped base material layer (support base material) 10. Agent layer 20. The surface protection sheet 1 is used by affixing the surface 20A of the adhesive layer 20 as the adhesive surface 1A to an adherend (object to be protected). The back surface 10B of the base material layer 10 (the surface opposite to the surface 10A) is also the back surface 1B of the surface protection sheet 1 and constitutes the outer surface of the surface protection sheet 1 . The surface protection sheet 1 before use (that is, before it is attached to the adherend) can be in the form of a surface protection sheet 50 with a release liner, that is, the adhesive surface 1A becomes the release surface from at least the adhesive layer 20 side. Release liner 30 for protection. Alternatively, the surface protection sheet may be a form in which the other side (back side) 10B of the base material layer 10 is a peeling surface, and the adhesive layer 20 is in contact with the surface protection sheet 1 by being wound up in a roll shape. on the back side, so that its surface (connecting surface 1A) is protected.

又,如圖2所示,表面保護片材2中,基材層10亦可具有多層構造。該實施方式中,表面保護片材2具有於片狀基材層(支持基材)10之一面10A設置有黏著劑層20之構成,基材層10具有第一層11與第二層12之積層構造。具體而言,基材層10具備作為基材層10之主層之第一層11、及構成基材層10之一表面(背面)10B之第二層12。該實施方式中,第二層12係含無機材料之層。黏著劑層20密接於基材層10之第一層11側表面10A。使用前(即,貼附於被黏著體之前)之表面保護片材2可為如下附剝離襯墊之表面保護片材50之形態,即接著面2A由至少該黏著劑層20側成為剝離面之剝離襯墊30保護。或者,亦可為如下形態之表面保護片材,即基材層10之另一面(背面)10B成為剝離面,且因表面保護片材2被捲繞成卷狀而使得黏著劑層20抵接於該背面,從而使得其表面得到保護。Moreover, as shown in FIG. 2, in the surface protection sheet 2, the base material layer 10 may have a multilayer structure. In this embodiment, the surface protection sheet 2 has a structure in which an adhesive layer 20 is provided on one side 10A of a sheet-shaped base material layer (support base material) 10, and the base material layer 10 has a structure consisting of a first layer 11 and a second layer 12. Laminated structure. Specifically, the base material layer 10 includes the first layer 11 which is the main layer of the base material layer 10 , and the second layer 12 which constitutes a surface (back surface) 10B of the base material layer 10 . In this embodiment, the second layer 12 is a layer containing inorganic materials. The adhesive layer 20 is in close contact with the surface 10A of the first layer 11 side of the base layer 10 . The surface protection sheet 2 before use (that is, before being attached to the adherend) can be in the form of a surface protection sheet 50 with a release liner attached, that is, the adhesive surface 2A becomes the release surface from at least the adhesive layer 20 side The release liner 30 protection. Alternatively, it may be a surface protection sheet in which the other side (back side) 10B of the base material layer 10 is a peeling surface, and the adhesive layer 20 is in contact with the surface protection sheet 2 by being wound up in a roll. on the back, so that its surface is protected.

<表面保護片材之特性> (25℃彎曲剛度值) 於若干態樣中,表面保護片材較佳為25℃下之彎曲剛度值(25℃彎曲剛度值)處於1.0×10 -6~1.0×10 -2Pa・m 3之範圍內。滿足該特性之表面保護片材即便於在以將表面保護片材貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於藥液或水等液中進行處理之製程中被施加振動等外力之情形時,針對該外力亦不易自端部產生剝離。具體而言,藉由使表面保護片材具有特定範圍之剛度(25℃彎曲剛度),提高對於上述製程中可能成為表面保護片材之端部剝離之原因之振動等外力之應力(剝離應力),即便於上述製程中被施加振動等外力之情形時,亦可防止產生端部剝離,或降低產生端部剝離之風險。再者,藉由上述25℃彎曲剛度值為特定值(例如10 -2Pa・m 3)以下,表面保護片材具有適於表面保護用途之剛度,容易獲得良好之剝離作業性、操作性。有保護對象物之表面追隨性亦提昇之傾向。 <Characteristics of Surface Protection Sheet> (Bending Stiffness at 25°C) In some aspects, the surface protection sheet preferably has a bending stiffness at 25°C (bending stiffness at 25°C) of 1.0×10 -6 to 1.0 Within the range of ×10 -2 Pa·m 3 . The surface protection sheet that satisfies this characteristic even if external force such as vibration is applied during the process of treating the object to be protected in a liquid such as chemical solution or water in the state where the surface protection sheet is attached to the object to be protected When it is used, it is not easy to peel off from the end due to the external force. Specifically, by making the surface protection sheet have a specific range of rigidity (bending stiffness at 25°C), the stress (peeling stress) against external forces such as vibrations that may cause the edge of the surface protection sheet to peel during the above-mentioned process is increased. , Even when external force such as vibration is applied during the above process, it can prevent the end peeling or reduce the risk of end peeling. Furthermore, when the bending stiffness at 25°C is below a specific value (for example, 10 -2 Pa·m 3 ), the surface protection sheet has a rigidity suitable for surface protection, and it is easy to obtain good peeling workability and handleability. There is a tendency to improve the surface followability of the protected object.

就防端部剝離性之觀點而言,上述25℃彎曲剛度值D可為5.0×10 -6Pa・m 3以上,較佳為1.0×10 -5Pa・m 3以上,更佳為5.0×10 -5Pa・m 3以上,進而較佳為1.0×10 -4Pa・m 3以上,亦可為3.0×10 -4Pa・m 3以上。就防端部剝離性、剝離作業性、操作性等觀點而言,上述25℃彎曲剛度值D較佳為5.0×10 -3Pa・m 3以下,更佳為1.0×10 -3Pa・m 3以下,進而較佳為5.0×10 -4Pa・m 3以下,亦可為1.0×10 -5Pa・m 3以下。上述25℃彎曲剛度值D於特定範圍內較低就保護對象物之表面追隨性提昇之方面而言有利。於其他若干態樣中,上述25℃彎曲剛度值並無特別限定,可為未達1.0×10 -6Pa・m 3,亦可為超過1.0×10 -2Pa・m 3From the viewpoint of end peeling resistance, the bending stiffness value D at 25°C may be at least 5.0×10 -6 Pa·m 3 , preferably at least 1.0×10 -5 Pa·m 3 , more preferably at least 5.0×10 -6 Pa·m 3 10 -5 Pa·m 3 or more, more preferably 1.0×10 -4 Pa·m 3 or more, and may be 3.0×10 -4 Pa·m 3 or more. From the viewpoints of edge peeling resistance, peeling workability, handling, etc., the above-mentioned bending stiffness value D at 25°C is preferably 5.0×10 -3 Pa·m 3 or less, more preferably 1.0×10 -3 Pa·m 3 or less, more preferably 5.0×10 -4 Pa·m 3 or less, and may be 1.0×10 -5 Pa·m 3 or less. It is advantageous that the above-mentioned 25° C. bending stiffness value D is lower within a specific range in terms of improving the surface followability of the object to be protected. In some other aspects, the value of the bending stiffness at 25°C is not particularly limited, and may be less than 1.0×10 -6 Pa·m 3 or may exceed 1.0×10 -2 Pa·m 3 .

上述25℃彎曲剛度值D[Pa・m 3]係於將基材層之厚度設為h[m]及將該基材之泊松比設為ν,將表面保護片材於溫度25℃下之拉伸彈性模數(25℃拉伸彈性模數)設為E[Pa]之情形時,藉由式: D=Eh 3/12(1-ν 2) 所求出之值。再者,黏著劑層之彎曲剛度值與基材層之彎曲剛度值相比非常小,因此表面保護片材之彎曲剛度可依賴於基材層之彎曲剛度。因此,於本說明書中,表面保護片材之彎曲剛度值D係指換算成構成表面保護片材之基材層之每單位剖面面積所得之值。基材層之剖面面積係基於基材層之厚度而算出。基材層之厚度h係設為自表面保護片材之厚度之實測值減去黏著劑層之厚度所得之值。泊松比ν於係由基材層之材質所決定之值(無因次數),且該材質為樹脂之情形時,通常可採用0.35作為ν之值。 上述25℃彎曲剛度值D[Pa・m 3]可藉由將由後述之實施例中所記載之拉伸試驗所獲得之25℃拉伸彈性模數E[Pa]及基材厚度h[m]代入上式而求出。上述25℃彎曲剛度值可為長度方向(MD:Machine Direction)之25℃彎曲剛度值,亦可為寬度方向(TD:Transverse Direction,與MD正交之方向)之25℃彎曲剛度值,因此,可為MD之25℃彎曲剛度值及TD之25℃彎曲剛度值之至少一者之25℃彎曲剛度值,或者亦可為MD或TD之任意一方向之25℃彎曲剛度值。 表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值主要可藉由構成表面保護片材之基材層之材料之選擇、厚度之設定而獲得。 The above 25°C bending stiffness value D[Pa·m 3 ] is based on the assumption that the thickness of the substrate layer is h[m] and the Poisson’s ratio of the substrate is ν, and the surface protection sheet is placed at a temperature of 25°C When the tensile elastic modulus (25°C tensile elastic modulus) is E[Pa], the value obtained by the formula: D=Eh 3 /12(1-ν 2 ). Furthermore, the bending stiffness of the adhesive layer is very small compared to the bending stiffness of the base layer, so the bending stiffness of the surface protection sheet can depend on the bending stiffness of the base layer. Therefore, in this specification, the bending stiffness value D of the surface protection sheet refers to a value converted into a unit cross-sectional area of the substrate layer constituting the surface protection sheet. The cross-sectional area of the base layer is calculated based on the thickness of the base layer. The thickness h of the substrate layer is set to a value obtained by subtracting the thickness of the adhesive layer from the measured value of the thickness of the surface protection sheet. Poisson's ratio ν is a value (dimensionless number) determined by the material of the substrate layer, and when the material is a resin, usually 0.35 can be used as the value of ν. The above 25°C bending stiffness value D [Pa·m 3 ] can be obtained by combining the 25°C tensile elastic modulus E [Pa] obtained from the tensile test described in the examples described later and the substrate thickness h [m] Substitute into the above formula to find out. The above 25°C bending stiffness value can be the 25°C bending stiffness value in the length direction (MD: Machine Direction), or the 25°C bending stiffness value in the width direction (TD: Transverse Direction, the direction orthogonal to MD). Therefore, It can be the 25°C bending stiffness of at least one of the 25°C bending stiffness in MD and the 25°C bending stiffness in TD, or it can be the 25°C bending stiffness in either direction of MD or TD. The 25°C bending stiffness of the surface protection sheet can be obtained mainly by selecting the material and setting the thickness of the substrate layer constituting the surface protection sheet.

(25℃拉伸彈性模數) 雖無特別限定,但於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之25℃拉伸彈性模數可為100 MPa以上,亦可為500 MPa以上。於若干較佳之態樣中,上述25℃拉伸彈性模數為1000 MPa以上,更佳為3000 MPa以上,進而較佳為5000 MPa以上,亦可為6000 MPa以上。25℃拉伸彈性模數越高,可獲得越高之25℃彎曲剛度值。上述25℃拉伸彈性模數之上限並無特別限定,例如可為30 GPa以下,亦可為15 GPa以下,亦可為10 GPa以下,亦可為8000 MPa以下,亦可為6000 MPa以下,亦可為4500 MPa以下。25℃拉伸彈性模數越小,可獲得越低之25℃彎曲剛度值。又,具有上述範圍之25℃拉伸彈性模數之表面保護片材有剝離作業性、操作性、表面追隨性亦良好之傾向。 (tensile elastic modulus at 25°C) Although not particularly limited, in some aspects, the 25° C. tensile modulus of the surface protection sheet may be 100 MPa or more, or may be 500 MPa or more. In some preferred aspects, the tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C is 1000 MPa or more, more preferably 3000 MPa or more, further preferably 5000 MPa or more, and may be 6000 MPa or more. The higher the tensile elastic modulus at 25°C, the higher the bending stiffness at 25°C can be obtained. The upper limit of the tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C is not particularly limited. For example, it may be less than 30 GPa, or less than 15 GPa, or less than 10 GPa, or less than 8000 MPa, or less than 6000 MPa. It can also be below 4500 MPa. The smaller the tensile elastic modulus at 25°C, the lower the bending stiffness at 25°C can be obtained. Moreover, the surface protection sheet which has the 25 degreeC tensile elastic modulus in the said range also tends to be favorable in peeling workability, handleability, and surface followability.

(25℃100%伸長時應力) 雖無特別限定,但於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之25℃下之100%伸長時應力可為10 N/mm 2以上,適當為30 N/mm 2以上,較佳為50 N/mm 2以上,更佳為80 N/mm 2以上,亦可為120 N/mm 2以上。有如下傾向:上述100%伸長時應力越大,表面保護片材越容易具有特定以上之剛度,越容易獲得防端部剝離性。上述100%伸長時應力之上限例如為300 N/mm 2以下,亦可為200 N/mm 2以下,亦可為100 N/mm 2以下。具有上述範圍之100%伸長時應力之表面保護片材有容易發揮良好之剝離作業性、操作性、表面追隨性之傾向。 (Stress at 100% elongation at 25°C) Although not particularly limited, in some aspects, the stress at 100% elongation at 25°C of the surface protection sheet may be 10 N/mm2 or more , preferably 30 N/mm 2 or more, preferably 50 N/mm 2 or more, more preferably 80 N/mm 2 or more, and may be 120 N/mm 2 or more. There is a tendency that the greater the stress at the 100% elongation, the easier it is for the surface protection sheet to have a rigidity higher than a certain level, and the easier it is for edge peeling resistance to be obtained. The upper limit of the above-mentioned stress at 100% elongation is, for example, 300 N/mm 2 or less, may be 200 N/mm 2 or less, or may be 100 N/mm 2 or less. A surface protection sheet having a stress at 100% elongation within the above range tends to exhibit good peeling workability, handleability, and surface followability.

(25℃斷裂應力) 雖無特別限定,但於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之25℃下之斷裂應力可為10 N/mm 2以上,適當為30 N/mm 2以上(例如50 N/mm 2以上),較佳為100 N/mm 2以上,更佳為120 N/mm 2以上,亦可為150 N/mm 2以上。有如下傾向:上述斷裂應力越大,表面保護片材越容易具有特定以上之剛度,越容易獲得防端部剝離性。上述斷裂應力之上限例如為500 N/mm 2以下,亦可為300 N/mm 2以下,亦可為200 N/mm 2以下,亦可為150 N/mm 2以下。具有上述範圍之斷裂應力之表面保護片材有容易發揮良好之剝離作業性、操作性、表面追隨性之傾向。 (Break stress at 25°C) Although not particularly limited, in some aspects, the break stress at 25°C of the surface protection sheet may be 10 N/mm 2 or more, suitably 30 N/mm 2 or more (for example, 50 N/mm 2 /mm 2 or more), preferably 100 N/mm 2 or more, more preferably 120 N/mm 2 or more, or 150 N/mm 2 or more. There is a tendency that the surface protection sheet is more likely to have a rigidity higher than a certain level as the above-mentioned fracture stress is larger, and it is easier to obtain edge peeling resistance. The upper limit of the breaking stress is, for example, 500 N/mm 2 or less, may be 300 N/mm 2 or less, may be 200 N/mm 2 or less, or may be 150 N/mm 2 or less. A surface protection sheet having a breaking stress within the above range tends to exhibit good peeling workability, handleability, and surface followability.

(25℃斷裂應變) 雖無特別限定,但於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之25℃下之斷裂應變可為500%以下,適當為未達300%,較佳為250%以下,亦可為200%以下。有如下傾向:上述斷裂應變越小,表面保護片材越容易具有特定以上之剛度,越容易獲得防端部剝離性。上述斷裂應變之下限例如為120%以上,亦可為150%以上,亦可為200%以上。具有上述範圍之斷裂應變之表面保護片材有容易發揮良好之剝離作業性、操作性、表面追隨性之傾向。 (25℃break strain) Although not particularly limited, in some aspects, the breaking strain at 25°C of the surface protection sheet may be 500% or less, suitably less than 300%, preferably 250% or less, and may be 200% or less. There is a tendency that the smaller the above-mentioned breaking strain is, the easier it is for the surface protection sheet to have a rigidity equal to or higher than a certain level, and the easier it is for edge peeling resistance to be obtained. The lower limit of the above-mentioned breaking strain is, for example, 120% or more, may be 150% or more, or may be 200% or more. A surface protection sheet having a breaking strain within the above range tends to exhibit good peeling workability, handleability, and surface followability.

上述25℃拉伸彈性模數係根據由後述之實施例中所記載之拉伸試驗所獲得之應力-應變曲線之線性回歸而求出。又,上述100%伸長時應力[N/mm 2]、斷裂應力[N/mm 2]及斷裂應變[%]亦可藉由後述之實施例中所記載之拉伸試驗來進行測定。再者,黏著劑層之機械特性值(拉伸彈性模數、100%伸長時應力、斷裂應力及斷裂應變)與基材層之上述機械特性值相比非常小,表面保護片材之上述機械特性可依賴於基材層之機械特性。因此,於本說明書中,表面保護片材之拉伸彈性模數、100%伸長時應力及斷裂應力係指換算成構成表面保護片材之基材層之每單位剖面面積後所得之值。基材層之剖面面積可基於基材層之厚度而算出。基材層之厚度係設為自表面保護片材之厚度之實測值減去黏著劑層之厚度所得之值。上述25℃拉伸彈性模數可為MD之25℃拉伸彈性模數,亦可為TD之25℃拉伸彈性模數,因此,可為MD之25℃拉伸彈性模數及TD之25℃拉伸彈性模數之至少一者之25℃拉伸彈性模數,或者亦可為MD或TD之任意一方向之25℃拉伸彈性模數。同樣地,上述100%伸長時應力、斷裂應力及斷裂應變亦分別可為MD之測定值(100%伸長時應力、斷裂應力或斷裂應變),亦可為TD之測定值,因此,可為MD之測定值及TD之測定值之至少一者之測定值,或者亦可為MD或TD之任意一方向之測定值。 The above-mentioned 25° C. tensile modulus was obtained by linear regression of a stress-strain curve obtained from a tensile test described in Examples described later. In addition, the stress at 100% elongation [N/mm 2 ], breaking stress [N/mm 2 ], and breaking strain [%] can also be measured by a tensile test described in Examples described later. Furthermore, the mechanical property values of the adhesive layer (tensile elastic modulus, stress at 100% elongation, breaking stress, and breaking strain) are very small compared with the above-mentioned mechanical property values of the substrate layer, and the above-mentioned mechanical properties of the surface protection sheet The properties may depend on the mechanical properties of the substrate layer. Therefore, in this specification, the tensile elastic modulus, 100% elongation stress, and fracture stress of the surface protection sheet refer to the values obtained after conversion into the cross-sectional area per unit of the substrate layer constituting the surface protection sheet. The cross-sectional area of the substrate layer can be calculated based on the thickness of the substrate layer. The thickness of the base material layer is set to a value obtained by subtracting the thickness of the adhesive layer from the measured value of the thickness of the surface protection sheet. The above 25°C tensile modulus can be the 25°C tensile modulus of MD, or the 25°C tensile modulus of TD. Therefore, it can be the 25°C tensile modulus of MD and the 25°C of TD. The 25°C tensile modulus of at least one of the °C tensile modulus of elasticity, or the 25°C tensile modulus of any one of MD or TD. Similarly, the above-mentioned stress at 100% elongation, stress at break and strain at break can also be measured values of MD (stress at 100% elongation, stress at break or strain at break), and can also be measured values of TD. Therefore, it can be MD The measured value of at least one of the measured value of TD and the measured value of TD, or the measured value of either direction of MD or TD.

表面保護片材之上述機械特性(25℃拉伸彈性模數、25℃100%伸長時應力、25℃斷裂應力、25℃斷裂應變)可主要藉由構成表面保護片材之基材層之材料之選擇來進行設定、調節。The above mechanical properties of the surface protection sheet (tensile elastic modulus at 25°C, stress at 100% elongation at 25°C, breaking stress at 25°C, and breaking strain at 25°C) can be mainly determined by the material of the substrate layer of the surface protection sheet. Select to set and adjust.

(常態水剝離力FW0) 本文所揭示之表面保護片材之特徵之一在於:常態水剝離力FW0為1.0 N/20 mm以下。如此水剝離力FW0成為1.0 N/20 mm以下之表面保護片材可良好地接著於被黏著體,並且於剝離時藉由使用水等水性液體實施水剝離而可自保護對象物容易地剝離。更具體而言,例如,對保護對象物與黏著劑層之間供給少量之水性液體,藉由使該水性液體進入至保護對象物與黏著劑層之界面而形成剝離之起點,藉此可大幅降低自上述保護對象物剝離黏著劑層之剝離強度。利用該性質,藉由用水等水性液體進行水剝離,可將表面保護片材自保護對象物容易地剝離,不會使保護對象物發生破損或變形。根據具有該特性(水剝離特性)之表面保護片材,即便於保護對象物為薄玻璃等厚度較薄之脆性材料之情形時,於剝離時亦可實現不會使被黏著體破損之剝離。 (Normal water peeling force FW0) One of the characteristics of the surface protection sheet disclosed herein is that the normal water peeling force FW0 is 1.0 N/20 mm or less. Such a surface protection sheet having a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less can adhere well to an adherend, and can be easily peeled from the object to be protected by performing water peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water during peeling. More specifically, for example, a small amount of aqueous liquid is supplied between the object to be protected and the adhesive layer, and the aqueous liquid enters the interface between the object to be protected and the adhesive layer to form a starting point for peeling, thereby greatly improving Decrease the peeling strength of peeling the adhesive layer from the object to be protected. Utilizing this property, the surface protection sheet can be easily peeled off from the object to be protected by performing water peeling with an aqueous liquid such as water, without causing damage or deformation of the object to be protected. According to the surface protection sheet having this characteristic (water release characteristic), even when the object to be protected is a brittle material with a thin thickness such as thin glass, it can be peeled without damaging the adherend during peeling.

於若干較佳之態樣中,常態水剝離力FW0例如為未達1.0 N/20 mm,亦可為0.9 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.8 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.7 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.6 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.5 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.3 N/20 mm以下(例如0.1 N/20 mm以下)。上述常態水剝離力FW0之下限值可恰當地設定成發揮所需之水剝離性,並不限定於特定範圍。常態水剝離力FW0之下限值可為0.0 N/20 mm,亦可為0.01 N/20 mm以上(例如0.1 N/20 mm以上)。In some preferred aspects, the normal water peeling force FW0 is, for example, less than 1.0 N/20 mm, or less than 0.9 N/20 mm, or less than 0.8 N/20 mm, or 0.7 N/20 mm or less, or less than 0.6 N/20 mm, or less than 0.5 N/20 mm, or less than 0.3 N/20 mm (for example, less than 0.1 N/20 mm). The lower limit of the above-mentioned normal water peeling force FW0 can be appropriately set to achieve the desired water peeling property, and is not limited to a specific range. The lower limit of the normal water peeling force FW0 may be 0.0 N/20 mm, or 0.01 N/20 mm or more (for example, 0.1 N/20 mm or more).

常態水剝離力FW0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之水剝離力[N/20 mm]。更具體而言,常態水剝離力FW0可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。The normal water peeling force FW0 refers to the bonded surface of the alkali glass with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. The surface is attached to the surface protection sheet. 20 μL of distilled water is supplied between the alkali glass and the bonding surface, and after the distilled water enters one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the bonding surface, the temperature is 23°C, the peeling angle is 180 degrees, and the speed is 300 mm/min. The measured water peeling force [N/20 mm]. More specifically, the normal water peeling force FW0 can be measured by the method described in the Example mentioned later.

(常態水剝離力降低率FW0/F0) 又,於若干態樣中,表面保護片材較佳為上述常態水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]為常態接著力F0[N/20 mm]之50%以下。換言之,上述表面保護片材較佳為式:FW0/F0×100所表示之常態水剝離力降低率[%]為50%以下。滿足該特性之表面保護片材可良好地接著於被黏著體,並且於剝離時,藉由實施使用水等水性液體之水剝離,可將表面保護片材自保護對象物容易地剝離。根據此種表面保護片材,可發揮保護所需之接著性,且於剝離時可實現不會使被黏著體破損之剝離。於若干較佳之態樣中,上述常態水剝離力降低率為30%以下,更佳為20%以下,進而較佳為10%以下,亦可為5%以下(例如3%以下)。根據顯示此種常態水剝離力降低率之表面保護片材,可成為更良好地兼顧保護時之接著可靠性與剝離時之易剝離性者。上述常態水剝離力降低率之下限值理論上為0%,實用上亦可為約1%以上(例如2%以上)。 (Normal water peel force reduction rate FW0/F0) Also, in some aspects, the surface protection sheet is preferably such that the normal water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] is 50% or less of the normal adhesive force F0 [N/20 mm]. In other words, the above-mentioned surface protection sheet preferably has a normal water peeling force reduction rate [%] represented by the formula: FW0/F0×100 of 50% or less. A surface protection sheet satisfying these characteristics can be adhered well to an adherend, and when peeling, the surface protection sheet can be easily peeled off from the object to be protected by performing water peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water. According to such a surface protection sheet, adhesiveness required for protection can be exhibited, and peeling without damaging the adherend can be realized at the time of peeling. In some preferred aspects, the reduction rate of the above-mentioned normal water peeling force is 30% or less, more preferably 20% or less, further preferably 10% or less, and may also be 5% or less (for example, 3% or less). According to the surface protection sheet which exhibits such a reduction rate of normal water peeling force, it can become the one which balances the bonding reliability at the time of protection and the ease of peeling at the time of peeling more favorably. The lower limit of the above-mentioned normal water peeling force reduction rate is 0% in theory, and it may be about 1% or more (for example, 2% or more) in practice.

(常態接著力F0) 於本文所揭示之技術中,表面保護片材之常態接著力F0較佳為設計為高於上述常態水剝離力FW0。上述常態接著力F0例如可為0.5 N/20 mm以上,典型而言,大於1.0 N/20 mm。常態接著力F0為特定值以上之表面保護片材容易發揮對於保護對象物良好之接著性。於若干較佳之態樣中,常態接著力F0為2.0 N/20 mm以上,更佳為3.0 N/20 mm以上(例如超過3.0 N/20 mm),進而較佳為5.0 N/20 mm以上(例如超過5.0 N/20 mm),亦可為7.0 N/20 mm以上,亦可為8.0 N/20 mm以上,亦可為9.0 N/20 mm以上,亦可為10.0/20 mm以上。常態接著力F0越大,越容易獲得較高之保護功能。根據本文所揭示之技術,即便將表面保護片材以較高之接著力貼附於保護對象物,於剝離時,亦可利用水剝離,不使保護對象物破損或變形,而順利地將表面保護片材剝離去除。因此,相較於限制接著力而獲得剝離性之先前之表面保護片材,可將接著力(常態接著力F0)設定得較高。該情況意味著即便於更嚴酷之環境下使用,基於較高之接著可靠性,亦可確保充分之保護性,於實用上有益。常態接著力F0之上限可根據所要求之接著性而恰當地設定,因此並不限定於特定範圍,例如可為約20 N/20 mm以下,亦可為約15 N/20 mm以下,亦可為約10 N/20 mm以下,亦可為約6 N/20 mm以下。 (Normal adhesion F0) In the technology disclosed herein, the normal adhesive force F0 of the surface protection sheet is preferably designed to be higher than the above normal water peeling force FW0. The above-mentioned normal-state adhesive force F0 may be, for example, greater than 0.5 N/20 mm, typically greater than 1.0 N/20 mm. A surface protection sheet having a normal adhesive force F0 of a specific value or more tends to exhibit good adhesiveness to the object to be protected. In some preferred aspects, the normal adhesive force F0 is more than 2.0 N/20 mm, more preferably more than 3.0 N/20 mm (for example, more than 3.0 N/20 mm), and more preferably more than 5.0 N/20 mm ( For example, more than 5.0 N/20 mm), 7.0 N/20 mm or more, 8.0 N/20 mm or more, 9.0 N/20 mm or more, or 10.0/20 mm or more. The larger the normal bonding force F0 is, the easier it is to obtain a higher protection function. According to the technology disclosed in this article, even if the surface protection sheet is attached to the object to be protected with a high adhesive force, it can be peeled off with water when peeling off, so that the object to be protected will not be damaged or deformed, and the surface can be smoothly attached. The protective sheet is peeled off for removal. Therefore, the adhesive force (normal adhesive force F0) can be set higher than the conventional surface protection sheet which obtained peelability by restricting the adhesive force. This fact means that even when used in a harsher environment, sufficient protection can be ensured based on high bonding reliability, which is practically beneficial. The upper limit of the normal adhesive force F0 can be appropriately set according to the required adhesiveness, so it is not limited to a specific range. For example, it can be about 20 N/20 mm or less, or about 15 N/20 mm or less. It may be about 10 N/20 mm or less, and may be about 6 N/20 mm or less.

常態接著力F0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之剝離強度[N/20 mm]。更具體而言,常態接著力F0可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。The normal state adhesive force F0 refers to the adhesive surface of alkali glass with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. The surface is attached to the surface protection sheet. Peel strength [N/20 mm] measured under the conditions of ℃, peeling angle of 180 degrees and speed of 300 mm/min. More specifically, the normal state adhesive force F0 can be measured by the method described in the Example mentioned later.

(30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1) 本文所揭示之表面保護片材較佳為30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1為0.5 N/20 mm以上。滿足上述特性之表面保護片材即便於在以貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於液中進行處理之態樣中使用之情形時,亦可保持保護所需之接著性。例如,即便於藥液(典型而言,水溶液之形態)或溫水中使用,亦不表現基於水剝離性之接著力降低,或接著力降低亦得到抑制,從而可維持對被黏著體之密接狀態。此種表面保護片材可成為例如於上述液中處理中不產生自端部之剝離之保護性優異者。於若干態樣中,30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1較佳為1.0 N/20 mm以上,更佳為1.5 N/20 mm以上,進而較佳為2.0 N/20 mm以上,亦可為2.5 N/20 mm以上,亦可為3.0 N/20 mm以上(例如3.5 N/20 mm以上)。有如下傾向:30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1越大,即便於實施藥液或溫水等液中處理之態樣中使用,亦越容易保持較高之保護功能。30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之上限可根據所要求之接著性而恰當地設定,因此並不限定於特定範圍,例如可為約15 N/20 mm以下,亦可為約10 N/20 mm以下,亦可為約5 N/20 mm以下。 (Adhesion force F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes) The surface protection sheet disclosed herein preferably has an adhesive force F1 of 0.5 N/20 mm or more after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes. A surface protection sheet that satisfies the above characteristics can maintain the adhesiveness required for protection even when it is used in a state of being attached to an object to be protected and treating the object to be protected in a liquid. For example, even if it is used in a chemical solution (typically, in the form of an aqueous solution) or warm water, there is no decrease in adhesive force due to water peelability, or the decrease in adhesive force is also suppressed, thereby maintaining the adhesive state to the adherend . Such a surface protection sheet can be, for example, excellent in protective properties that do not cause peeling from the edges during the above-mentioned submerged liquid treatment. In certain aspects, the adhesive force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is preferably 1.0 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 1.5 N/20 mm or more, further preferably 2.0 N/20 mm or more, and may also be 2.5 N/20 mm or more, or 3.0 N/20 mm or more (for example, 3.5 N/20 mm or more). It tends to be as follows: the greater the adhesion force F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes, the easier it is to maintain a higher protective function even if it is used in a state where it is treated with liquid medicine or warm water. The upper limit of the adhesive force F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes can be appropriately set according to the required adhesiveness, so it is not limited to a specific range, for example, it can be about 15 N/20 mm or less, or about 10 N/20 mm or less, or about 5 N/20 mm or less.

30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之剝離強度[N/20 mm]。更具體而言,30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。Adhesive force F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is to immerse in warm water at 60°C ± 2°C for 30 minutes on the surface of alkali glass with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, which is attached to the surface protection sheet. Then lift it up from the warm water and wipe off the attached water, then measure the peel strength [N/20 mm] under the conditions of temperature 23°C, peel angle 180° and speed 300 mm/min. More specifically, the adhesive force F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes can be measured by the method described in Examples described later.

(30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率FW1/F1) 於若干態樣中,表面保護片材較佳為30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm]為上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1[N/20 mm]之50%以下。換言之,上述表面保護片材較佳為式:FW1/F1×100所表示之30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率[%]為50%以下。如此30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1降低至30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之50%以下之表面保護片材於貼附於保護對象物之狀態下,例如即便於藥液(典型而言,水溶液之形態)或溫水中使用後,如上所述亦具有特定值以上之30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力,並且於剝離時可實現不會使保護對象物破損或變形之剝離(水剝離)。根據滿足上述特性之表面保護片材,可具有保護所需之接著性,且即便於保護對象物為薄玻璃等厚度較薄之脆性材料之情形時,於剝離時亦可較佳地實現不會使被黏著體破損之剝離。於若干態樣中,上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率較佳為30%以下,更佳為20%以下,進而較佳為10%以下,尤佳為5%以下(例如3%以下)。根據顯示此種30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率之表面保護片材,可成為更良好地兼顧保護時之接著可靠性與剝離時之易剝離性者。上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後之水剝離力降低率之下限值理論上為0%,實用上亦可為約1%以上(例如2%以上)。 (Water peeling force reduction rate FW1/F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes) In some aspects, the surface protection sheet is preferably such that the water peeling force FW1 [N/20 mm] after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is less than 50% of the above-mentioned adhesion force F1 [N/20 mm] after 30 minutes of warm water immersion . In other words, the above-mentioned surface protection sheet is preferably such that the water peeling force reduction rate [%] represented by the formula: FW1/F1×100 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is 50% or less. In this way, the water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is reduced to less than 50% of the adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion. The surface protection sheet is attached to the object to be protected, for example, even in a chemical solution (typically In other words, after being used in aqueous solution) or in warm water, it also has a specific value or more of adhesive force after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes as mentioned above, and it can be peeled off without damaging or deforming the object to be protected (water peeling ). According to the surface protection sheet that satisfies the above characteristics, it can have the adhesiveness required for protection, and even when the object to be protected is a brittle material with a thin thickness such as thin glass, it can be better realized when peeling off. Peeling that causes damage to the adherend. In some aspects, the water peeling force reduction rate after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 20% or less, further preferably 10% or less, especially preferably 5% or less (for example, 30% or less). %the following). According to the surface protection sheet which shows the reduction rate of the water peeling force after immersion in such warm water for 30 minutes, it can become the one which balances the bonding reliability at the time of protection and the ease of peeling at the time of peeling more favorably. The lower limit of the reduction rate of water peeling force after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is theoretically 0%, but practically it can be about 1% or more (for example, 2% or more).

(30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1) 於本文所揭示之技術中,表面保護片材之30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1較佳為設計為低於上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後剝離力F1。上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1例如為1.0 N/20 mm以下,亦可為未達1.0 N/20 mm,適當為0.9 N/20 mm以下或0.8 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.6 N/20 mm以下。於若干較佳之態樣中,上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1為未達0.5 N/20 mm,更佳為未達0.4 N/20 mm,進而較佳為約0.3 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.2 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.15 N/20 mm以下,亦可為0.10 N/20 mm以下。顯示上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1之表面保護片材即便於用於藥液或溫水等液中處理後,亦可發揮良好之水剝離性。上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1之下限值可以發揮所需之水剝離性之方式恰當地設定,並不限定於特定範圍。30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1之下限值可為0.0 N/20 mm,亦可為0.01 N/20 mm以上(例如0.05 N/20 mm以上)。 (Water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes) In the technology disclosed herein, the water peeling force FW1 of the surface protection sheet after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is preferably designed to be lower than the above-mentioned peeling force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion. The water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is, for example, 1.0 N/20 mm or less, or may be less than 1.0 N/20 mm, suitably 0.9 N/20 mm or less, or 0.8 N/20 mm or less. 0.6 N/20 mm or less. In some preferred aspects, the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is less than 0.5 N/20 mm, more preferably less than 0.4 N/20 mm, and more preferably less than about 0.3 N/20 mm , or less than 0.2 N/20 mm, or less than 0.15 N/20 mm, or less than 0.10 N/20 mm. The surface protection sheet exhibiting the above-mentioned water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes can exhibit good water peeling property even after being treated with liquid medicine or warm water. The lower limit of the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes can be appropriately set so as to exhibit desired water peeling properties, and is not limited to a specific range. The lower limit of the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes may be 0.0 N/20 mm, or 0.01 N/20 mm or more (for example, 0.05 N/20 mm or more).

30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之水剝離力[N/20 mm]。更具體而言,30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。After 30 minutes of warm water immersion, the water peeling force FW1 is based on the bonding surface of the alkali glass with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. , and then lifted from the warm water and wiped off the attached water, supplied 20 μL of distilled water between the soda glass and the bonding surface, and made the distilled water enter one end of the interface between the soda glass and the bonding surface, and then heated at a temperature of 23 The water peeling force [N/20 mm] measured under the conditions of ℃, peeling angle of 180 degrees and speed of 300 mm/min. More specifically, the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes can be measured by the method described in the Example mentioned later.

又,於若干態樣中,表面保護片材較佳為上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1與常態水剝離力FW0相同或小於該常態水剝離力FW0。如此構成之表面保護片材於30分鐘溫水浸漬後亦不會產生因老化所致之水剝離力上升。因此,於保護期間中,例如於藥液處理等液中處理等中,即便有曝露於高於常溫之溫度(例如約40℃以上)之情況,表面保護片材對於被黏著體之接著力亦不上升,或接著力上升得到抑制,於表面保護片材之剝離時,基於所需之水剝離性,容易實現不會使被黏著體破損之剝離。30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1可為常態水剝離力FW0之70%以下,亦可為50%以下,亦可為30%以下,亦可為10%以下。30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1並無特別限定,為常態水剝離力FW0之0%以上,亦可為1%以上(例如3%以上)。Also, in some aspects, the surface protection sheet is preferably such that the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is the same as or smaller than the normal water peeling force FW0. The surface protection sheet constituted in this way will not increase the water peeling force due to aging after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes. Therefore, during the protection period, for example, in liquid treatment such as chemical solution treatment, even if it is exposed to a temperature higher than normal temperature (for example, about 40°C or higher), the adhesive force of the surface protection sheet to the adherend is also strong. No rise, or the rise of the adhesive force is suppressed, and when the surface protection sheet is peeled, based on the required water releasability, it is easy to achieve peeling without damaging the adherend. After immersion in warm water for 30 minutes, the water peeling force FW1 can be less than 70%, or less than 50%, or less than 30%, or less than 10% of the normal water peeling force FW0. The water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is not particularly limited, and it can be more than 0% of the normal water peeling force FW0, and can also be more than 1% (for example, more than 3%).

(水中起點剝離力) 又,本文所揭示之表面保護片材較佳為水中起點剝離力為0.2 N/10 mm以上,上述水中起點剝離力係於室溫(23~25℃)環境下在水中於剝離角度20度、拉伸速度1000 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定。滿足該特性之表面保護片材有防端部剝離性優異之傾向。於搬送等製程中可能成為表面保護片材之端部剝離之原因之振動等外力可認為係對保護對象物以相對較小之角度所施加之高速之剝離負載。於剝離角度20度、剝離速度1000 mm/分鐘之條件下所實施之上述水中起點剝離力顯示0.2 N/10 mm以上之表面保護片材對於上述剝離負載之應力為特定值以上,因此即便於在以將上述表面保護片材貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於藥液或水等液中進行處理之製程中被施加振動等外力之情形時,針對該外力亦可發揮優異之防端部剝離性。就防端部剝離性提昇之觀點而言,上述水中起點剝離力更佳為0.3 N/10 mm以上,進而較佳為0.5 N/10 mm以上,尤佳為0.6 N/10 mm以上(例如0.7 N/10 mm以上)。上述水中起點剝離力之上限值並無特別限定,例如為3 N/10 mm以下,亦可為2 N/10 mm以下(例如1 N/10 mm以下)。上述水中起點剝離力可主要藉由將表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值設定為特定範圍而較佳地實現。更具體而言,上述水中起點剝離力可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。 (Peel force at starting point in water) In addition, the surface protection sheet disclosed herein preferably has a starting point peeling force in water of 0.2 N/10 mm or more. The starting point peeling force in water is at room temperature (23-25° C.) in water at a peeling angle of 20 degrees, Measured under the condition of tensile speed 1000 mm/min. A surface protection sheet satisfying these characteristics tends to be excellent in edge peeling resistance. The external force such as vibration that may cause the edge peeling of the surface protection sheet during the process of conveyance can be considered as a high-speed peeling load applied to the object to be protected at a relatively small angle. The starting point peeling force in water under the conditions of a peeling angle of 20 degrees and a peeling speed of 1000 mm/min shows that the stress of the surface protection sheet of 0.2 N/10 mm or more to the above peeling load is above a specific value, so even in When the above-mentioned surface protection sheet is attached to the object to be protected, when an external force such as vibration is applied during the process of treating the object to be protected in a liquid such as a chemical or water, it can also exhibit excellent performance against the external force End stripping resistance. From the viewpoint of improving the anti-end peeling property, the starting point peeling force in water is more preferably 0.3 N/10 mm or more, further preferably 0.5 N/10 mm or more, especially preferably 0.6 N/10 mm or more (for example, 0.7 N/10 mm or more). N/10 mm or more). The upper limit of the starting point peeling force in water is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 3 N/10 mm or less, or 2 N/10 mm or less (for example, 1 N/10 mm or less). The above starting point peeling force in water can be preferably realized mainly by setting the 25° C. bending stiffness value of the surface protection sheet to a specific range. More specifically, the starting point peeling force in water can be measured by the method described in the examples described later.

(起點剝離力) 於若干較佳之態樣中,表面保護片材之起點剝離力為0.5 N/10 mm以上,上述起點剝離力係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持24小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間滴加20 μL之蒸餾水,於溫度23℃、剝離角度20度及速度1000 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定。滿足上述特性之表面保護片材即便於被施加搬送步驟中之振動或物理處理步驟中之物理負載等作用於表面保護片材之厚度方向而可能成為表面保護片材之端部剝離之原因之外力(亦稱為物理負載、剝離負載)之情形時,亦不易自端部產生剝離。該防端部剝離性無論是否存在水,均可針對上述物理負載發揮出來。就防端部剝離性提昇之觀點而言,上述起點剝離力更佳為0.6 N/10 mm以上,進而較佳為0.7 N/10 mm以上,尤佳為0.8 N/10 mm以上(例如0.9 N/10 mm以上)。上述起點剝離力之上限值並無特別限定,例如為3 N/10 mm以下,亦可為2 N/10 mm以下(例如1 N/10 mm以下)。上述起點剝離力可基於黏著劑組成(黏著賦予劑之使用或黏著賦予劑種類之選擇、水親和劑之種類或使用量等)而實現。又,亦可藉由將表面保護片材之機械特性(例如25℃彎曲剛度值)設定為特定範圍來調整。更具體而言,上述起點剝離力可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。 (Peel force at starting point) In some preferred aspects, the starting point peeling force of the surface protection sheet is 0.5 N/10 mm or more, and the above starting point peeling force is for the surface-attached surface protection of alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. After keeping the bonding surface of the sheet at 23°C and 50% RH for 24 hours, add 20 μL of distilled water dropwise between the alkali glass and the bonding surface, and then peel at a temperature of 23°C, a peeling angle of 20° and a speed of 1000 Measured under the condition of mm/min. Even if the surface protection sheet satisfying the above characteristics is subjected to external forces acting on the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet such as vibration in the conveying step or physical load in the physical processing step, which may cause peeling of the edge of the surface protection sheet (Also known as physical load, peeling load), it is not easy to peel off from the end. This edge peeling resistance can be exerted against the above-mentioned physical load regardless of the presence or absence of water. From the viewpoint of improving the anti-end peeling property, the above-mentioned starting point peeling force is more preferably 0.6 N/10 mm or more, further preferably 0.7 N/10 mm or more, especially preferably 0.8 N/10 mm or more (for example, 0.9 N/10 mm or more). /10 mm or more). The upper limit of the starting point peeling force is not particularly limited, for example, it is 3 N/10 mm or less, and may be 2 N/10 mm or less (for example, 1 N/10 mm or less). The above starting point peeling force can be realized based on the composition of the adhesive (the use of the adhesion imparting agent or the selection of the type of the adhesion imparting agent, the type or amount of the water affinity agent, etc.). Moreover, it can also adjust by setting the mechanical characteristic (for example, 25 degreeC bending rigidity value) of a surface protection sheet to a specific range. More specifically, the above-mentioned starting point peel force can be measured by the method described in the examples described later.

(透濕度) 於若干態樣中,表面保護片材較佳為利用杯式法所測定之透濕度為24 g/(m 2・day)以下。藉由設為具有如此限制之透濕度之構成,表面保護片材即便有以貼附於被黏著體之狀態被投入至液中等與水性液體接觸之情況,水性液體亦不易滲入至與被黏著體之接著界面,不表現基於水剝離性之接著力降低,或接著力降低得到抑制。其結果,對於被黏著體之接著力得以維持,表面保護片材可維持與被黏著體之密接狀態。此種表面保護片材可成為例如於藥液處理等液中處理中不產生自端部之剝離者。於若干較佳之態樣中,表面保護片材之上述透濕度為約20 g/(m 2・day)以下,更佳為約16 g/(m 2・day)以下,進而較佳為約12 g/(m 2・day)以下,尤佳為約8 g/(m 2・day)以下,亦可為約5 g/(m 2・day)以下,例如亦可為約3 g/(m 2・day)以下。又,於表面保護片材曝露於溫水等熱之情形時,若上述透濕度過度低,則有由於因該加熱所致之老化而無法有效地表現水剝離性之虞。就此種觀點而言,於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之透濕度適當為1 g/(m 2・day)以上,較佳為約3 g/(m 2・day)以上,更佳為超過5 g/(m 2・day),例如亦可為超過6 g/(m 2・day)。 (Moisture permeability) In some aspects, the surface protection sheet preferably has a moisture permeability measured by the cup method of 24 g/(m 2 ·day) or less. With such a limited moisture permeability structure, even if the surface protection sheet is put into a liquid in the state of being attached to the adherend, the aqueous liquid will not easily penetrate into the adherend. The adhesive interface does not show the reduction of adhesive force due to water peelability, or the reduction of adhesive force is suppressed. As a result, the adhesive force with respect to an adherend is maintained, and the surface protection sheet can maintain the adhesive state with an adherend. Such a surface protection sheet can prevent peeling from the edge during, for example, submerged processing such as chemical liquid processing. In some preferred aspects, the above-mentioned moisture permeability of the surface protection sheet is about 20 g/(m 2 ·day), more preferably about 16 g/(m 2 ·day), and more preferably about 12 g/(m 2 ·day). g/(m 2 ·day), preferably less than about 8 g/(m 2 ·day), may be less than about 5 g/(m 2 ·day), for example, may be about 3 g/(m 2・day) or less. Moreover, when the surface protection sheet is exposed to heat such as warm water, if the above-mentioned moisture permeability is too low, water releasability may not be effectively expressed due to aging due to the heating. From this point of view, in some aspects, the moisture permeability of the surface protection sheet is suitably 1 g/(m 2 ·day) or more, preferably about 3 g/(m 2 ·day) or more, more preferably More than 5 g/(m 2 ·day), for example, may exceed 6 g/(m 2 ·day).

更具體而言,表面保護片材之上述透濕度例如可為23 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、22 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、21 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、20 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、19 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、18 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、17 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、16 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、15 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、14 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、13 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、12 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、11 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、10 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、9 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、8 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、7 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、6 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、5 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、4 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、3 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、2 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、或1 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下。 More specifically, the above-mentioned moisture permeability of the surface protection sheet may be, for example, 23 g/(m 2 ·day) or less, 22 g/(m 2 ·day) or less, 21 g/(m 2 ·day) ) above or below, 20 g/(m 2・day) above or below, 19 g/(m 2・day) above or below, 18 g/(m 2・day) above or below, 17 g/(m 2・day) or more, 16 g/(m 2・day) or more, 15 g/(m 2・day) or more, 14 g/(m 2・day) or more, 13 g/( m2・day) or less, 12 g/( m2・day) or less, 11 g/( m2・day) or more, 10 g/( m2・day) or less, 9 g /(m 2・day) above or below, 8 g/(m 2・day) above or below, 7 g/(m 2・day) above or below, 6 g/(m 2・day) above or below, 5 g/(m 2・day) or less, 4 g/(m 2・day) or less, 3 g/(m 2・day) or less, 2 g/(m 2・day) or more or below, or above or below 1 g/(m 2 ·day).

表面保護片材之上述透濕度可藉由選擇使用適當之不透濕性或低透濕性之材料(典型而言,基材)而獲得。更具體而言,表面保護片材之透濕度可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。The aforementioned moisture permeability of the surface protection sheet can be obtained by selecting and using an appropriate moisture-impermeable or low-moisture-permeable material (typically, a substrate). More specifically, the water vapor transmission rate of a surface protection sheet can be measured by the method described in the Example mentioned later.

<黏著劑層> 本文所揭示之表面保護片材典型而言具備黏著劑層。上述黏著劑層例如可為包含選自丙烯酸系黏著劑、橡膠系黏著劑(天然橡膠系、合成橡膠系、該等之混合系等)、聚矽氧系黏著劑、聚酯系黏著劑、胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑、聚醚系黏著劑、聚醯胺系黏著劑、氟系黏著劑等各種黏著劑中之1種或2種以上之黏著劑而構成之黏著劑層。此處,所謂丙烯酸系黏著劑,係指以丙烯酸系聚合物作為主成分之黏著劑。橡膠系黏著劑及其他黏著劑亦為相同之含義。 <Adhesive layer> The surface protection sheet disclosed herein typically has an adhesive layer. The above-mentioned adhesive layer may be, for example, a material selected from acrylic adhesives, rubber adhesives (natural rubber, synthetic rubber, and mixtures thereof), silicone adhesives, polyester adhesives, amine adhesives, etc. Adhesive layer composed of one or more adhesives among various adhesives such as urethane-based adhesives, polyether-based adhesives, polyamide-based adhesives, and fluorine-based adhesives. Here, the acrylic adhesive refers to an adhesive mainly composed of an acrylic polymer. Rubber-based adhesives and other adhesives also have the same meaning.

再者,於本說明書中,所謂「丙烯酸系聚合物」,係指源自包含多於50重量%之丙烯酸系單體之單體成分之聚合物。上述丙烯酸系單體係指於1分子中具有至少1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之單體。又,於本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯醯基」,係指包括丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基在內之含義。同樣地,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」,係指包括丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯在內之含義,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」,係指包括丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸在內之含義。上述丙烯酸系聚合物可為丙烯酸系聚合體。上述丙烯酸系聚合物例如可為於水分散型或溶劑型之黏著劑中作為基礎聚合體(主構成聚合體)含有之丙烯酸系聚合體。該情形時,本說明書中之「構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分」可改稱為「構成丙烯酸系聚合體之單體成分」。又,本說明書中,以與「構成聚合物之單體成分」或「構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分」之相對量表示之添加成分之含量可改稱為與「丙烯酸系聚合體」之相對量。In addition, in this specification, an "acrylic polymer" refers to a polymer derived from a monomer component containing more than 50% by weight of an acrylic monomer. The above-mentioned acrylic monomer refers to a monomer having at least one (meth)acryl group in one molecule. In addition, in this specification, "(meth)acryl" means the meaning including acryl and methacryl. Similarly, "(meth)acrylate" means including acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylic" means including acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. The above-mentioned acrylic polymer may be an acrylic polymer. The above-mentioned acrylic polymer may be, for example, an acrylic polymer contained as a base polymer (main constituent polymer) in a water-dispersed or solvent-based adhesive. In this case, "monomer components constituting an acrylic polymer" in this specification may be changed to "monomer components constituting an acrylic polymer". In addition, in this specification, the content of the added component expressed as the relative amount to the "monomer component constituting the polymer" or "the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer" can be changed to "acrylic polymer" Relative amount.

(丙烯酸系黏著劑) 就耐候性等觀點而言,於若干態樣中,可較佳地採用丙烯酸系黏著劑作為黏著劑層之構成材料。 (acrylic adhesive) From the viewpoint of weather resistance and the like, in some aspects, an acrylic adhesive can be preferably used as a constituent material of the adhesive layer.

作為丙烯酸系黏著劑,例如較佳為包含由包含多於35重量%之在酯末端具有碳原子數1以上且20以下之直鏈或支鏈狀之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之單體成分所構成之丙烯酸系聚合物者。以下,有時將在酯末端具有碳原子數為X以上且Y以下之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯表述為「(甲基)丙烯酸C X-Y烷基酯」。具有上述鏈狀(以包含直鏈狀、支鏈狀之含義使用)烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 As an acrylic adhesive, for example, an alkyl (meth)acrylate containing more than 35% by weight of a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms at the end of the ester is preferable. Acrylic polymers composed of monomer components. Hereinafter, an alkyl (meth)acrylate having an alkyl group having a carbon number of X to Y at the end of the ester may be referred to as "C XY alkyl (meth)acrylate". The alkyl (meth)acrylates having the aforementioned chain (includes linear and branched) alkyl groups can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

於若干態樣中,就容易獲得特性之平衡而言,單體成分整體中(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之比率例如可為40重量%以上,亦可為45重量%以上,亦可為50重量%以上(例如55重量%以上)。就同樣之理由而言,單體成分中(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之比率例如可為90重量%以下,亦可為70重量%以下,亦可為65重量%以下(例如55重量%以下)。於其他若干態樣中,就容易獲得特性之平衡而言,單體成分整體中(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之比率例如可為70重量%以上,亦可為80重量%以上,亦可為90重量%以上。就同樣之理由而言,單體成分中(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之比率例如可為99.9重量%以下,亦可為99.5重量%以下,亦可為99重量%以下。 In some aspects, the ratio of the C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the whole monomer component may be, for example, 40% by weight or more, or 45% by weight or more in terms of easily obtaining a balance of properties, It may be 50 weight% or more (for example, 55 weight% or more). For the same reason, the ratio of C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component may be, for example, 90% by weight or less, 70% by weight or less, or 65% by weight or less (for example 55% by weight or less). In some other aspects, the ratio of the C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the whole monomer component may be, for example, 70% by weight or more, or may be 80% by weight or more in terms of easily obtaining a balance of properties , It can also be more than 90% by weight. For the same reason, the ratio of C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component may be, for example, 99.9% by weight or less, 99.5% by weight or less, or 99% by weight or less.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之非限定性之具體例,可例舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十九烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二十烷基酯等。 As non-limiting specific examples of C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylates, for example: methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, ( Isopropyl methacrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, third butyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) Amyl acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, ( Isooctyl methacrylate, Nonyl (meth)acrylate, Isononyl (meth)acrylate, Decyl (meth)acrylate, Isodecyl (meth)acrylate, Undecyl (meth)acrylate (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, tridecyl (meth)acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate, pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate ) cetyl acrylate, heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, isostearyl (meth)acrylate, nonadecyl (meth)acrylate, ( Eicosyl methacrylate, etc.

該等之中,較佳為至少使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-20烷基酯,更佳為至少使用(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-18烷基酯。例如,較佳為包含丙烯酸正丁酯(BA)及丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)之一者或兩者作為上述單體成分之丙烯酸系黏著劑,尤佳為至少包含BA之丙烯酸系黏著劑。作為可較佳地使用之(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-20烷基酯之其他例,可例舉:丙烯酸異壬酯、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯(BMA)、甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHMA)、丙烯酸異硬脂酯(iSTA)等。 Among them, it is preferable to use at least C 4-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate, more preferably at least C 4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate. For example, it is preferably an acrylic adhesive containing one or both of n-butyl acrylate (BA) and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) as the above-mentioned monomer components, especially an acrylic adhesive containing at least BA. Adhesive. Other examples of C 4-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate that can be preferably used include: isononyl acrylate, n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate ester (2EHMA), isostearyl acrylate (iSTA), etc.

於若干態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分可以40重量%以上之比率包含(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-18烷基酯。根據如此包含相對較多之在酯末端具有碳原子數4以上之烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之單體成分,有形成親油性較高之丙烯酸系聚合物之傾向。根據親油性較高之丙烯酸系聚合物,容易形成即便浸漬於溫水等水中而接著力亦不易降低之黏著劑層。(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-18烷基酯於單體成分中所占之比率例如可為60重量%以上,亦可為70重量%以上,亦可為75重量%以上,亦可為80重量%以上。亦可為以上述之任一下限值以上之比率包含(甲基)丙烯酸C 6-18烷基酯之單體成分。 又,就提高黏著劑層之凝聚性而防止凝聚破壞之觀點而言,(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-18烷基酯於單體成分中所占之比率適當設為99.5重量%以下,亦可為99重量%以下,亦可為98重量%以下,亦可為97重量%以下。就黏著劑層之凝聚性提高之觀點而言,於若干態樣中,(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-18烷基酯於上述單體成分中所占之比率為95重量%以下,例如適當為90重量%以下。於其他若干態樣中,(甲基)丙烯酸C 4-18烷基酯於單體成分中所占之比率可為85重量%以下,亦可為75重量%以下。亦可為以上述之任一上限值以下之比率包含(甲基)丙烯酸C 6-18烷基酯之單體成分。 In some aspects, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain C 4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate in a ratio of 40% by weight or more. Such a monomer component containing relatively many alkyl (meth)acrylates having an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms at the ester end tends to form an acrylic polymer having a high lipophilicity. According to the acrylic polymer with high lipophilicity, it is easy to form an adhesive layer that does not easily lose its adhesive force even if it is immersed in water such as warm water. The proportion of C 4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer components may be, for example, 60% by weight or more, 70% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, or 80% by weight %above. It may also be a monomer component containing a C 6-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate at a ratio equal to or greater than any of the above lower limits. Also, from the viewpoint of improving the cohesiveness of the adhesive layer and preventing cohesion failure, the ratio of the C4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer components is suitably set at 99.5% by weight or less. It is 99 weight% or less, may be 98 weight% or less, and may be 97 weight% or less. From the viewpoint of improving the cohesiveness of the adhesive layer, in some aspects, the ratio of the C4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate to the above-mentioned monomer components is 95% by weight or less, for example, it is suitably 90% by weight or less. In some other aspects, the proportion of C 4-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer components may be 85% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less. It may also be a monomer component containing a C 6-18 alkyl (meth)acrylate at a ratio below any of the above upper limits.

於若干態樣中,可較佳地使用由(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-4烷基酯(較佳為BA)於具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中所占之比率超過50重量%之單體成分所形成之丙烯酸系聚合物。根據該丙烯酸系聚合物,容易獲得具有適於表面保護用途之接著力及凝聚力之黏著劑。(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-4烷基酯可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中之(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-4烷基酯之比率較佳為70重量%以上,更佳為85重量%以上,例如亦可為90重量%以上。(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-4烷基酯於具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中所占之比率之上限為100重量%,亦可為99重量%以下,例如亦可為未達97重量%。 In some aspects, it is preferable to use the proportion of C 1-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate (preferably BA) in the alkyl (meth)acrylate having the above-mentioned chain alkyl An acrylic polymer formed from a monomer component with a ratio of more than 50% by weight. According to this acrylic polymer, an adhesive having adhesive force and cohesive force suitable for surface protection can be easily obtained. C 1-4 alkyl (meth)acrylates can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The ratio of the C 1-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the alkyl (meth)acrylate having the above-mentioned chain alkyl group is preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 85% by weight or more, for example, It is more than 90% by weight. The upper limit of the ratio of C 1-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate to the alkyl (meth)acrylate having the above-mentioned chain alkyl is 100% by weight, and may be 99% by weight or less, for example, It may be less than 97% by weight.

於若干態樣中,(甲基)丙烯酸C 2-4烷基酯於具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中所占之比率為超過50重量%(例如70重量%以上、或85重量%以上、或90重量%以上)。作為(甲基)丙烯酸C 2-4烷基酯之具體例,可例舉:丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸丙酯、丙烯酸異丙酯、BA、丙烯酸異丁酯、丙烯酸第二丁酯及丙烯酸第三丁酯。(甲基)丙烯酸C 2-4烷基酯可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。若使用此種單體組成之丙烯酸系聚合物,則容易實現對於被黏著體之密接性良好之表面保護片材。其中,作為較佳之態樣,可例舉:BA於具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中所占之比率多於50重量%(例如70重量%以上、或85重量%以上、或90重量%以上)之態樣。(甲基)丙烯酸C 2-4烷基酯於具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中所占之比率為100重量%,亦可為99重量%以下,例如亦可為未達97重量%。 In some aspects, the ratio of C 2-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate to the alkyl (meth)acrylate having the above-mentioned chain alkyl is more than 50% by weight (for example, more than 70% by weight , or more than 85% by weight, or more than 90% by weight). Specific examples of C2-4 alkyl (meth)acrylates include: ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, BA, isobutyl acrylate, second butyl acrylate and third acrylate butyl ester. C 2-4 alkyl (meth)acrylates can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Using an acrylic polymer having such a monomer composition makes it easy to realize a surface protection sheet having good adhesion to an adherend. Among them, as a preferred aspect, it can be exemplified that the proportion of BA in the alkyl (meth)acrylate having the above-mentioned chain alkyl group is more than 50% by weight (for example, 70% by weight or more, or 85% by weight) above, or above 90% by weight). The ratio of C 2-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate to the alkyl (meth)acrylate having the above-mentioned chain alkyl is 100% by weight, and may be 99% by weight or less, for example, It is less than 97% by weight.

於若干較佳之態樣中,可較佳地使用由(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯於具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中所占之比率超過50重量%之單體成分所形成之丙烯酸系聚合物。根據該丙烯酸系聚合物,容易實現對於被黏著體之密接性良好之表面保護片材。作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸C 8-9烷基酯,更佳為丙烯酸C 8-9烷基酯,尤佳為2EHA。(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中之(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯(較佳為2EHA)之比率較佳為70重量%以上,更佳為85重量%以上,例如亦可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。(甲基)丙烯酸C 7-12烷基酯於具有上述鏈狀烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中所占之比率之上限為100重量%,亦可為99重量%以下,例如亦可為未達97重量%。 In some preferred aspects, the ratio of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the alkyl (meth)acrylate with the above-mentioned chain alkyl can preferably be used to exceed 50% by weight % acrylic polymer formed from monomer components. According to this acrylic polymer, it becomes easy to realize the surface protection sheet with favorable adhesiveness to an adherend. As the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate, preferably a C 8-9 alkyl (meth)acrylate, more preferably a C 8-9 alkyl acrylate, especially preferably 2EHA. C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The ratio of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate (preferably 2EHA) in the alkyl (meth)acrylate having the above-mentioned chain alkyl is preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 85% by weight % or more, for example, may be 90% by weight or more, or may be 95% by weight or more. The upper limit of the proportion of C7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the alkyl (meth)acrylate having the above-mentioned chain alkyl is 100% by weight, and may be 99% by weight or less, for example, It may be less than 97% by weight.

於若干較佳之態樣中,上述單體成分包含1種或2種以上之甲基丙烯酸烷基酯作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯。藉由使用甲基丙烯酸烷基酯,可較佳地設計適於表面保護用途之丙烯酸系聚合物。作為上述甲基丙烯酸烷基酯,較佳為甲基丙烯酸C 1-10烷基酯,更佳為甲基丙烯酸C 1-4(進而較佳為C 2-4)烷基酯。上述甲基丙烯酸烷基酯可較佳地與丙烯酸烷基酯併用。於將甲基丙烯酸烷基酯與丙烯酸烷基酯併用之情形時,1種或2種以上之甲基丙烯酸烷基酯(例如甲基丙烯酸C 2-4烷基酯)之重量C AM與1種或2種以上之丙烯酸烷基酯之重量C AA之比(C AM:C AA)並無特別限定,於若干態樣中,通常為約1:9~9:1,適當設為約2:8~8:2,較佳為約3:7~7:3,更佳為約4:6~6:4。於其他若干態樣中,甲基丙烯酸烷基酯(例如甲基丙烯酸C 1烷基酯、即甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA))於(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之總量(C AM+C AA)中所占之重量C AM通常為約30重量%以下,適當為約10重量%以下,亦可為約5重量%以下,更佳亦可為約3重量%以下。另一方面,其下限通常可為約0.1重量%以上、約0.5重量%以上。 In some preferred aspects, the above-mentioned monomer component contains one or more kinds of alkyl methacrylates as alkyl (meth)acrylates. By using alkyl methacrylates, acrylic polymers suitable for surface protection applications can be better designed. The above-mentioned alkyl methacrylate is preferably a C 1-10 alkyl methacrylate, more preferably a C 1-4 (more preferably C 2-4 ) alkyl methacrylate. The above-mentioned alkyl methacrylate can be preferably used in combination with an alkyl acrylate. When using alkyl methacrylate and alkyl acrylate together, the weight C AM of one or more than two kinds of alkyl methacrylate (such as C 2-4 alkyl methacrylate) and 1 The weight C AA ratio (C AM : C AA ) of one or more kinds of alkyl acrylates is not particularly limited, and in some aspects, it is usually about 1:9 to 9:1, and it is suitably set at about 2 :8-8:2, preferably about 3:7-7:3, more preferably about 4:6-6:4. In several other aspects, the total amount of alkyl methacrylate (such as C 1 alkyl methacrylate, namely methyl methacrylate (MMA)) in alkyl (meth)acrylate (C AM +C The weight C AM in AA ) is usually about 30% by weight or less, suitably about 10% by weight or less, or about 5% by weight or less, more preferably about 3% by weight or less. On the other hand, the lower limit thereof may be generally about 0.1% by weight or more, about 0.5% by weight or more.

構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分亦可包含(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、以及視需要之可與(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯共聚之其他單體(共聚性單體)。作為共聚性單體,可較佳地使用具有極性基(例如,羧基、羥基、含氮原子之環等)之單體。具有極性基之單體可有助於向丙烯酸系聚合物中導入交聯點,或提高黏著劑之凝聚力。共聚性單體可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may also contain an alkyl (meth)acrylate, and other monomers (copolymerizable monomers) copolymerizable with the alkyl (meth)acrylate as needed. As the copolymerizable monomer, a monomer having a polar group (for example, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a nitrogen atom-containing ring, etc.) can be preferably used. Monomers with polar groups can help introduce cross-linking points into acrylic polymers, or improve the cohesion of adhesives. A copolymerizable monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

作為共聚性單體之非限定性之具體例,可例舉以下者。 含羧基之單體:例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、丙烯酸羧基乙酯、丙烯酸羧基戊酯、伊康酸、順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、丁烯酸、異丁烯酸等。 含酸酐基之單體:例如順丁烯二酸酐、伊康酸酐。 含羥基之單體:例如(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6-羥基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸8-羥基辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸10-羥基癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸12-羥基月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(4-羥基甲基環己基)甲酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯等。 含有磺酸基或磷酸基之單體:例如苯乙烯磺酸、烯丙基磺酸、乙烯基磺酸鈉、2-(甲基)丙烯醯胺-2-甲基丙磺酸、(甲基)丙烯醯胺丙磺酸、(甲基)丙烯酸磺基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基萘磺酸、丙烯醯基磷酸2-羥基乙酯等。 含環氧基之單體:例如(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯或(甲基)丙烯酸-2-乙基縮水甘油醚等含環氧基之丙烯酸酯、烯丙基縮水甘油醚、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油醚等。 含氰基之單體:例如丙烯腈、甲基丙烯腈等。 含異氰酸基之單體:例如(甲基)丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯等。 含醯胺基之單體:例如(甲基)丙烯醯胺;N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二(正丁基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二(第三丁基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺等N,N-二烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺;N-乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-正丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等N-烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺;N-乙烯基乙醯胺等N-乙烯基羧酸醯胺類;具有羥基及醯胺基之單體,例如N-(2-羥基乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(2-羥基丙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(1-羥基丙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(3-羥基丙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(2-羥基丁基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(3-羥基丁基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(4-羥基丁基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺等N-羥基烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺;具有烷氧基及醯胺基之單體,例如N-甲氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-丁氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等N-烷氧基烷基(甲基)丙烯醯胺;以及N,N-二甲基胺基丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基𠰌啉等。 含胺基之單體:例如(甲基)丙烯酸胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁基胺基乙酯。 具有環氧基之單體:例如(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲基縮水甘油酯、烯丙基縮水甘油醚。 具有含氮原子之環之單體:例如N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-甲基乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基吡啶、N-乙烯基哌啶酮、N-乙烯基嘧啶、N-乙烯基哌𠯤、N-乙烯基吡𠯤、N-乙烯基吡咯、N-乙烯基咪唑、N-乙烯基㗁唑、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基哌啶、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基吡咯啶、N-乙烯基𠰌啉、N-乙烯基-3-𠰌啉酮、N-乙烯基-2-己內醯胺、N-乙烯基-1,3-㗁 𠯤-2-酮、N-乙烯基-3,5-𠰌啉二酮、N-乙烯基吡唑、N-乙烯基異㗁唑、N-乙烯基噻唑、N-乙烯基異噻唑、N-乙烯基嗒𠯤等(例如N-乙烯基-2-己內醯胺等內醯胺類)。 具有琥珀醯亞胺骨架之單體:例如N-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基亞甲基琥珀醯亞胺、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基-6-氧基六亞甲基琥珀醯亞胺、N-(甲基)丙烯醯基-8-氧基六亞甲基琥珀醯亞胺等。 順丁烯二醯亞胺類:例如N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-異丙基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-月桂基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺等。 伊康醯亞胺類:例如N-甲基伊康醯亞胺、N-乙基伊康醯亞胺、N-丁基伊康醯亞胺、N-辛基伊康醯亞胺、N-2-乙基己基伊康醯亞胺、N-環己基伊康醯亞胺、N-月桂基伊康醯亞胺等。 (甲基)丙烯酸胺基烷基酯類:例如(甲基)丙烯酸胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二乙基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁基胺基乙酯。 含烷氧基之單體:例如(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-甲氧基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基丙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷基酯類;甲氧基乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲氧基聚丙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等烷氧基伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯類。 含烷氧基矽烷基之單體:例如3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷。 乙烯酯類:例如乙酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烯酯等。 乙烯醚類:例如甲基乙烯醚或乙基乙烯醚等乙烯基烷基醚。 芳香族乙烯基化合物:例如苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯等。 烯烴類:例如乙烯、丁二烯、異戊二烯、異丁烯等。 具有脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯:例如(甲基)丙烯酸環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異𦯉基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸金剛烷基酯等。 具有芳香族烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯:例如(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等。 此外,(甲基)丙烯酸四氫糠酯等含雜環之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、氯乙烯或含氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含鹵素原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚矽氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含矽原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、由萜烯化合物衍生物醇獲得之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 The following are mentioned as a non-limiting specific example of a copolymerizable monomer. Carboxyl-containing monomers: such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, carboxyethyl acrylate, carboxypentyl acrylate, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, methacrylic acid, etc. Monomers containing acid anhydride groups: such as maleic anhydride and itaconic anhydride. Hydroxyl-containing monomers: such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate , 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid 12-hydroxylauryl ester, hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate such as (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate, and the like. Monomers containing sulfonic acid groups or phosphoric acid groups: such as styrenesulfonic acid, allylsulfonic acid, sodium vinylsulfonate, 2-(meth)acrylamide-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, (methyl ) acrylamidopropanesulfonic acid, sulfopropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acryloxynaphthalenesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl acryloyl phosphate, etc. Epoxy-containing monomers: epoxy-containing acrylates such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate or 2-ethyl glycidyl (meth)acrylate, allyl glycidyl ether, (methyl) ) glycidyl acrylate, etc. Monomers containing cyano groups: such as acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, etc. Monomers containing isocyanate groups: such as 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Monomers containing amide groups: such as (meth)acrylamide; N,N-dimethyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-diethyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N -Dipropyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-diisopropyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-di(n-butyl)(meth)acrylamide, N,N- Di(tertiary butyl)(meth)acrylamide and other N,N-dialkyl(meth)acrylamide; N-ethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-isopropyl(methyl) ) acrylamide, N-butyl (meth)acrylamide, N-n-butyl (meth)acrylamide, etc. N-alkyl (meth)acrylamide; N-vinyl acetamide, etc. N-vinyl carboxylic acid amides; monomers with hydroxyl and amido groups, such as N-(2-hydroxyethyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(2-hydroxypropyl)(methyl) ) acrylamide, N-(1-hydroxypropyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(3-hydroxypropyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(2-hydroxybutyl)(meth)acrylamide N-hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylamide such as N-(3-hydroxybutyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(4-hydroxybutyl)(meth)acrylamide Amide; monomers with alkoxy and amido groups, such as N-methoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-methoxyethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-butoxy N-alkoxyalkyl(meth)acrylamide such as methyl(meth)acrylamide; and N,N-dimethylaminopropyl(meth)acrylamide, N-(formyl base) acrylyl 𠰌line, etc. Amino group-containing monomers: such as aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate. Monomers with epoxy groups: eg glycidyl (meth)acrylate, methyl glycidyl (meth)acrylate, allyl glycidyl ether. Monomers with rings containing nitrogen atoms: such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylvinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpiperidone, N-vinyl Pyrimidine, N-vinylpiperone, N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylimidazole, N-vinylpyrazole, N-(meth)acryl-2-pyrrolidone , N-(meth)acrylpiperidine, N-(meth)acrylpyrrolidine, N-vinyl 𠰌line, N-vinyl-3-𠰌linone, N-vinyl-2- Caprolactam, N-vinyl-1,3-㗁𠯤-2-one, N-vinyl-3,5-𠰌linedione, N-vinylpyrazole, N-vinylisoxazole, N-vinylthiazole, N-vinylisothiazole, N-vinylpyrrole, etc. (for example, lactams such as N-vinyl-2-caprolactam). Monomers having a succinimide skeleton: such as N-(meth)acryloxymethylene succinimide, N-(meth)acryl-6-oxyhexamethylene succinimide Amines, N-(meth)acryl-8-oxyhexamethylenesuccinimide, and the like. Maleimides: such as N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-isopropylmaleimide, N-laurylmaleimide, N-benzene Maleic imide, etc. Iconimides: such as N-methyl iconimide, N-ethyl iconimide, N-butyl iconimide, N-octyl iconimide, N- 2-Ethylhexyl iconimide, N-cyclohexyl iconimide, N-lauryl iconimide, etc. Aminoalkyl (meth)acrylates: such as aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethacrylate Ethylaminoethyl ester, tert-butylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate. Alkoxy-containing monomers: such as 2-methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-methoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (methoxyethyl) base) propoxyethyl acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxypropyl (meth)acrylate and other alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates; methoxyethylene glycol Alkoxyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylates such as (meth)acrylate and methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate. Alkoxysilyl-containing monomers: such as 3-(meth)acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-(methyl) base) acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane. Vinyl esters: such as vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, etc. Vinyl ethers: vinyl alkyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether or ethyl vinyl ether. Aromatic vinyl compounds: such as styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, etc. Olefins: such as ethylene, butadiene, isoprene, isobutylene, etc. (Meth)acrylates with alicyclic hydrocarbon groups: e.g. cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, iso(meth)acrylate, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate ester, adamantyl (meth)acrylate, etc. (Meth)acrylate having an aromatic hydrocarbon group: for example, phenyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, etc. In addition, (meth)acrylates containing heterocycles such as tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylates containing halogen atoms such as (meth)acrylates containing vinyl chloride or fluorine atoms, polysilicon Silicon atom-containing (meth)acrylates such as oxygen (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylates obtained from terpene compound derivative alcohols, etc.

於使用此種共聚性單體之情形時,其使用量並無特別限定,適當設為單體成分整體之0.01重量%以上。就更良好地發揮共聚性單體之使用效果之觀點而言,亦可將共聚性單體之使用量設為單體成分整體之0.1重量%以上,亦可設為0.5重量%以上。又,就容易獲取黏著特性之平衡之觀點而言,共聚性單體之使用量適當設為單體成分整體之50重量%以下,較佳為設為40重量%以下。When using such a copolymerizable monomer, the usage-amount is not specifically limited, It is suitably made into 0.01 weight% or more of the whole monomer component. From the viewpoint of exerting the use effect of the copolymerizable monomer more favorably, the usage-amount of the copolymerizable monomer may be 0.1% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more of the whole monomer component. Moreover, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a balance of adhesive properties, the usage-amount of the copolymerizable monomer is suitably 50 weight% or less of the whole monomer component, Preferably it is 40 weight% or less.

於若干態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分可包含具有氮原子之單體。藉由使用具有氮原子之單體,可提高黏著劑之凝聚力,可較佳地提昇接著力。具有氮原子之單體可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。作為具有氮原子之單體之一較佳例,可例舉具有含氮原子之環之單體。作為具有含氮原子之環之單體,可使用上述所例示者等,例如可使用通式(1): [化1]

Figure 02_image001
所表示之N-乙烯基環狀醯胺。此處,通式(1)中,R 1為2價有機基,具體而言為-(CH 2) n-。n為2~7(較佳為2、3或4)之整數。其中,可較佳地採用N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮。作為具有氮原子之單體之其他較佳例,可例舉(甲基)丙烯醯胺。 In some aspects, the monomer components that make up the acrylic polymer may include monomers having nitrogen atoms. By using monomers with nitrogen atoms, the cohesion of the adhesive can be improved, and the adhesive force can be better improved. The monomer having a nitrogen atom may be used alone or in combination of two or more. A preferable example of the monomer having a nitrogen atom is a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring. As a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring, those exemplified above can be used, for example, the general formula (1) can be used:
Figure 02_image001
Represented N-vinyl cyclic amides. Here, in the general formula (1), R 1 is a divalent organic group, specifically -(CH 2 ) n -. n is an integer of 2-7 (preferably 2, 3 or 4). Among them, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone can be preferably used. (Meth)acrylamide is mentioned as another preferable example of the monomer which has a nitrogen atom.

具有氮原子之單體(較佳為具有含氮原子之環之單體)之使用量並無特別限制,例如可為單體成分整體之1重量%以上,亦可為3重量%以上,進而可設為5重量%以上或7重量%以上。於若干態樣中,就接著力提昇之觀點而言,具有氮原子之單體之使用量可為單體成分整體之10重量%以上,亦可為12重量%以上,亦可為15重量%以上,亦可為20重量%以上。又,具有氮原子之單體之使用量適當設為單體成分整體之例如40重量%以下,亦可為35重量%以下,亦可為30重量%以下,亦可為25重量%以下。於其他若干態樣中,具有氮原子之單體之使用量可設為單體成分整體之例如20重量%以下,亦可設為16重量%以下。於其他若干態樣中,具有氮原子之單體之使用量可設為單體成分整體之例如12重量%以下,亦可為8重量%以下,亦可為4重量%以下。The amount of monomers having nitrogen atoms (preferably monomers having rings containing nitrogen atoms) is not particularly limited, for example, it can be more than 1% by weight or more than 3% by weight of the monomer components as a whole, and further It may be 5% by weight or more or 7% by weight or more. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesive force, the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom may be 10% by weight or more, 12% by weight or more, or 15% by weight of the entire monomer component. More than above, 20 weight% or more may be sufficient. Moreover, the usage-amount of the monomer which has a nitrogen atom is suitably set to 40 weight% or less of the whole monomer component, for example, may be 35 weight% or less, may be 30 weight% or less, and may be 25 weight% or less. In other several aspects, the usage-amount of the monomer which has a nitrogen atom may be 20 weight% or less of the whole monomer component, for example, and may be 16 weight% or less. In other several aspects, the usage-amount of the monomer which has a nitrogen atom may be 12 weight% or less of the whole monomer component, for example, may be 8 weight% or less, and may be 4 weight% or less.

於若干態樣中,單體成分包含含羧基之單體。作為含羧基之單體之較佳例,可例舉丙烯酸(AA)及甲基丙烯酸(MAA)。亦可將AA與MAA併用。於將AA與MAA併用之情形時,該等之重量比(AA/MAA)並無特別限定,例如可設為約0.1~10之範圍。於若干態樣中,上述重量比(AA/MAA)例如可為約0.3以上,亦可為約0.5以上。又,上述重量比(AA/MAA)例如可為約4以下,亦可為約3以下。In some aspects, the monomer component comprises a carboxyl-containing monomer. Acrylic acid (AA) and methacrylic acid (MAA) are mentioned as a preferable example of a carboxyl group containing monomer. AA and MAA can also be used together. When using AA and MAA together, these weight ratios (AA/MAA) are not specifically limited, For example, it can be made into the range of about 0.1-10. In some aspects, the above-mentioned weight ratio (AA/MAA) may be, for example, about 0.3 or more, or about 0.5 or more. Moreover, the said weight ratio (AA/MAA) may be about 4 or less, for example, and may be about 3 or less.

藉由使用含羧基之單體,可使水等水性液體快速地親和於黏著劑層之表面。該情況可有助於水剝離力之降低。含羧基之單體之使用量例如可為單體成分整體之0.05重量%以上,亦可為0.1重量%以上,亦可為0.3重量%以上,亦可為0.5重量%以上,亦可為0.8重量%以上,亦可為1.2重量%以上,亦可為1.5重量%以上。藉由使用特定量以上之含羧基之單體,可提高黏著劑層之凝聚力或交聯密度。上述含羧基之單體之比率例如可為15重量%以下,亦可為10重量%以下,亦可為5重量%以下,亦可為4.5重量%以下,亦可為3.5重量%以下,亦可為3.0重量%以下,亦可為2.5重量%以下。含羧基之單體之使用量不過多就抑制水向黏著劑層之整體之擴散,抑制溫水浸漬等接觸於水性液體之情形時之接著力降低之觀點而言較佳。又,含羧基之單體之使用量不過多就防止用於測定水剝離力之水被黏著劑層吸收而於剝離中途水不足之情況之觀點而言亦可變得有利。又,本文所揭示之技術亦可於上述單體成分實質上不含含羧基之單體之態樣中較佳地實施。就該觀點而言,於上述單體成分中,上述含羧基之單體之比率例如可為未達1重量%,亦可為未達0.3重量%,亦可為未達0.1重量%。By using carboxyl group-containing monomers, water-based liquids such as water can be rapidly attached to the surface of the adhesive layer. This fact can contribute to the reduction of the water peeling force. The amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer used may be, for example, 0.05% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, 0.3% by weight or more, 0.5% by weight or more, or 0.8% by weight of the entire monomer component. % or more, may be 1.2% by weight or more, or may be 1.5% by weight or more. By using more than a specific amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer, the cohesive force or crosslink density of the adhesive layer can be increased. The ratio of the above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing monomer may be, for example, 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, 4.5% by weight or less, or 3.5% by weight or less. It may be 3.0 weight% or less, and may be 2.5 weight% or less. It is preferable that the amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer is not too much to suppress the diffusion of water to the entire adhesive layer, and to suppress the reduction of the adhesive force when it is in contact with an aqueous liquid such as warm water immersion. In addition, it is also advantageous from the viewpoint of preventing the water used for measuring the water peeling force from being absorbed by the adhesive layer and insufficient water during peeling if the amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer used is not too large. In addition, the technology disclosed herein can also be preferably implemented in an aspect in which the above-mentioned monomer component does not substantially contain a carboxyl group-containing monomer. From this point of view, the ratio of the carboxyl group-containing monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 1% by weight, less than 0.3% by weight, or less than 0.1% by weight.

於若干態樣中,單體成分可包含含羥基之單體。藉由使用含羥基之單體,可調整黏著劑之凝聚力或交聯密度,提昇接著力。作為含羥基之單體,可使用上述所例示者等,例如可較佳地採用丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEA)或丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯(4HBA)。含羥基之單體可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。In some aspects, the monomer component may comprise a hydroxyl-containing monomer. By using hydroxyl-containing monomers, the cohesion or cross-linking density of the adhesive can be adjusted to improve the adhesive force. As the hydroxyl group-containing monomer, those exemplified above can be used, for example, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) or 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA) can be preferably used. The hydroxyl group-containing monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

使用含羥基之單體之情形時之使用量並無特別限制,例如可為單體成分整體之0.01重量%以上,亦可為0.1重量%以上,亦可為0.5重量%以上。於若干較佳之態樣中,含羥基之單體之使用量為單體成分整體之1重量%以上,更佳為5重量%以上,進而較佳為10重量%以上,例如亦可為12重量%以上。又,就抑制黏著劑層之吸水性之觀點而言,於若干態樣中,含羥基之單體之使用量適當設為單體成分整體之例如40重量%以下,亦可設為30重量%以下,亦可設為20重量%以下,亦可設為15重量%以下、10重量%以下、5重量%以下或3重量%以下。本文所揭示之技術亦可於實質上不使用含羥基之單體作為黏著劑層之單體成分之態樣中實施。When using a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, the usage amount is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 0.01% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more of the entire monomer component. In some preferred aspects, the usage amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is more than 1% by weight, more preferably more than 5% by weight, more preferably more than 10% by weight, for example, it can be 12% by weight %above. Also, from the viewpoint of suppressing the water absorption of the adhesive layer, in some aspects, the usage amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is suitably set to, for example, 40% by weight or less of the whole monomer component, and may be set to 30% by weight. The following may be 20% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, or 3% by weight or less. The technique disclosed herein can also be implemented in an aspect in which no hydroxyl group-containing monomer is substantially used as the monomer component of the adhesive layer.

於若干較佳之態樣中,丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分併用具有氮原子之單體(例如,(甲基)丙烯醯胺等含醯胺基之單體、NVP等具有含氮原子之環之單體)、及含羥基之單體(例如HEA、4HBA)作為具有極性基之單體(含極性基之單體)。藉此,可有效地提昇接著力。於併用具有氮原子之單體與含羥基之單體之態樣中,具有氮原子之單體之量A N與含羥基之單體之量A OH之重量比(A N/A OH)並無特別限定,例如可為0.1以上,亦可為0.5以上,亦可為0.8以上,亦可為1.0以上,亦可為1.2以上。又,上述重量比(A N/A OH)例如可為10以下,亦可為5以下,亦可為3以下,亦可為1.5以下。 In some preferred aspects, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is combined with a monomer having a nitrogen atom (for example, a monomer containing an amide group such as (meth)acrylamide, a ring containing a nitrogen atom such as NVP, etc. monomers), and monomers containing hydroxyl groups (such as HEA, 4HBA) as monomers with polar groups (monomers containing polar groups). Thereby, the adhesive force can be effectively improved. In the aspect of using a monomer having a nitrogen atom and a monomer containing a hydroxyl group in combination, the weight ratio ( AN /A OH ) of the amount AN of the monomer having a nitrogen atom to the amount A OH of the monomer containing a hydroxyl group is equal to It is not specifically limited, For example, it may be 0.1 or more, 0.5 or more, 0.8 or more, 1.0 or more, or 1.2 or more. Moreover, the said weight ratio ( AN / AOH ) may be 10 or less, 5 or less, 3 or less, or 1.5 or less, for example.

於若干態樣中,單體成分可包含含烷氧基矽烷基之單體。含烷氧基矽烷基之單體典型而言為於一分子內具有至少1個(較佳為2個以上、例如2個或3個)之烷氧基矽烷基之乙烯性不飽和單體,其具體例如上所述。上述含烷氧基矽烷基之單體可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。藉由使用含烷氧基矽烷基之單體,可於黏著劑層中導入利用矽烷醇基之縮合反應(矽烷醇縮合)形成之交聯結構。再者,含烷氧基矽烷基之單體亦可理解為下述之矽烷偶合劑。In some aspects, the monomer component may comprise an alkoxysilyl-containing monomer. The alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer is typically an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having at least 1 (preferably more than 2, such as 2 or 3) alkoxysilyl groups in one molecule, Specific examples thereof are as described above. The above-mentioned alkoxysilyl group-containing monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. By using an alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer, a crosslinked structure formed by a condensation reaction of silanol groups (silanol condensation) can be introduced into the adhesive layer. Furthermore, the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer can also be understood as the following silane coupling agent.

於單體成分包含含烷氧基矽烷基之單體之態樣中,含烷氧基矽烷基之單體於該單體成分整體中所占之比率例如可設為0.005重量%以上,適當設為0.01重量%以上。又,就對被黏著體之密接性提高之觀點而言,上述含烷氧基矽烷基之單體之比率例如可為0.5重量%以下,亦可為0.1重量%以下,亦可為0.05重量%以下。In the aspect where the monomer component contains an alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer, the ratio of the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer to the entire monomer component can be, for example, 0.005% by weight or more. 0.01% by weight or more. Also, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the adherend, the ratio of the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer may be, for example, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.1% by weight or less, or 0.05% by weight. the following.

又,就凝膠化抑制之觀點而言,若干較佳之態樣之丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分將(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷基酯及烷氧基聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯之合計比率限制為未達20重量%。上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷基酯及烷氧基聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯之合計比率更佳為未達10重量%,進而較佳為未達3重量%,尤佳為未達1重量%,於若干態樣中,上述單體成分實質上不含(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷基酯及烷氧基聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯(含量0~0.3重量%)。 同樣地,本文所揭示之丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分可為以未達20重量%之比率包含或不含含烷氧基之單體者。含烷氧基之單體於上述單體成分中所占之量較佳為未達10重量%,更佳為未達3重量%,進而較佳為未達1重量%,於尤佳之態樣中,上述單體成分實質上不含含烷氧基之單體(含量0~0.3重量%)。 Also, from the viewpoint of gelation suppression, the monomer components of the acrylic polymer of some preferred aspects are alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate and alkoxypolyalkylene glycol (meth) base) The total ratio of acrylates is limited to less than 20% by weight. The total ratio of the above-mentioned alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate and alkoxypolyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylate is more preferably less than 10% by weight, more preferably less than 3% by weight, More preferably, it is less than 1% by weight. In some aspects, the above-mentioned monomer components do not substantially contain alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate and alkoxypolyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylate (Content: 0 to 0.3% by weight). Likewise, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer disclosed herein may or may not contain an alkoxy group-containing monomer in a ratio of less than 20% by weight. The amount of the alkoxy-containing monomer in the above-mentioned monomer components is preferably less than 10% by weight, more preferably less than 3% by weight, more preferably less than 1% by weight, and most preferably In this sample, the above-mentioned monomer component does not substantially contain an alkoxy group-containing monomer (content 0 to 0.3% by weight).

又,於若干較佳之態樣中,丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分將親水性單體之比率設定為恰當之範圍。藉此,可較佳地發揮水剝離性。此處,本說明書中之「親水性單體」係指含羧基之單體、含酸酐基之單體、含羥基之單體、具有氮原子之單體(典型而言,(甲基)丙烯醯胺等含醯胺基之單體、N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮等具有含氮原子之環之單體)及含烷氧基之單體(典型而言,(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷基酯及烷氧基聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯)。該態樣中,丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中上述親水性單體之比率適當為40重量%以下(例如35重量%以下),較佳為32重量%以下,例如可為30重量%以下,亦可為28重量%以下。並無特別限定,丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中上述親水性單體之比率可為1重量%以上,亦可為10重量%以上,亦可為20重量%以上。Moreover, in some preferable aspects, the monomer component of an acryl-type polymer sets the ratio of a hydrophilic monomer to an appropriate range. Thereby, water releasability can be exhibited preferably. Here, "hydrophilic monomer" in this specification refers to monomers containing carboxyl groups, monomers containing acid anhydride groups, monomers containing hydroxyl groups, monomers having nitrogen atoms (typically, (meth)acrylic Amide-containing monomers such as amide, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and other monomers having rings containing nitrogen atoms) and alkoxy-containing monomers (typically, (meth)acrylic acid Alkoxyalkyl esters and alkoxypolyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylates). In this aspect, the ratio of the above-mentioned hydrophilic monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is suitably 40% by weight or less (for example, 35% by weight or less), preferably 32% by weight or less, for example, 30% by weight or less , It can also be 28% by weight or less. It is not particularly limited, and the ratio of the above-mentioned hydrophilic monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer may be 1% by weight or more, may be 10% by weight or more, or may be 20% by weight or more.

於若干態樣中,構成丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分可包含含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。藉此,可提高黏著劑之凝聚力,提昇接著力。含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。作為含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,可使用上述所例示者等,例如可較佳地採用丙烯酸環己酯或丙烯酸異𦯉基酯。使用含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之情形時之使用量並無特別限制,例如可設為單體成分整體之1重量%以上、3重量%以上或5重量%以上。於若干態樣中,含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之使用量可為單體成分整體之10重量%以上,亦可為15重量%以上。含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之使用量之上限適當設為約40重量%以下,例如可為30重量%以下,亦可為25重量%以下(例如15重量%以下、進而10重量%以下)。In some aspects, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may include an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate. In this way, the cohesive force of the adhesive can be improved, and the adhesive force can be enhanced. The alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate, those exemplified above can be used, and for example, cyclohexyl acrylate or isothiol acrylate can be preferably used. The usage-amount in the case of using an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate is not specifically limited, For example, it can be 1 weight% or more, 3 weight% or more, or 5 weight% or more of the whole monomer component. In some aspects, the usage-amount of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group containing (meth)acrylate may be 10 weight% or more of the whole monomer component, and may be 15 weight% or more. The upper limit of the amount of alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate is suitably set at about 40% by weight or less, such as 30% by weight or less, or 25% by weight or less (for example, 15% by weight or less, and 10% by weight or less). weight% or less).

於若干較佳之態樣中,丙烯酸系聚合物包含該丙烯酸系聚合物每100 g為0.05 mol~0.45 mol之具有極性基之單體(含極性基之單體)作為單體成分。藉此,對於極性之被黏著體之接著性提昇,例如溫水浸漬後之接著力亦可維持得較高。可認為藉由將上述極性基導入至丙烯酸系聚合物,例如基於針對玻璃等極性被黏著體之氫鍵而界面接著力提昇。作為含極性基之單體,可使用上述之含羧基之單體(典型而言,AA、MAA等)、含羥基之單體(典型而言,HEA、4HBA等)、具有氮原子之單體(典型而言,(甲基)丙烯醯胺等含醯胺基之單體、NVP等具有含氮原子之環之單體)之1種或2種以上。關於丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之含極性基之單體之比率,就有效地發揮含極性基之單體之作用之觀點而言,丙烯酸系聚合物每100 g,適當設為0.10 mol以上,較佳為0.15 mol以上,更佳為0.20 mol以上,例如亦可為0.24 mol以上。又,關於丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分中之含極性基之單體之比率之上限,丙烯酸系聚合物每100 g,適當設為0.40 mol以下,較佳為0.35 mol以下,例如亦可為0.30 mol以下。In some preferred aspects, the acrylic polymer contains 0.05 mol-0.45 mol of a monomer having a polar group (monomer containing a polar group) per 100 g of the acrylic polymer as a monomer component. In this way, the adhesion to polar adherends is improved, for example, the adhesion after warm water immersion can also be maintained at a high level. It is considered that the interfacial adhesive force is improved by introducing the above-mentioned polar group into the acrylic polymer, for example, based on hydrogen bonding to polar adherends such as glass. As the polar group-containing monomer, the above-mentioned carboxyl-containing monomers (typically, AA, MAA, etc.), hydroxyl-containing monomers (typically, HEA, 4HBA, etc.), and nitrogen atom-containing monomers can be used. (Typically, 1 type or 2 or more types of amide group-containing monomers such as (meth)acrylamide, and monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing ring such as NVP). Regarding the ratio of the polar group-containing monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer, it is appropriate to set it at 0.10 mol per 100 g of the acrylic polymer from the viewpoint of effectively exerting the function of the polar group-containing monomer. or more, preferably 0.15 mol or more, more preferably 0.20 mol or more, for example, may be 0.24 mol or more. Also, the upper limit of the ratio of the polar group-containing monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is suitably 0.40 mol or less, preferably 0.35 mol or less, per 100 g of the acrylic polymer. 0.30 mol or less.

單體成分之組成可以基於該單體成分之組成藉由Fox公式所求出之玻璃轉移溫度(以下,亦稱為「聚合物之玻璃轉移溫度」)成為-75℃以上且-10℃以下之方式設定。於若干態樣中,上述聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物、典型而言丙烯酸系聚合體)之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)適當為-15℃以下,較佳為-20℃以下,更佳為-25℃以下,進而較佳為-30℃以下,亦可為-40℃以下(例如-55℃以下)。若上述聚合物之Tg變低,則存在黏著劑層對於基材層之密接性或對於被黏著體之接著性總體而言提昇之傾向。根據該黏著劑層,於未意圖黏著劑層之剝離之狀況下容易抑制水滲入至被黏著體與黏著劑層之界面。該情況就抑制溫水浸漬等接觸於水性液體之情形時之接著力降低之觀點而言可變得有利。又,就容易提高接著力之觀點而言,聚合物之Tg例如可為-70℃以上,亦可為-65℃以上。於其他若干態樣中,上述Tg例如可為-60℃以上,亦可為-50℃以上,亦可為-45℃以上或-40℃以上。The composition of the monomer component may be -75°C or higher and -10°C or lower based on the glass transition temperature (hereinafter, also referred to as "polymer glass transition temperature") obtained by the Fox formula based on the composition of the monomer component mode setting. In some aspects, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the above-mentioned polymer (such as an acrylic polymer, typically an acrylic polymer) is suitably below -15°C, preferably below -20°C, more preferably - 25°C or lower, more preferably -30°C or lower, and may be -40°C or lower (eg -55°C or lower). When Tg of the said polymer becomes low, there exists a tendency for the adhesiveness of an adhesive layer to a base material layer or the adhesiveness to an adherend to improve generally. According to the adhesive layer, infiltration of water into the interface between the adherend and the adhesive layer is easily suppressed in a state where the peeling of the adhesive layer is not intended. This is advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in adhesive force when the film is in contact with an aqueous liquid, such as immersion in warm water. Moreover, Tg of a polymer may be -70 degreeC or more from a viewpoint of easy improvement of adhesive force, and may be -65 degreeC or more, for example. In some other aspects, the above Tg may be -60°C or higher, -50°C or higher, -45°C or higher, or -40°C or higher, for example.

此處,如下所示,上述Fox公式係共聚物之Tg、與構成該共聚物之各單體單獨聚合而成之均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度Tgi之關係式。 1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi) 再者,於上述Fox公式中,Tg表示共聚物之玻璃轉移溫度(單位:K),Wi表示該共聚物中之單體i之重量分率(重量基準之共聚比率),Tgi表示單體i之均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度(單位:K)。 Here, as shown below, the above-mentioned Fox formula is a relational expression of the Tg of a copolymer and the glass transition temperature Tgi of a homopolymer obtained by polymerizing each monomer constituting the copolymer independently. 1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi) Furthermore, in the above-mentioned Fox formula, Tg represents the glass transition temperature of the copolymer (unit: K), Wi represents the weight fraction of monomer i in the copolymer (copolymerization ratio on a weight basis), and Tgi represents monomer i The glass transition temperature of the homopolymer (unit: K).

作為用於算出Tg之均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度,使用公知資料中所記載之值。例如,關於以下所例舉之單體,該單體之均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度使用以下之值。 丙烯酸2-乙基己酯        -70℃ 丙烯酸正丁酯              -55℃ 甲基丙烯酸正丁酯        20℃ 丙烯酸異硬脂酯           -18℃ 甲基丙烯酸甲酯           105℃ 丙烯酸甲酯                 8℃ 丙烯酸環己酯              15℃ N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮   54℃ 丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯        -15℃ 丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯        -40℃ 甲基丙烯酸二環戊酯     175℃ 丙烯酸異𦯉基酯           94℃ 丙烯酸                        106℃ 甲基丙烯酸                 228℃ As the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer for calculating Tg, the value described in the known document was used. For example, regarding the monomers listed below, the following values are used for the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the monomers. 2-Ethylhexyl Acrylate -70℃ n-Butyl Acrylate -55℃ n-butyl methacrylate 20℃ Isostearyl Acrylate -18℃ Methyl methacrylate 105℃ Methyl acrylate 8℃ Cyclohexyl acrylate 15℃ N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone 54℃ 2-Hydroxyethyl Acrylate -15℃ 4-Hydroxybutyl Acrylate -40℃ Dicyclopentyl methacrylate 175℃ Iso-Acrylic Acid 94℃ Acrylic 106℃ Methacrylic acid 228℃

關於上述例示以外之單體之均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度,使用「Polymer Handbook」(第3版,John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989)中所記載之數值。於在本文獻中記載有複數種值之情形時,採用最高值。Regarding the glass transition temperature of homopolymers of monomers other than those listed above, values described in "Polymer Handbook" (3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989) were used. When multiple values are described in this document, the highest value is adopted.

關於上述Polymer Handbook中亦未記載均聚物之玻璃轉移溫度之單體,使用藉由以下之測定方法所獲得之值(參照日本專利申請案公開2007-51271號公報)。具體而言,於具備溫度計、攪拌機、氮氣導入管及回流冷卻管之反應器中,投入單體100重量份、偶氮雙異丁腈0.2重量份及作為聚合溶劑之乙酸乙酯200重量份,一面使氮氣流通一面攪拌1小時。如此去除聚合系內之氧後,升溫至63℃而反應10小時。繼而,冷卻至室溫,獲得固形物成分濃度33重量%之均聚物溶液。繼而,將該均聚物溶液流延塗佈於剝離襯墊上,進行乾燥而製作厚度約2 mm之試驗樣品(片狀之均聚物)。將該試驗樣品沖裁成直徑7.9 mm之圓盤狀,由平行板夾入,使用黏彈性試驗機(ARES,Rheometrics公司製造),一面賦予頻率1 Hz之剪切應變,一面於溫度區域-70~150℃、5℃/分鐘之升溫速度下藉由剪切模式測定黏彈性,將tanδ之峰頂溫度設為均聚物之Tg。Regarding the monomer whose glass transition temperature of the homopolymer is not described in the above-mentioned Polymer Handbook, the value obtained by the following measurement method was used (see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-51271). Specifically, 100 parts by weight of monomers, 0.2 parts by weight of azobisisobutyronitrile, and 200 parts by weight of ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent were put into a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a nitrogen inlet pipe, and a reflux cooling pipe, Stirring was carried out for 1 hour while flowing nitrogen gas. After removing oxygen in the polymerization system in this way, the temperature was raised to 63° C., and the reaction was carried out for 10 hours. Then, it cooled to room temperature, and obtained the homopolymer solution of 33 weight% of solid content concentration. Next, this homopolymer solution was cast-coated on a release liner, and dried to prepare a test sample (sheet-shaped homopolymer) having a thickness of about 2 mm. The test sample was punched into a disc shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm, sandwiched between parallel plates, and a viscoelasticity testing machine (ARES, manufactured by Rheometrics Co., Ltd.) was used to apply a shear strain at a frequency of 1 Hz while placing it in a temperature range of -70 Viscoelasticity was measured by shear mode at ~150°C and a heating rate of 5°C/min, and the peak temperature of tanδ was set as the Tg of the homopolymer.

本文所揭示之黏著劑層中所含之聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物、典型而言丙烯酸系聚合體)並無特別限定,較佳為SP值為23.0(MJ/m 3) 1/2以下。包含具有此種SP值之聚合物之黏著劑例如藉由含有後述之水親和劑,可成為較佳地實現具有充分之接著強度,並且具有優異之水剝離性之黏著劑者。上述SP值更佳為21.0(MJ/m 3) 1/2以下(例如20.0(MJ/m 3) 1/2以下)。上述SP值之下限並無特別限定,例如為約10.0(MJ/m 3) 1/2以上,又,適當為約15.0(MJ/m 3) 1/2以上,較佳為18.0(MJ/m 3) 1/2以上。 The polymer (such as acrylic polymer, typically acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and the preferred SP value is 23.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or less . An adhesive comprising a polymer having such an SP value can preferably realize an adhesive having sufficient adhesive strength and excellent water releasability by, for example, containing a water affinity agent described later. The above-mentioned SP value is more preferably 21.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or less (for example, 20.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or less). The lower limit of the above-mentioned SP value is not particularly limited, for example, it is about 10.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or more, and it is suitably about 15.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or more, preferably 18.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or more. 3 ) More than 1/2 .

再者,上述聚合物之SP值可依據Fedors之算出法[參照「聚合物工程與科學(POLYMER ENG. & SCI.)」,第14卷,第2號(1974),第148~154頁]即,式: SP值δ=(ΣΔe/ΣΔv) 1/2(上式中,Δe為25℃下之各原子或原子團之蒸發能量Δe,Δv為相同溫度下之各原子或原子團之莫耳體積) 進行計算。具有上述SP值之聚合物可藉由基於業者之技術常識,恰當地決定單體組成而獲得。 Furthermore, the SP value of the above-mentioned polymer can be calculated according to Fedors [refer to "Polymer Engineering and Science (POLYMER ENG. &SCI.)", Vol. 14, No. 2 (1974), pp. 148-154] That is, the formula: SP value δ=(ΣΔe/ΣΔv) 1/2 (In the above formula, Δe is the evaporation energy Δe of each atom or atomic group at 25°C, and Δv is the molar volume of each atom or atomic group at the same temperature ) Calculation. A polymer having the above-mentioned SP value can be obtained by appropriately determining the monomer composition based on the technical common sense of the industry.

黏著劑層可使用以聚合物、未聚合物(即,聚合性官能基為未反應之形態)、或者該等之混合物之形態包含如上所述之組成之單體成分之黏著劑組合物而形成。上述黏著劑組合物可為如下各種形態:黏著劑(黏著成分)分散於水中之形態之水分散型黏著劑組合物、於有機溶劑中包含黏著劑之形態之溶劑型黏著劑組合物、以藉由紫外線或放射線等活性能量線進行硬化而形成黏著劑之方式製備之活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組合物(例如光硬化型黏著劑組合物)、於加熱熔融狀態下進行塗敷並冷卻至室溫附近時會形成黏著劑之熱熔型黏著劑組合物等。The adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition containing the above-mentioned monomer components in the form of a polymer, an unpolymerized (that is, an unreacted polymerizable functional group), or a mixture thereof. . The above-mentioned adhesive composition can be in the following various forms: a water-dispersed adhesive composition in which the adhesive (adhesive component) is dispersed in water, a solvent-based adhesive composition in which the adhesive is contained in an organic solvent, and An active energy ray-curable adhesive composition (such as a light-curable adhesive composition) prepared by hardening active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays or radiation to form an adhesive, which is applied in a heated and molten state and cooled to a room temperature A hot-melt adhesive composition, etc. that will form an adhesive when the temperature is near.

聚合時,根據聚合方法或聚合態樣等,可使用公知或慣用之熱聚合起始劑或光聚合起始劑。此種聚合起始劑可單獨使用1種或適宜組合使用2種以上。In the polymerization, a known or commonly used thermal polymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator can be used depending on the polymerization method, the state of polymerization, and the like. Such a polymerization initiator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types suitably.

作為熱聚合起始劑,並無特別限定,例如可使用偶氮系聚合起始劑、過氧化物系起始劑、利用過氧化物與還原劑之組合獲得之氧化還原系起始劑、取代乙烷系起始劑等。更具體而言,可例示:例如2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙脒)二硫酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-脒基丙烷)二鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙[2-(5-甲基-2-咪唑啉-2-基)丙烷]二鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙(N,N'-二亞甲基異丁基脒)、2,2'-偶氮雙[N-(2-羧基乙基)-2-甲基丙脒]水合物等偶氮系起始劑;例如過硫酸鉀、過硫酸銨等過硫酸鹽;過氧化苯甲醯、氫過氧化第三丁基、過氧化氫等過氧化物系起始劑;例如苯基取代乙烷等取代乙烷系起始劑;例如過硫酸鹽與亞硫酸氫鈉之組合、過氧化物與抗壞血酸鈉之組合等氧化還原系起始劑等,但並不限定於該等。再者,熱聚合可於例如20~100℃(典型而言40~80℃)左右之溫度下較佳地實施。The thermal polymerization initiator is not particularly limited. For example, azo-based polymerization initiators, peroxide-based initiators, redox-based initiators obtained by combining peroxides and reducing agents, substituted Ethane-based starter, etc. More specifically, for example, 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionamidine) disulfate, 2,2'-azobis( 2-amidinopropane) dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis[2-(5-methyl-2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane] dihydrochloride, 2,2'- Azobis(N,N'-dimethyleneisobutylamidine), 2,2'-azobis[N-(2-carboxyethyl)-2-methylpropionamidine]hydrate and other azo series Initiators; such as persulfates such as potassium persulfate and ammonium persulfate; peroxide-based initiators such as benzoyl peroxide, tertiary butyl hydroperoxide, and hydrogen peroxide; such as phenyl substituted ethane, etc. Substituted ethane-based initiators; redox-based initiators such as combinations of persulfate and sodium bisulfite, combinations of peroxide and sodium ascorbate, etc., but are not limited to these. In addition, thermal polymerization can be implemented preferably at the temperature of about 20-100 degreeC (typically, 40-80 degreeC), for example.

作為光聚合起始劑,並無特別限定,例如可使用縮酮系光聚合起始劑、苯乙酮系光聚合起始劑、安息香醚系光聚合起始劑、醯基氧化膦系光聚合起始劑、α-酮醇系光聚合起始劑、芳香族磺醯氯系光聚合起始劑、光活性肟系光聚合起始劑、安息香系光聚合起始劑、苯偶醯系光聚合起始劑、二苯甲酮系光聚合起始劑、9-氧硫𠮿

Figure 111105242-A0304-1
系光聚合起始劑等。The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and for example, ketal-based photopolymerization initiators, acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiators, benzoin ether-based photopolymerization initiators, acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators, etc. Initiator, α-keto alcohol photopolymerization initiator, aromatic sulfonyl chloride photopolymerization initiator, photoactive oxime photopolymerization initiator, benzoin photopolymerization initiator, benzoyl photopolymerization initiator Polymerization initiator, benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiator, 9-oxosulfur
Figure 111105242-A0304-1
Department of photopolymerization initiator, etc.

此種熱聚合起始劑或光聚合起始劑之使用量可設為與聚合方法或聚合態樣等對應之通常之使用量,並無特別限定。例如,相對於聚合對象之單體100重量份,可使用聚合起始劑約0.001~5重量份(典型而言為約0.01~2重量份、例如約0.01~1重量份)。The usage-amount of such a thermal-polymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator can be made into the usual usage-amount corresponding to a polymerization method, a polymerization form, etc., and it does not specifically limit. For example, about 0.001 to 5 parts by weight (typically, about 0.01 to 2 parts by weight, for example, about 0.01 to 1 part by weight) of the polymerization initiator can be used with respect to 100 parts by weight of monomers to be polymerized.

上述聚合中,可視需要使用先前公知之各種鏈轉移劑(亦可理解為分子量調節劑或聚合度調節劑)。作為鏈轉移劑,可使用正十二烷基硫醇、第三-十二烷基硫醇、硫代乙醇酸等硫醇類。或者,亦可使用不含硫原子之鏈轉移劑(非硫繫鏈轉移劑)。作為非硫繫鏈轉移劑之具體例,可例舉:N,N-二甲基苯胺、N,N-二乙基苯胺等苯胺類;α-蒎烯、異松油烯等萜類;α-甲基苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯二聚物等苯乙烯類;二亞苄基丙酮、肉桂醇、肉桂醛等具有亞苄基之化合物;對苯二酚、二羥基萘等對苯二酚類;苯醌、萘醌等醌類;2,3-二甲基-2-丁烯、1,5-環辛二烯等烯烴類;苯酚、苄醇、烯丙醇等醇類;二苯基苯、三苯基苯等苄基氫類等。 鏈轉移劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。於使用鏈轉移劑之情形時,其使用量相對於單體成分100重量份,可設為例如約0.01~1重量份左右。本文所揭示之技術亦可於不使用鏈轉移劑之態樣中較佳地實施。 In the above polymerization, various previously known chain transfer agents (also known as molecular weight regulators or polymerization degree regulators) may be used as needed. As the chain transfer agent, mercaptans such as n-dodecyl mercaptan, tert-dodecyl mercaptan, and thioglycolic acid can be used. Alternatively, chain transfer agents containing no sulfur atoms (non-sulfur-based chain transfer agents) can also be used. Specific examples of non-sulfur-based chain transfer agents include: anilines such as N,N-dimethylaniline and N,N-diethylaniline; terpenes such as α-pinene and terpinolene; - Styrenes such as methyl styrene and α-methyl styrene dimer; compounds with benzylidene groups such as dibenzylidene acetone, cinnamyl alcohol, and cinnamaldehyde; p-phenylene such as hydroquinone and dihydroxynaphthalene Diphenols; quinones such as benzoquinone and naphthoquinone; olefins such as 2,3-dimethyl-2-butene and 1,5-cyclooctadiene; alcohols such as phenol, benzyl alcohol and allyl alcohol; Benzyl hydrogens such as diphenylbenzene and triphenylbenzene, etc. A chain transfer agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. When using a chain transfer agent, the usage-amount can be about 0.01-1 weight part with respect to 100 weight part of monomer components, for example. The techniques disclosed herein can also be advantageously practiced without the use of chain transfer agents.

適宜採用上述之各種聚合法而獲得之聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物、典型而言丙烯酸系聚合體)之分子量並無特別限制,可根據要求性能等而設定為適當之範圍。上述聚合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)適當為約10×10 4以上,例如可為約15×10 4以上。藉由使用具有特定值以上之Mw之聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物),可平衡良好地兼顧凝聚力與接著力。於若干態樣中,就獲得良好之接著可靠性之觀點而言,上述Mw可為20×10 4以上,亦可為30×10 4以上(例如超過30×10 4),亦可為約40×10 4以上,亦可為約50×10 4以上,例如亦可為約55×10 4以上。上述聚合物之Mw之上限並無特別限定,例如可為約500×10 4以下(例如約150×10 4以下),亦可為約75×10 4以下。於若干較佳之態樣中,上述Mw可為未達50×10 4,亦可為未達40×10 4,亦可為未達35×10 4(例如未達30×10 4)。根據具有此種Mw之聚合物,有容易將黏著劑之60℃損失彈性模數調節為特定範圍之傾向。此處,所謂Mw,係指藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)所獲得之標準聚苯乙烯換算之值。作為GPC裝置,例如使用機種名「HLC-8320GPC」(管柱:TSKgelGMH-H(S),東曹公司製造)即可。於後述之實施例中亦相同。 The molecular weight of polymers (for example, acrylic polymers, typically acrylic polymers) obtained suitably by the above-mentioned various polymerization methods is not particularly limited, and can be set in an appropriate range according to required performance and the like. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the above-mentioned polymer is suitably not less than about 10×10 4 , for example, not less than about 15×10 4 . By using a polymer (such as an acrylic polymer) having a Mw of a specific value or more, it is possible to achieve a well-balanced cohesive force and adhesive force. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of obtaining good adhesion reliability, the above-mentioned Mw may be 20×10 4 or more, may be 30×10 4 or more (for example, more than 30×10 4 ), may be about 40 ×10 4 or more, may be about 50×10 4 or more, for example, may be about 55×10 4 or more. The upper limit of the Mw of the polymer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 500×10 4 or less (for example, about 150×10 4 or less), or about 75×10 4 or less. In some preferred aspects, the above-mentioned Mw may be less than 50×10 4 , less than 40×10 4 , or less than 35×10 4 (for example, less than 30×10 4 ). Depending on the polymer having such a Mw, it tends to be easy to adjust the 60° C. loss elastic modulus of the adhesive to a specific range. Here, Mw refers to a value in terms of standard polystyrene obtained by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). As the GPC apparatus, for example, a model name "HLC-8320GPC" (column: TSKgelGMH-H(S), manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) may be used. The same applies to Examples described later.

若干態樣之表面保護片材具有由水分散型黏著劑組合物所形成之黏著劑層。作為水分散型黏著劑組合物之代表例,可例舉乳液型黏著劑組合物。乳液型黏著劑組合物典型而言含有單體成分之聚合物、及視需要使用之添加劑。The surface protection sheet of several aspects has the adhesive layer which consists of a water dispersion type adhesive composition. As a representative example of the water dispersion type adhesive composition, an emulsion type adhesive composition is mentioned. An emulsion-type adhesive composition typically contains a polymer as a monomer component, and additives used as needed.

單體成分之乳液聚合通常於乳化劑之存在下進行。作為乳液聚合用之乳化劑,並無特別限制,可使用公知之陰離子性乳化劑、非離子性乳化劑等。乳化劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。Emulsion polymerization of monomer components is usually carried out in the presence of emulsifiers. The emulsifier used for emulsion polymerization is not particularly limited, and known anionic emulsifiers, nonionic emulsifiers, and the like can be used. An emulsifier can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

作為陰離子性乳化劑之非限定性之例,可例舉:月桂基硫酸鈉、月桂基硫酸銨、十二烷基苯磺酸鈉、聚氧乙烯月桂基硫酸鈉、聚氧乙烯烷基醚硫酸鈉、聚氧乙烯烷基苯醚硫酸銨、聚氧乙烯烷基苯醚硫酸鈉、聚氧乙烯烷基磺基琥珀酸鈉等。作為非離子性乳化劑之非限定性之例,可例舉:聚氧乙烯烷基醚、聚氧乙烯烷基苯醚、聚氧乙烯脂肪酸酯、聚氧乙烯聚氧丙烯嵌段聚合體等。亦可使用具有反應性官能基之乳化劑(反應性乳化劑)。作為反應性乳化劑之例,可例舉於上述之陰離子性乳化劑或非離子性乳化劑中,導入有丙烯基或烯丙醚基等自由基聚合性官能基之結構之自由基聚合性乳化劑。Non-limiting examples of anionic emulsifiers include: sodium lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, polyoxyethylene sodium lauryl sulfate, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfuric acid Sodium, ammonium polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfosuccinate, etc. Non-limiting examples of nonionic emulsifiers include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block polymers, etc. . It is also possible to use emulsifiers which have reactive functional groups (reactive emulsifiers). Examples of reactive emulsifiers include radically polymerizable emulsifiers in which radically polymerizable functional groups such as propenyl groups and allyl ether groups are introduced into the above-mentioned anionic emulsifiers or nonionic emulsifiers. agent.

乳液聚合中之乳化劑之使用量相對於單體成分100重量份,例如可為0.2重量份以上,亦可為0.5重量份以上,亦可為1.0重量份以上,亦可為1.5重量份以上。又,就抑制溫水浸漬後之接著力降低等觀點而言,於若干態樣中,乳化劑之使用量相對於單體成分100重量份適當設為10重量份以下,較佳為設為5重量份以下,亦可設為3重量份以下。再者,此處用於乳液聚合之乳化劑亦可作為黏著劑層之水親和劑發揮功能。The usage-amount of the emulsifier in emulsion polymerization is 0.2 weight part or more, 0.5 weight part or more, 1.0 weight part or more, or 1.5 weight part or more with respect to 100 weight part of monomer components. Also, from the viewpoint of suppressing the decrease in adhesive force after warm water immersion, in some aspects, the usage-amount of the emulsifier is suitably 10 parts by weight or less, preferably 5 parts by weight, relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. It may be less than or equal to 3 parts by weight. Furthermore, the emulsifier used for emulsion polymerization here can also function as a water affinity agent for the adhesive layer.

根據乳液聚合,可獲得單體成分之聚合物分散於水中之乳液形態之聚合反應液。用於形成黏著劑層之水分散型黏著劑組合物可使用上述聚合反應液較佳地製造。According to the emulsion polymerization, a polymerization reaction liquid in the form of an emulsion in which the polymer of the monomer component is dispersed in water can be obtained. The water-dispersed adhesive composition for forming the adhesive layer can be preferably produced using the above-mentioned polymerization reaction solution.

於若干較佳之態樣中,表面保護片材具有由溶劑型黏著劑組合物所形成之黏著劑層。溶劑型黏著劑組合物典型而言含有單體成分之溶液聚合物、及視需要使用之添加劑。由本文所揭示之技術所帶來之效果亦可於具備溶劑型黏著劑層之形態中有效地發揮。用於溶液聚合之溶劑(聚合溶劑)可自先前公知之有機溶劑中適宜選擇。例如,可使用選自甲苯等芳香族化合物類(典型而言為芳香族烴類);乙酸乙酯或乙酸丁酯等酯類;己烷或環己烷等脂肪族或脂環式烴類;1,2-二氯乙烷等鹵化烷烴類;異丙醇等低級醇類(例如碳原子數1~4之一元醇類);第三丁基甲醚等醚類;甲基乙基酮等酮類等中之任一種溶劑或兩種以上之混合溶劑。根據溶液聚合,可獲得單體成分之聚合物溶解於聚合溶劑中之形態之聚合反應液。用於形成黏著劑層之溶劑型黏著劑組合物可較佳地使用上述聚合反應液而製造。In some preferred aspects, the surface protection sheet has an adhesive layer formed from a solvent-based adhesive composition. A solvent-based adhesive composition typically contains a solution polymer of a monomer component, and optionally, additives. The effects brought about by the technology disclosed herein can also be effectively exerted in the form having a solvent-based adhesive layer. The solvent used for solution polymerization (polymerization solvent) can be suitably selected from conventionally known organic solvents. For example, aromatic compounds (typically aromatic hydrocarbons) selected from toluene and the like; esters such as ethyl acetate or butyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane or cyclohexane; Halogenated alkanes such as 1,2-dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropanol (such as monohydric alcohols with 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tertiary butyl methyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone Any one solvent or a mixture of two or more solvents. According to the solution polymerization, a polymerization reaction liquid in which the polymer of the monomer component is dissolved in the polymerization solvent can be obtained. The solvent-based adhesive composition for forming the adhesive layer can be produced preferably using the above-mentioned polymerization reaction solution.

於其他較佳之態樣中,表面保護片材具有由活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組合物所形成之黏著劑層。此處,於本說明書中,所謂「活性能量線」,係指具有可引起聚合反應、交聯反應、起始劑之分解等化學反應之能量之能量線。此處所謂之活性能量線之例中包含如紫外線、可見光線、紅外線之類的光、或如α射線、β射線、γ射線、電子束、中子束、X射線之類的放射線等。作為活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組合物之一較佳例,可例舉光硬化型黏著劑組合物。光硬化型之黏著劑組合物具有即便為較厚之黏著劑層亦可容易地形成之優點。其中,較佳為紫外線硬化型黏著劑組合物。又,由本文所揭示之技術所帶來之效果亦可於具備光硬化型黏著劑層之形態中有效地發揮。In another preferred aspect, the surface protection sheet has an adhesive layer formed of an active energy ray-curable adhesive composition. Here, in this specification, the term "active energy ray" refers to an energy ray having energy capable of causing chemical reactions such as polymerization reaction, crosslinking reaction, and decomposition of an initiator. Examples of the so-called active energy rays here include light such as ultraviolet rays, visible rays, and infrared rays, or radiation rays such as α-rays, β-rays, γ-rays, electron beams, neutron beams, and X-rays. A photocurable adhesive composition may be mentioned as a preferable example of the active energy ray-curable adhesive composition. The photocurable adhesive composition has an advantage that even a thick adhesive layer can be easily formed. Among them, an ultraviolet curable adhesive composition is preferable. In addition, the effects brought about by the technology disclosed herein can also be effectively exhibited in a form having a photocurable adhesive layer.

光硬化型黏著劑組合物典型而言以聚合物之形態包含該組合物之單體成分中之至少一部分(可為單體之種類之一部分,亦可為分量之一部分)。形成上述聚合物時之聚合方法並無特別限定,可適宜採用先前公知之各種聚合方法。例如,可適宜採用溶液聚合、乳液聚合、塊狀聚合等熱聚合(典型而言,於熱聚合起始劑之存在下進行);照射紫外線等光而進行之光聚合(典型而言,於光聚合起始劑之存在下進行);照射β射線、γ射線等放射線而進行之放射線聚合等。其中,較佳為光聚合。The photocurable adhesive composition typically contains at least a part of the monomer components of the composition in the form of a polymer (it may be part of the type of monomer or part of the weight). The polymerization method for forming the above-mentioned polymer is not particularly limited, and various known polymerization methods can be suitably used. For example, thermal polymerization such as solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, and block polymerization (typically, carried out in the presence of a thermal polymerization initiator); photopolymerization by irradiating light such as ultraviolet rays (typically, carried out in the presence of in the presence of a polymerization initiator); radiation polymerization by irradiating radiation such as β-rays and γ-rays, etc. Among them, photopolymerization is preferable.

若干較佳之態樣之光硬化型黏著劑組合物包含單體成分之部分聚合物。此種部分聚合物典型而言為源自單體成分之聚合物與未反應之單體之混合物,較佳為呈現漿液狀(具有黏性之液狀)。以下,有時將上述性狀之部分聚合物稱為「單體漿液」或簡稱為「漿液」。使單體成分部分聚合時之聚合方法並無特別限制,可適宜選擇如上所述之各種聚合方法而使用。就效率或簡便性之觀點而言,可較佳地採用光聚合法。根據光聚合,藉由光之照射量(光量)等聚合條件,可容易地控制單體成分之聚合轉化率(單體轉化率)。Some preferred aspects of the photocurable adhesive composition include a partial polymer of the monomer component. Such a partial polymer is typically a mixture of a polymer derived from a monomer component and an unreacted monomer, and is preferably in a slurry state (viscous liquid state). Hereinafter, some polymers with the above properties may be referred to as "monomer syrup" or simply "slurry". The polymerization method for partially polymerizing the monomer components is not particularly limited, and various polymerization methods as described above can be appropriately selected and used. From the standpoint of efficiency or simplicity, photopolymerization can be preferably employed. According to photopolymerization, the polymerization conversion rate (monomer conversion rate) of a monomer component can be easily controlled by polymerization conditions, such as the irradiation amount (light amount) of light.

上述部分聚合物中之單體混合物之聚合轉化率並無特別限定。上述聚合轉化率可設為例如約70重量%以下,較佳為設為約60重量%以下。就包含上述部分聚合物之黏著劑組合物之製備容易性或塗敷性等觀點而言,上述聚合轉化率適當為約50重量%以下,較佳為約40重量%以下(例如約35重量%以下)。聚合轉化率之下限並無特別限定,典型而言為約1重量%以上,適當設為約5重量%以上。The polymerization conversion rate of the monomer mixture in the above partial polymer is not particularly limited. The above-mentioned polymerization conversion rate can be set at, for example, about 70% by weight or less, preferably about 60% by weight or less. From the viewpoints of easiness of preparation or coatability of the adhesive composition containing the above-mentioned partial polymer, the above-mentioned polymerization conversion rate is suitably about 50% by weight or less, preferably about 40% by weight or less (for example, about 35% by weight or less). the following). The lower limit of the polymerization conversion rate is not particularly limited, but is typically at least about 1% by weight, and is suitably at least about 5% by weight.

包含單體成分之部分聚合物之黏著劑組合物例如可藉由利用適當之聚合方法(例如光聚合法)使包含用於製備該黏著劑組合物之單體成分之全部量之單體混合物進行部分聚合而獲得。又,包含單體成分之部分聚合物之黏著劑組合物亦可為包含用於製備該黏著劑組合物之單體成分中之一部分之單體混合物之部分聚合物或完全聚合物、與剩餘之單體成分或其部分聚合物之混合物。再者,於本說明書中,所謂「完全聚合物」,係指聚合轉化率超過95重量%。Adhesive compositions comprising partial polymers of monomer components can be prepared, for example, by subjecting a monomer mixture comprising the entire amount of monomer components used to prepare the adhesive composition to a suitable polymerization method such as photopolymerization. Obtained by partial polymerization. In addition, the adhesive composition comprising a partial polymer of monomer components may be a partial polymer or a complete polymer of a monomer mixture comprising a part of the monomer components used to prepare the adhesive composition, and the remaining A mixture of monomer components or part of their polymers. Furthermore, in this specification, the term "complete polymer" means that the polymerization conversion rate exceeds 95% by weight.

包含上述部分聚合物之黏著劑組合物中可調配視需要使用之其他成分(例如光聚合起始劑、多官能單體、交聯劑、水親和劑等)。調配此種其他成分之方法並無特別限定,例如可使其預先含有於上述單體混合物中,亦可添加至上述部分聚合物中。Other components (such as photopolymerization initiators, multifunctional monomers, crosslinking agents, water affinity agents, etc.) can be formulated as needed in the adhesive composition containing the above-mentioned partial polymers. The method of compounding such other components is not specifically limited, For example, it may be contained in the said monomer mixture beforehand, or may be added to the said partial polymer.

(水親和劑) 黏著劑層中可視需要含有水親和劑。藉由使黏著劑層中含有水親和劑,可利用水等水性液體而有效地降低剝離力。其原因並無特別限定解釋,但一般可認為水親和劑藉由具有親水性區域而容易偏集存在於黏著劑層之表面,藉此發揮高效率地提高該黏著劑層表面之水親和性之作用,該黏著劑層與水接觸時有效地降低剝離力。水親和劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 (water affinity agent) A water affinity agent may be contained in an adhesive layer as needed. By making the adhesive layer contain a water affinity agent, the peeling force can be effectively reduced by using an aqueous liquid such as water. The reason is not particularly limited and explained, but it is generally believed that the water affinity agent is easily concentrated on the surface of the adhesive layer by having a hydrophilic region, so as to effectively improve the water affinity of the surface of the adhesive layer. Function, the adhesive layer effectively reduces the peeling force when in contact with water. A water affinity agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

於若干態樣中,作為水親和劑,可使用選自界面活性劑及具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物中之至少1種化合物A。作為界面活性劑及具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物,可無特別限制地使用公知之界面活性劑、具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物之1種或2種以上。再者,上述界面活性劑中,存在具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物,當然反之亦然。In some aspects, at least one compound A selected from surfactants and compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton can be used as a water affinity agent. As the surfactant and the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton, one or more kinds of known surfactants and compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton can be used without particular limitation. Furthermore, among the above-mentioned surfactants, there are compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton, and of course vice versa.

作為可用作化合物A之界面活性劑,可使用公知之非離子性界面活性劑、陰離子性界面活性劑、陽離子性界面活性劑等。其中,較佳為非離子性界面活性劑。界面活性劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。As the surfactant that can be used as the compound A, known nonionic surfactants, anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, and the like can be used. Among these, nonionic surfactants are preferred. Surfactants can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

作為非離子性界面活性劑之例,可例舉:聚氧乙烯月桂醚、聚氧乙烯鯨蠟醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂醚、聚氧乙烯油醚等聚氧乙烯烷基醚;聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚等聚氧乙烯烷基苯基醚;山梨醇酐單肉桂酸酯、山梨醇酐單棕櫚酸酯、山梨醇酐單硬脂酸酯、山梨醇酐單油酸酯等山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯;聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單肉桂酸酯、聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單棕櫚酸酯、聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單硬脂酸酯、聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐三硬脂酸酯、聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐三異硬脂酸酯、聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單油酸酯、聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐三油酸酯等聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯;聚氧乙烯甘油醚脂肪酸酯;聚氧乙烯-聚氧丙烯嵌段共聚物等。該等非離子性界面活性劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。Examples of nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, and polyoxyethylene oleyl ether; polyoxyethylene Polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ethers such as octylphenyl ether and polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether; sorbitan monocinnamate, sorbitan monopalmitate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan Sorbitan fatty acid esters such as alcohol anhydride monooleate; polyoxyethylene sorbitan monocinnamate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monopalmitate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate, Polyoxyethylene sorbitan such as ethylene sorbitan tristearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan triisostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan trioleate, etc. Anhydride fatty acid ester; polyoxyethylene glyceryl ether fatty acid ester; polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene block copolymer, etc. These nonionic surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為陰離子性界面活性劑之例,可例舉:壬基苯磺酸鹽、十二烷基苯磺酸鹽(例如十二烷基苯磺酸鈉)等烷基苯磺酸鹽;月桂基硫酸鹽(例如月桂基硫酸鈉、月桂基硫酸銨)、十八烷基硫酸鹽等烷基硫酸鹽;脂肪酸鹽;聚氧乙烯十八烷基醚硫酸鹽、聚氧乙烯月桂醚硫酸鹽等聚氧乙烯烷基醚硫酸鹽(例如聚氧乙烯烷基醚硫酸鈉)、聚氧乙烯月桂基苯基醚硫酸鹽等聚氧乙烯烷基苯基醚硫酸鹽(例如聚氧乙烯烷基苯基醚硫酸銨、聚氧乙烯烷基苯基醚硫酸鈉等)、聚氧乙烯苯乙烯化苯基醚硫酸鹽等聚醚硫酸鹽;聚氧乙烯硬脂醚磷酸酯、聚氧乙烯月桂醚磷酸酯等聚氧乙烯烷基醚磷酸酯;上述聚氧乙烯烷基醚磷酸酯之鈉鹽、鉀鹽等聚氧乙烯烷基醚磷酸酯鹽;月桂基磺基琥珀酸鹽、聚氧乙烯月桂基磺基琥珀酸鹽(例如聚氧乙烯烷基磺基琥珀酸鈉)等磺基琥珀酸鹽;聚氧乙烯烷基醚乙酸鹽等。於陰離子性界面活性劑形成鹽之情形時,該鹽例如可為鈉鹽、鉀鹽、鈣鹽、鎂鹽等金屬鹽(較佳為一價金屬之鹽)、銨鹽、胺鹽等。陰離子性界面活性劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。Examples of anionic surfactants include alkylbenzenesulfonates such as nonylbenzenesulfonate and dodecylbenzenesulfonate (such as sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate); Salt (such as sodium lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate), alkyl sulfate such as stearyl sulfate; fatty acid salt; polyoxyethylene stearyl ether sulfate, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate, etc. Ethylene alkyl ether sulfate (such as polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate sodium), polyoxyethylene lauryl phenyl ether sulfate, etc. Polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfate (such as polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether sulfate Ammonium, sodium polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfate, etc.), polyether sulfates such as polyoxyethylene styrenated phenyl ether sulfate; polyoxyethylene stearyl ether phosphate, polyoxyethylene lauryl ether phosphate, etc. Oxyethylene alkyl ether phosphates; polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphates such as sodium salts and potassium salts of the above-mentioned polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphates; lauryl sulfosuccinate, polyoxyethylene lauryl sulfosuccinate sulfosuccinates such as sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfosuccinates; polyoxyethylene alkyl ether acetates, etc. When the anionic surfactant forms a salt, the salt can be, for example, metal salts (preferably monovalent metal salts), ammonium salts, amine salts, etc. such as sodium salts, potassium salts, calcium salts, and magnesium salts. Anionic surfactants can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

於若干態樣中,例如可較佳地使用具有-POH基、-COH基及-SOH基之至少一者之陰離子性界面活性劑。其中,較佳為具有-POH基之界面活性劑。此種界面活性劑典型而言包含磷酸酯結構,例如可為磷酸之單酯(ROP(=O)(OH) 2;此處,R為1價有機基)、二酯((RO) 2P(=O)OH;此處,R為相同或不同之1價有機基)、包含單酯及二酯之兩者之混合物等。作為具有-POH基之界面活性劑之較佳例,可例舉聚氧乙烯烷基醚磷酸酯。聚氧乙烯烷基醚磷酸酯中之烷基之碳原子數例如可為6~20,亦可為8~20,亦可為10~20,亦可為12~20,亦可為14~20。 In some aspects, for example, an anionic surfactant having at least one of -POH group, -COH group and -SOH group can be preferably used. Among them, a surfactant having a -POH group is preferred. Such surfactants typically include a phosphoric acid ester structure, such as a monoester of phosphoric acid (ROP(=O)(OH) 2 ; here, R is a monovalent organic group), a diester ((RO) 2 P (=O)OH; here, R is the same or different monovalent organic groups), a mixture including both monoester and diester, and the like. A preferable example of the surfactant having a -POH group may, for example, be polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in the polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate can be, for example, 6-20, 8-20, 10-20, 12-20, or 14-20 .

作為陽離子性界面活性劑之例,可例舉:聚氧乙烯月桂胺、聚氧乙烯硬脂胺等聚醚胺。陽離子性界面活性劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。Examples of cationic surfactants include polyetheramines such as polyoxyethylene laurylamine and polyoxyethylene stearylamine. The cationic surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為可用作化合物A之具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物,例如可使用聚乙二醇(PEG)、聚丙二醇(PPG)等聚伸烷基二醇;包含聚氧伸乙基單元之聚醚、包含聚氧伸丙基單元之聚醚、包含氧伸乙基單元及氧伸丙基單元之化合物(該等單元之排列可為無規,亦可為嵌段狀);該等之衍生物等。又,亦可使用上述之界面活性劑中具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物。該等可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。其中,較佳為使用包含聚氧伸乙基骨架(亦稱為聚氧伸乙基鏈段)之化合物,更佳為PEG。As a compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton that can be used as compound A, for example, polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol (PEG) and polypropylene glycol (PPG); Ethers, polyethers comprising polyoxypropylene units, compounds comprising oxyethylene units and oxypropylene units (these units may be arranged randomly or in blocks); derivatives thereof things etc. Moreover, the compound which has a polyoxyalkylene skeleton among the said surfactants can also be used. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Among them, it is preferable to use a compound containing a polyoxyethylene skeleton (also called a polyoxyethylene segment), more preferably PEG.

具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物(例如聚乙二醇)之分子量(化學式量)並無特別限定,例如適當為未達1000,就黏著劑組合物製備性之方面而言,較佳為約600以下(例如500以下)。具有聚氧伸烷基骨架之化合物(例如聚乙二醇)之分子量之下限並無特別限定,可較佳地使用分子量為約100以上(例如約200以上、進而約300以上)者。The molecular weight (chemical formula weight) of the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton (such as polyethylene glycol) is not particularly limited, for example, it is suitably less than 1000, and it is preferably about Below 600 (for example, below 500). The lower limit of the molecular weight of the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton (such as polyethylene glycol) is not particularly limited, and those having a molecular weight of about 100 or more (for example, about 200 or more, further about 300 or more) can be preferably used.

作為水親和劑之其他例,可例舉:聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮、聚丙烯酸等水溶性聚合體。水溶性聚合體可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。於本文所揭示之技術中,作為水親和劑,可使用化合物A之1種或2種以上,亦可使用水溶性聚合體之1種或2種以上,還可將該等組合使用。As other examples of the water affinity agent, water-soluble polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and polyacrylic acid may be mentioned. A water-soluble polymer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. In the technology disclosed herein, as the water affinity agent, one or two or more compounds A may be used, and one or two or more water-soluble polymers may be used, or they may be used in combination.

水親和劑之HLB並無特別限定,例如為3以上,適當為約6以上,可為8以上(例如9以上)。於若干較佳之態樣中,水親和劑之HLB為10以上。藉此,有較佳地表現水剝離性之傾向。上述HLB更佳為11以上,進而較佳為12以上,尤佳為13以上(例如14以上)。藉由使具有上述範圍之HLB之水親和劑(典型而言,界面活性劑)含有於黏著劑層,可更有效地表現水剝離性。上述HLB之上限為20以下,例如亦可為18以下,亦可為16以下,亦可為15以下。The HLB of the water affinity agent is not particularly limited, for example, it is 3 or more, suitably about 6 or more, and may be 8 or more (for example, 9 or more). In some preferred aspects, the HLB of the water affinity agent is 10 or more. Thereby, there exists a tendency for water releasability to be exhibited preferably. The above-mentioned HLB is more preferably 11 or more, further preferably 12 or more, and particularly preferably 13 or more (for example, 14 or more). Water releasability can be expressed more effectively by making the adhesive agent layer contain the water-affinity agent (typically, surfactant) which has HLB of the said range. The upper limit of the said HLB is 20 or less, for example, it may be 18 or less, 16 or less, or 15 or less.

再者,本說明書中之HLB係基於Griffin之親水親油平衡值(Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance),係表示界面活性劑與水或油之親和性之程度之值,係以0~20之間之數值表示親水性與親油性之比者。HLB之定義係如W. C. Griffin:J. Soc. Cosmetic Chemists,1,311(1949),或高橋越民、難波義郎、小池基生、小林正雄共著之「界面活性劑手冊」、第3版、工學圖書社出版、1972年11月25日、p179~182等中所記載。具有上述HLB之水親和劑可視需要參照上述參考文獻等,基於業者之技術常識進行選定。Furthermore, the HLB in this specification is based on Griffin's Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance, which is a value representing the degree of affinity between a surfactant and water or oil, and is a value between 0 and 20 Indicates the ratio of hydrophilicity to lipophilicity. The definition of HLB is such as W. C. Griffin: J. Soc. Cosmetic Chemists, 1,311 (1949), or "Surfactant Handbook" co-authored by Takahashi Etsumin, Namba Yoshiro, Koike Jisheng, and Kobayashi Masao, 3rd edition, engineering books Published by Japan Press, November 25, 1972, pages 179-182, etc. The water affinity agent having the above-mentioned HLB may be selected based on the technical common sense of the industry with reference to the above-mentioned references and the like as necessary.

此種水親和劑較佳為以游離之形態含有於黏著劑層中。作為水親和劑,就黏著劑組合物製備性之方面而言,可較佳地使用於常溫(約25℃)下為液狀者。Such a water affinity agent is preferably contained in the adhesive layer in a free form. As a water-affinity agent, it is preferable to use what is liquid at normal temperature (about 25 degreeC) from the aspect of the preparation of an adhesive composition.

包含水親和劑之黏著劑層典型而言由包含水親和劑之黏著劑組合物所形成。上述黏著劑組合物可為上述之水分散型黏著劑組合物、溶劑型黏著劑組合物、活性能量線硬化型黏著劑組合物、熱熔型黏著劑組合物等之任一種。於若干較佳之態樣中,包含水親和劑之黏著劑層可為由光硬化型或溶劑型之黏著劑組合物所形成之黏著劑層。於此種黏著劑層中,可較佳地發揮水親和劑之添加效果。黏著劑層亦可具有光硬化性。Typically, the adhesive layer containing a water-affinity agent is formed from an adhesive composition containing a water-affinity agent. The above-mentioned adhesive composition may be any one of the above-mentioned water-dispersed adhesive composition, solvent-based adhesive composition, active energy ray-curable adhesive composition, hot-melt adhesive composition, and the like. In some preferred aspects, the adhesive layer containing the water affinity agent may be an adhesive layer formed from a photocurable or solvent-based adhesive composition. In this kind of adhesive layer, the effect of adding the water affinity agent can be better exerted. The adhesive layer may also have photocurability.

黏著劑層中之水親和劑之含量並無特別限定,可以恰當地發揮該水親和劑之使用效果之方式進行設定。於若干態樣中,水親和劑之含量相對於構成黏著劑層中所含之聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物)之單體成分每100重量份,例如可設為0.001重量份以上,適當設為0.01重量份以上,亦可為0.03重量份以上,亦可為0.07重量份以上,亦可為0.1重量份以上。於若干較佳之態樣中,水親和劑之含量相對於單體成分100重量份,例如可為0.2重量份以上,就獲得更高之效果之觀點而言,可為0.3重量份以上,亦可為0.4重量份以上,亦可為0.5重量份以上,亦可為1.0重量份以上,亦可為1.5重量份以上。又,就抑制水向黏著劑層整體過度擴散之觀點而言,於若干態樣中,水親和劑之使用量相對於單體成分100重量份,例如可為20重量份以下,適當設為10重量份以下,較佳為設為5重量份以下,亦可設為3重量份以下。水親和劑之含量不過多就抑制溫水浸漬等接觸於水性液體之情形時之接著力降低之觀點而言亦較佳。例如,於若干態樣中,相對於單體成分100重量份之水親和劑之含量可為未達2重量份,亦可為未達1重量份,亦可為未達0.7重量份,亦可為未達0.3重量份,亦可為未達0.2重量份。HLB為10以上之水親和劑有藉由少量之使用亦發揮良好之水剝離性之傾向。The content of the water-affinity agent in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be set so that the use effect of the water-affinity agent can be appropriately exerted. In some aspects, the content of the water affinity agent can be set to 0.001 parts by weight or more per 100 parts by weight of monomer components constituting the polymer (such as acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer, and can be set appropriately. It may be 0.01 weight part or more, may be 0.03 weight part or more, may be 0.07 weight part or more, and may be 0.1 weight part or more. In some preferred aspects, the content of the water affinity agent can be more than 0.2 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer components, for example, it can be more than 0.3 parts by weight from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect, or it can be It may be 0.4 weight part or more, may be 0.5 weight part or more, may be 1.0 weight part or more, and may be 1.5 weight part or more. Also, from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive diffusion of water to the entire adhesive layer, in some aspects, the amount of the water affinity agent used is, for example, 20 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component, and is suitably set to 10 parts by weight. It is preferably at most 5 parts by weight, and may be at most 3 parts by weight. It is also preferable that the content of the water-affinity agent is not too large from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the adhesive force when it comes into contact with an aqueous liquid, such as immersion in warm water. For example, in some aspects, the content of the water affinity agent may be less than 2 parts by weight, or less than 1 part by weight, or less than 0.7 parts by weight, or less than 0.7 parts by weight, relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer components. It may be less than 0.3 weight part, and may be less than 0.2 weight part. A water affinity agent whose HLB is 10 or more tends to exhibit good water releasability even when used in a small amount.

(交聯劑) 本文所揭示之黏著劑組合物中,主要以於黏著劑層內之交聯或黏著劑層與其鄰接面之交聯為目的,可視需要含有交聯劑。交聯劑典型而言以交聯反應後之形態包含於黏著劑層中。藉由使用交聯劑,可恰當地調節黏著劑層之凝聚力。 (crosslinking agent) The adhesive composition disclosed herein is mainly for the purpose of cross-linking in the adhesive layer or cross-linking the adhesive layer and its adjacent surface, and may contain a cross-linking agent if necessary. Typically, the crosslinking agent is contained in the adhesive layer in the form after a crosslinking reaction. By using a crosslinking agent, the cohesion of the adhesive layer can be properly adjusted.

交聯劑之種類並無特別限制,可自先前公知之交聯劑中,例如根據黏著劑組合物之組成,以該交聯劑於黏著劑層內發揮恰當之交聯功能之方式進行選擇。作為可使用之交聯劑,可例示:異氰酸酯系交聯劑、環氧系交聯劑、㗁唑啉系交聯劑、氮丙啶系交聯劑、碳二醯亞胺系交聯劑、三聚氰胺系交聯劑、脲系交聯劑、金屬烷氧化物系交聯劑、金屬螯合物系交聯劑、金屬鹽系交聯劑、肼系交聯劑、胺系交聯劑等。該等可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。水分散型黏著劑組合物中,較佳為使用可溶解或分散於水中之交聯劑。The type of cross-linking agent is not particularly limited, and can be selected from previously known cross-linking agents, for example, according to the composition of the adhesive composition, so that the cross-linking agent can perform a proper cross-linking function in the adhesive layer. Examples of usable crosslinking agents include: isocyanate-based crosslinking agents, epoxy-based crosslinking agents, oxazoline-based crosslinking agents, aziridine-based crosslinking agents, carbodiimide-based crosslinking agents, Melamine-based cross-linking agents, urea-based cross-linking agents, metal alkoxide-based cross-linking agents, metal chelate-based cross-linking agents, metal salt-based cross-linking agents, hydrazine-based cross-linking agents, amine-based cross-linking agents, etc. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. In the water-dispersed adhesive composition, it is preferable to use a crosslinking agent that is soluble or dispersible in water.

作為異氰酸酯系交聯劑,可使用2官能以上之多官能異氰酸酯化合物。例如可例示:甲苯二異氰酸酯、二甲苯二異氰酸酯、聚亞甲基聚苯基二異氰酸酯、硫代磷酸三(對異氰酸基苯基)酯、二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯等芳香族異氰酸酯;異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯等脂環族異氰酸酯;六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等脂肪族異氰酸酯等。作為市售品,可例示:三羥甲基丙烷/甲苯二異氰酸酯三聚物加成物(東曹公司製造,商品名「Coronate L」)、三羥甲基丙烷/六亞甲基二異氰酸酯三聚物加成物(東曹公司製造,商品名「Coronate HL」)、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯異氰尿酸酯體(東曹公司製造,商品名「Coronate HX」)、三羥甲基丙烷/苯二甲基二異氰酸酯加成物(三井化學公司製造,商品名「Takenate D-110 N」)等異氰酸酯加成物等。於水分散型之黏著劑組合物中,較佳為使用可溶解或分散於水中之異氰酸酯系交聯劑。例如,可較佳地採用水溶性、水分散性或自乳化型之異氰酸酯系交聯劑。可較佳地使用異氰酸基經封端之所謂封端異氰酸酯型之異氰酸酯系交聯劑。As the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, a difunctional or more polyfunctional isocyanate compound can be used. For example, aromatic isocyanates such as toluene diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, polymethylene polyphenyl diisocyanate, tris(p-isocyanatophenyl)phosphorothioate, and diphenylmethane diisocyanate; Alicyclic isocyanate such as phorone diisocyanate; Aliphatic isocyanate such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, etc. Examples of commercially available products include trimethylolpropane/toluene diisocyanate trimer adduct (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, trade name "Coronate L"), trimethylolpropane/hexamethylene diisocyanate tripolymer Polymer adduct (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, trade name "Coronate HL"), hexamethylene diisocyanate isocyanurate (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, trade name "Coronate HX"), trimethylolpropane / Isocyanate adducts such as xylylene diisocyanate adducts (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, trade name "Takenate D-110 N"), etc. In the water-dispersed adhesive composition, it is preferable to use an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent that can be dissolved or dispersed in water. For example, a water-soluble, water-dispersible or self-emulsifying isocyanate-based crosslinking agent can be preferably used. A so-called blocked isocyanate-type isocyanate-based crosslinking agent in which isocyanate groups are blocked can be preferably used.

作為環氧系交聯劑,可無特別限制地使用於1分子中具有2個以上之環氧基者。較佳為於1分子中具有3~5個環氧基之環氧系交聯劑。作為環氧系交聯劑之具體例,可例舉:N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基間苯二甲胺、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷、1,6-己二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚甘油聚縮水甘油醚等。作為環氧系交聯劑之市售品,可例舉:三菱瓦斯化學公司製造之商品名「TETRAD-X」、「TETRAD-C」、DIC公司製造之商品名「EPICLON CR-5L」、Nagase ChemteX公司製造之商品名「DENACOL EX-512」、日產化學工業公司製造之商品名「TEPIC-G」等。As an epoxy-type crosslinking agent, what has 2 or more epoxy groups in 1 molecule can be used without particular limitation. Preferably, it is an epoxy-type crosslinking agent which has 3-5 epoxy groups in 1 molecule. Specific examples of epoxy-based crosslinking agents include: N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylamine (methyl)cyclohexane, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether, etc. Examples of commercially available epoxy-based crosslinking agents include: Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., trade names "TETRAD-X", "TETRAD-C", DIC Corporation, trade names "Epiclon CR-5L", Nagase The trade name "DENACOL EX-512" manufactured by ChemteX Co., Ltd., the trade name "TEPIC-G" manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd., etc.

作為㗁唑啉系交聯劑,可無特別限制地使用於1分子內具有1個以上之㗁唑啉基者。於水分散型黏著劑組合物中,較佳為使用可溶解或分散於水中之㗁唑啉系交聯劑。 㗁唑啉基可為2-㗁唑啉基、3-㗁唑啉基、4-㗁唑啉基之任一者。通常,可較佳地使用具有2-㗁唑啉基之㗁唑啉系交聯劑。例如,可使用使2-乙烯基-2-㗁唑啉、2-乙烯基-4-甲基-2-㗁唑啉、2-乙烯基-5-甲基-2-㗁唑啉、2-異丙烯基-2-㗁唑啉、2-異丙烯基-4-甲基-2-㗁唑啉、2-異丙烯基-5-乙基-2-㗁唑啉等加成聚合性㗁唑啉與其他單體共聚而獲得之水溶性共聚物或水分散型共聚物作為㗁唑啉系交聯劑。 作為㗁唑啉系交聯劑之市售品,例如可例舉:日本觸媒公司製造之商品名「Epocros WS」系列、「Epocros K」系列等。 As the oxazoline-based crosslinking agent, those having one or more oxazoline groups in one molecule can be used without particular limitation. In the water-dispersed adhesive composition, it is preferable to use an oxazoline-based crosslinking agent that can be dissolved or dispersed in water. The oxazolinyl may be any of 2-oxazolinyl, 3-oxazolinyl, and 4-oxazolinyl. Generally, an oxazoline-based crosslinking agent having a 2-oxazoline group can be preferably used. For example, 2-vinyl-2-oxazoline, 2-vinyl-4-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-vinyl-5-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2- Addition-polymerizable oxazoles such as isopropenyl-2-oxazoline, 2-isopropenyl-4-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-isopropenyl-5-ethyl-2-oxazoline, etc. A water-soluble copolymer or a water-dispersible copolymer obtained by copolymerizing oxazoline with other monomers is used as an oxazoline-based crosslinking agent. As commercially available products of the oxazoline-based crosslinking agent, for example, "Epocros WS" series and "Epocros K" series manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. may be mentioned.

作為氮丙啶系交聯劑之例,可例舉:三羥甲基丙烷三[3-(1-氮丙啶基)丙酸酯]、三羥甲基丙烷三[3-(1-(2-甲基)氮丙啶基丙酸酯)]等。 作為碳二醯亞胺系交聯劑,可使用具有2個以上之碳二醯亞胺基之低分子化合物或高分子化合物。 Examples of aziridine-based crosslinking agents include trimethylolpropane tris[3-(1-aziridinyl)propionate], trimethylolpropane tris[3-(1-( 2-methyl) aziridinyl propionate)] and the like. As the carbodiimide-based crosslinking agent, a low-molecular compound or a high-molecular compound having two or more carbodiimide groups can be used.

於若干態樣中,亦可使用過氧化物作為交聯劑。作為過氧化物,可例舉:過氧化二碳酸二(2-乙基己基)酯、過氧化二碳酸二(4-第三丁基環己基)酯、過氧化二碳酸二第二丁酯、過氧化新癸酸第三丁酯、過氧化特戊酸第三己酯、過氧化特戊酸第三丁酯、過氧化二月桂醯、過氧化二正辛醯、過氧化異丁酸1,1,3,3-四甲基丁酯、過氧化二苯甲醯等。該等之中,作為交聯反應效率特別優異之過氧化物,可例舉:過氧化二碳酸二(4-第三丁基環己基)酯、過氧化二月桂醯、過氧化二苯甲醯等。再者,於使用過氧化物作為上述聚合起始劑之情形時,亦可將未用於聚合反應而殘存之過氧化物用於交聯反應。該情形時定量過氧化物之殘存量,於過氧化物之比率未達特定量之情形時,可視需要以成為特定量之方式添加過氧化物。過氧化物之定量可藉由日本專利第4971517號公報中所記載之方法而進行。In some aspects, peroxides may also be used as crosslinking agents. As the peroxide, for example: bis(2-ethylhexyl) peroxydicarbonate, bis(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl) peroxydicarbonate, di-second-butyl peroxydicarbonate, Tertiary butyl peroxyneodecanoate, third hexyl peroxypivalate, third butyl peroxypivalate, dilauroyl peroxide, dioctyl peroxide, isobutyric peroxide 1, 1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl ester, dibenzoyl peroxide, etc. Among these, peroxides particularly excellent in crosslinking reaction efficiency include: bis(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate, dilauroyl peroxide, and dibenzoyl peroxide. wait. Furthermore, when a peroxide is used as the above-mentioned polymerization initiator, the remaining peroxide which has not been used for the polymerization reaction can also be used for the crosslinking reaction. In this case, the remaining amount of the peroxide is quantified, and when the ratio of the peroxide is less than a specific amount, the peroxide may be added so that the specific amount may be obtained. Quantification of peroxide can be carried out by the method described in Japanese Patent No. 4971517.

使用交聯劑之情形時之使用量(於使用2種以上之交聯劑之情形時,為其等之合計量)並無特別限定。就實現平衡良好地發揮接著力或凝聚力等黏著特性之黏著劑之觀點而言,交聯劑之使用量相對於黏著劑組合物中所含之單體成分(例如丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分)100重量份,例如為10重量份以下左右,適當設為約5重量份以下,亦可設為3重量份以下,亦可設為2重量份以下,亦可設為1重量份以下,亦可設為未達1重量份。於若干態樣中,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之交聯劑(例如,異氰酸酯系交聯劑)之使用量例如可為0.50重量份以下,亦可為0.40重量份以下,亦可為0.30重量份以下,亦可為0.20重量份以下。交聯劑之使用量之下限並無特別限定,只要為相對於上述單體成分100重量份多於0重量份之量即可。於若干態樣中,交聯劑之使用量相對於上述單體成分100重量份,例如可設為0.001重量份以上,亦可設為0.01重量份以上,亦可設為0.05重量份以上,亦可設為0.10重量份以上。於其他若干態樣中,交聯劑之使用量相對於上述單體成分100重量份,例如可為0.5重量份以上,亦可為1重量份以上,亦可為1.5重量份以上。The amount used when using a crosslinking agent (when two or more kinds of crosslinking agents are used, the total amount thereof) is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of realizing an adhesive that exhibits well-balanced adhesive properties such as adhesive force or cohesion, the amount of the crosslinking agent used relative to the monomer components contained in the adhesive composition (for example, the monomer components of acrylic polymers) ) 100 parts by weight, for example, about 10 parts by weight or less, suitably set as less than 5 parts by weight, or less than 3 parts by weight, or less than 2 parts by weight, or less than 1 part by weight, or It may be less than 1 part by weight. In some aspects, the amount of the crosslinking agent (for example, an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent) relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components may be, for example, 0.50 parts by weight or less, or 0.40 parts by weight or less, or 0.40 parts by weight or less. 0.30 parts by weight or less, may be 0.20 parts by weight or less. The lower limit of the usage-amount of a crosslinking agent is not specifically limited, As long as it is more than 0 weight part with respect to 100 weight part of said monomer components. In some aspects, the usage-amount of a crosslinking agent can be 0.001 weight part or more with respect to 100 weight part of said monomer components, for example, can also be set as 0.01 weight part or more, also can be set as 0.05 weight part or more, or It can be set to 0.10 weight part or more. In some other aspects, the amount of the crosslinking agent used may be, for example, 0.5 parts by weight or more, 1 part by weight or more, or 1.5 parts by weight or more relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components.

或者,亦可為不含如上所述之交聯劑之黏著劑組合物。於使用光硬化型黏著劑組合物作為本文所揭示之黏著劑組合物之情形時,該黏著劑組合物可為實質上不含異氰酸酯系交聯劑等交聯劑者。此處,黏著劑組合物實質上不含交聯劑(典型而言,異氰酸酯系交聯劑)係指相對於上述單體成分100重量份之交聯劑之量為未達0.05重量份(例如未達0.01重量份)。Alternatively, it may be an adhesive composition that does not contain the above-mentioned crosslinking agent. When a photocurable adhesive composition is used as the adhesive composition disclosed herein, the adhesive composition may substantially not contain a crosslinking agent such as an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent. Here, the adhesive composition does not substantially contain a crosslinking agent (typically, an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent) means that the amount of the crosslinking agent is less than 0.05 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components (for example, less than 0.01 parts by weight).

為了使交聯反應更有效地進行,亦可使用交聯觸媒。作為交聯觸媒,可例示鈦酸四正丁酯、鈦酸四異丙酯、乙醯丙酮鐵、氧化丁基錫、二月桂酸二辛基錫等金屬系交聯觸媒等。其中,較佳為二月桂酸二辛基錫等錫系交聯觸媒。交聯觸媒之使用量並無特別限制。交聯觸媒之使用量相對於黏著劑組合物中所含之單體成分(例如丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分)100重量份,例如可設為約0.0001重量份以上、約0.001重量份以上、約0.005重量以上等,又,可設為約1重量份以下、約0.1重量份以下、約0.05重量份以下等。In order to carry out the crosslinking reaction more efficiently, a crosslinking catalyst may also be used. Examples of the crosslinking catalyst include metal-based crosslinking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, iron acetylacetonate, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate. Among them, tin-based crosslinking catalysts such as dioctyltin dilaurate are preferred. The usage amount of the cross-linking catalyst is not particularly limited. The amount of the crosslinking catalyst to be used can be set at about 0.0001 weight part or more, about 0.001 weight part or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of monomer components contained in the adhesive composition (for example, monomer components of acrylic polymers) , about 0.005 parts by weight or more, or about 1 part by weight or less, about 0.1 parts by weight or less, or about 0.05 parts by weight or less.

用於形成黏著劑層之黏著劑組合物中,可視需要含有產生酮-烯醇互變異構之化合物作為交聯延遲劑。例如,於包含異氰酸酯系交聯劑之黏著劑組合物或可調配使用異氰酸酯系交聯劑之黏著劑組合物中,可較佳地使用產生酮-烯醇互變異構之化合物。藉此,可發揮出延長黏著劑組合物之適用期之效果。 作為產生酮-烯醇互變異構之化合物,可使用各種β-二羰基化合物。作為具體例,可例舉:乙醯丙酮、2,4-己二酮等β-二酮類;乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯等乙醯乙酸酯類;丙醯乙酸乙酯等丙醯乙酸酯類;異丁醯乙酸乙酯等異丁醯乙酸酯類;丙二酸甲酯、丙二酸乙酯等丙二酸酯類等。其中,作為較佳之化合物,可例舉乙醯丙酮及乙醯乙酸酯類。產生酮-烯醇互變異構之化合物可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 產生酮-烯醇互變異構之化合物之使用量相對於黏著劑組合物中所含之單體成分(例如丙烯酸系聚合物之單體成分)100重量份,例如可為0.1重量份以上20重量份以下,適當設為0.5重量份以上15重量份以下,例如可設為1重量份以上10重量份以下,亦可設為1重量份以上且5重量份以下。 The adhesive composition for forming the adhesive layer may optionally contain a compound that causes keto-enol tautomerization as a crosslinking retarder. For example, in an adhesive composition containing an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent or an adhesive composition that can be formulated using an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, a compound that produces keto-enol tautomerization can be preferably used. Thereby, the effect of prolonging the pot life of the adhesive composition can be exerted. As the compound causing keto-enol tautomerism, various β-dicarbonyl compounds can be used. Specific examples include: β-diketones such as acetylacetone and 2,4-hexanedione; acetylacetates such as methyl acetylacetate and ethyl acetylacetate; ethyl acetylacetate, etc. Propionyl acetates; isobutyryl acetates such as ethyl isobutyryl acetate; malonates such as methyl malonate and ethyl malonate, etc. Among them, acetylacetone and acetylacetate are exemplified as preferred compounds. The compounds causing keto-enol tautomerism can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the compound that produces keto-enol tautomerism is 0.1 to 20 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of monomer components contained in the adhesive composition (for example, monomer components of acrylic polymers). The part or less is suitably set to 0.5 to 15 parts by weight, for example, 1 to 10 parts by weight, or 1 to 5 parts by weight.

(多官能單體) 黏著劑組合物(進而黏著劑層)中可視需要使用多官能單體。多官能單體可有助於凝聚力之調整等目的。多官能單體於黏著劑層形成時或貼附於被黏著體後藉由光(例如紫外線)照射等使上述乙烯性不飽和基反應,藉此可形成具有適度之柔軟性之交聯結構。因此,於本說明書中,「多官能單體」可改稱為交聯劑。例如,於由光硬化型之黏著劑組合物所形成之黏著劑層中,可較佳地使用多官能單體。作為多官能單體,可使用具有2個以上之乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。多官能單體可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 (multifunctional monomer) A polyfunctional monomer may be used in an adhesive composition (and further an adhesive layer) as needed. Multifunctional monomers can be useful for purposes such as adjustment of cohesion. The polyfunctional monomer reacts the ethylenically unsaturated group above by light (such as ultraviolet light) irradiation when the adhesive layer is formed or attached to the adherend, thereby forming a cross-linked structure with moderate flexibility. Therefore, in this specification, "multifunctional monomer" can be renamed as a crosslinking agent. For example, a polyfunctional monomer can be preferably used in an adhesive layer formed from a photocurable adhesive composition. As a polyfunctional monomer, the compound which has 2 or more ethylenically unsaturated groups can be used. A polyfunctional monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

多官能單體所具有之乙烯性不飽和基之例中,包括丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、乙烯基及烯丙基,但並不限定於該等。就光反應性之觀點而言,作為較佳之乙烯性不飽和基,可例舉丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基。其中,較佳為丙烯醯基。Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group in the polyfunctional monomer include, but are not limited to, an acryl group, a methacryl group, a vinyl group, and an allyl group. From the viewpoint of photoreactivity, an acryl group and a methacryl group are mentioned as a preferable ethylenically unsaturated group. Among them, an acryl group is preferred.

作為多官能單體,較佳為於分子內具有2~10個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物,更佳為於分子內具有2~8個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物,進而較佳為於分子內具有2~6個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。於若干態樣中,作為多官能單體,可使用於分子內具有4個以下(具體而言2~4個、例如2個或3個、較佳為2個)之乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。藉由使用此種乙烯性不飽和基之數量受到限制之多官能單體,容易獲得兼顧伸長性與強度之黏著劑層。As a polyfunctional monomer, it is preferably a compound having 2 to 10 ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule, more preferably a compound having 2 to 8 ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule, and even more preferably a compound having 2 to 8 ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule. Compounds with 2 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated groups. In some aspects, as a multifunctional monomer, one having 4 or less (specifically 2 to 4, such as 2 or 3, preferably 2) ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule can be used. compound. By using the polyfunctional monomer whose number of ethylenically unsaturated groups is limited, it is easy to obtain an adhesive layer with both elongation and strength.

作為多官能單體,例如可例舉:乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,12-十二烷二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙烯酯、二乙烯基苯、環氧丙烯酸酯、聚酯丙烯酸酯、胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯、丁二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。其中,較佳為三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯,更佳為1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯。Examples of polyfunctional monomers include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate Acrylates, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate ) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,12-dodecanediol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, four Methylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, Allyl (meth)acrylate, Vinyl (meth)acrylate, Divinylbenzene, Epoxy acrylate, Polyester acrylate, Urethane acrylate ester, butanediol (meth)acrylate, hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, etc. Among them, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate are preferred, and 1,6- Hexylene glycol diacrylate.

多官能單體之使用量根據其分子量或官能基數等而不同,例如相對於形成黏著劑層中所含之聚合物之單體成分(典型而言,丙烯酸系聚合物或該聚合物之單體成分)100重量份,適當設為0.01重量份~3.0重量份左右之範圍。於若干態樣中,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之多官能單體之使用量例如可為0.02重量份以上,亦可為0.1重量份以上,亦可為0.5重量份以上、1.0重量份以上或2.0重量份以上。藉由增大多官能單體之使用量,有可獲得更高之凝聚力之傾向。另一方面,就避免因凝聚力過度提昇而導致與和黏著劑層鄰接之層之接著性降低之觀點而言,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之多官能單體之使用量例如可為10重量份以下,亦可為5.0重量份以下,亦可為3.0重量份以下。於若干態樣中,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之多官能單體之使用量例如適當設為1.0重量份以下,較佳為0.5重量份以下,更佳為0.3重量份以下,亦可為0.2重量份以下。The usage amount of the multifunctional monomer varies according to its molecular weight or functional group number, etc., for example, relative to the monomer component forming the polymer contained in the adhesive layer (typically, an acrylic polymer or a monomer of the polymer Component) is suitably in the range of about 0.01 to 3.0 parts by weight for 100 parts by weight. In some aspects, the usage amount of the multifunctional monomer relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components may be, for example, not less than 0.02 parts by weight, not less than 0.1 parts by weight, not less than 0.5 parts by weight, or not less than 1.0 parts by weight or more than 2.0 parts by weight. By increasing the amount of polyfunctional monomers used, higher cohesion tends to be obtained. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of avoiding the reduction of the adhesiveness of the layer adjacent to the adhesive layer due to an excessive increase in the cohesive force, the amount of the polyfunctional monomer relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components can be, for example, 10 parts by weight. It may be less than or equal to 5.0 parts by weight, or less than 3.0 parts by weight. In some aspects, the usage amount of the multifunctional monomer relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components is appropriately set to be 1.0 parts by weight or less, preferably 0.5 parts by weight or less, more preferably 0.3 parts by weight or less, or It is 0.2 weight part or less.

(黏著賦予劑) 於若干較佳之態樣中,黏著劑層包含黏著賦予劑。藉由使黏著劑層中包含黏著賦予劑,可保持利用水剝離自被黏著體去除之去除性,並且提昇起點剝離力。藉由利用本文所揭示之水剝離技術,添加作為接著力提昇成分之黏著賦予劑,可以高水準兼顧保護時之接著性或防端部剝離性與水剝離去除性。作為黏著賦予劑,可無特別限制地使用可提昇接著力之各種成分。作為黏著賦予劑之較佳例,可例舉黏著賦予樹脂或丙烯酸系寡聚物。黏著賦予劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 (adhesion imparting agent) In some preferred aspects, the adhesive layer contains an adhesive imparting agent. By including the tackifier in the adhesive layer, the peeling force at the starting point can be improved while maintaining the removability from the adherend by peeling with water. By using the water peeling technology disclosed in this article, adding an adhesion imparting agent as an adhesive force enhancing component, a high level of adhesion or edge peeling resistance and water peeling removability can be achieved at the time of protection. As the tackifier, various components that can improve the adhesive force can be used without any particular limitation. Preferable examples of the tackifier include tackifier resins and acrylic oligomers. The tackifier can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

雖無特別限定,但作為黏著賦予劑,可較佳地使用賦予有酸值者。藉由使用具有特定值以上之酸值之黏著賦予劑,容易獲得接著力提昇效果。例如,對於極性被黏著體之接著性提昇,溫水浸漬後之接著力亦可維持得較高。黏著賦予劑之酸值例如為超過10 mgKOH/g,適當為超過15 mgKOH/g,較佳為超過20 mgKOH/g,更佳為23 mgKOH/g以上。上述酸值之上限通常例如為200 mgKOH/g以下,就水剝離性之觀點而言,亦可為100 mgKOH/g以下,亦可為50 mgKOH/g以下,亦可為40 mgKOH/g以下。黏著賦予劑之酸值可藉由JIS K 0070:1992中所規定之電位差滴定法進行測定。Although it does not specifically limit, what provided the acid value can be used preferably as a tackiness imparting agent. By using an adhesion imparting agent having an acid value equal to or higher than a specific value, it is easy to obtain an effect of improving adhesion. For example, for the improvement of the adhesion of the polar adherend, the adhesion after warm water immersion can also be maintained at a high level. The acid value of the tackifier is, for example, more than 10 mgKOH/g, suitably more than 15 mgKOH/g, preferably more than 20 mgKOH/g, more preferably more than 23 mgKOH/g. The upper limit of the above-mentioned acid value is generally, for example, 200 mgKOH/g or less, and may be 100 mgKOH/g or less, 50 mgKOH/g or less, or 40 mgKOH/g or less from the viewpoint of water releasability. The acid value of the tackifier can be measured by the potentiometric titration method prescribed in JIS K 0070:1992.

於使用黏著賦予劑之態樣中,黏著賦予劑之使用量並無特別限定。就提昇起點剝離力之觀點而言,黏著賦予劑之使用量相對於構成黏著劑層中所含之聚合物之單體成分100重量份,例如可設為0.1重量份以上,亦可為0.3重量份以上,適當設為1重量份以上,亦可為3重量份以上,亦可為5重量份以上,亦可為10重量份以上。於若干較佳之態樣中,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之黏著賦予劑之使用量超過10重量份,亦可為約11重量份以上,亦可為約12重量份,更佳為15重量份以上,進而較佳為18重量份以上,尤佳為20重量份以上(例如22重量份以上),亦可為25重量份以上,亦可為28重量份以上,亦可為32重量份以上,亦可為35重量份以上。又,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之黏著賦予劑之使用量例如適當設為未達100重量份,亦可為約80重量份以下,亦可為70重量份以下,亦可為50重量份以下。藉由將黏著賦予劑之使用量限制為適當範圍,黏著賦予劑與黏著劑良好地相溶,容易有效地發揮黏著賦予劑之添加效果(接著力等黏著特性)。於若干較佳之態樣中,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之黏著賦予劑之使用量為未達50重量份,更佳為未達40重量份,進而較佳為35重量份以下,尤佳為32重量份以下,亦可為30重量份以下,亦可為25重量份以下。於其他若干態樣中,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之黏著賦予劑之使用量可為20重量份以下,亦可為未達10重量份,亦可為未達5重量份。In the form of using an adhesion-imparting agent, the usage-amount of an adhesion-imparting agent is not specifically limited. From the viewpoint of increasing the peeling force at the starting point, the amount of the tackifier used may be, for example, 0.1 parts by weight or more, or 0.3 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer components constituting the polymer contained in the adhesive layer. 1 part by weight or more, may be 3 parts by weight or more, may be 5 parts by weight or more, and may be 10 parts by weight or more. In some preferred aspects, the amount of the adhesion-imparting agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components exceeds 10 parts by weight, may be more than 11 parts by weight, may be about 12 parts by weight, and is more preferably 15 parts by weight. More than 18 parts by weight, more preferably 18 parts by weight or more, especially 20 parts by weight or more (for example, 22 parts by weight or more), may be 25 parts by weight or more, may be 28 parts by weight or more, or may be 32 parts by weight The above may be 35 parts by weight or more. Moreover, the usage-amount of the tackiness imparting agent with respect to 100 weight part of said monomer components is suitably set as less than 100 weight part, for example, It may be about 80 weight part or less, It may be 70 weight part or less, It may be 50 weight part. servings or less. By limiting the usage amount of the tackifier to an appropriate range, the tackifier and the adhesive are well compatible, and the effect of adding the tackifier (adhesive properties such as adhesive force) can be easily and effectively exhibited. In some preferred aspects, the amount of the tack-imparting agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components is less than 50 parts by weight, more preferably less than 40 parts by weight, still more preferably less than 35 parts by weight, especially It is preferably not more than 32 parts by weight, may be not more than 30 parts by weight, and may be not more than 25 parts by weight. In some other aspects, the amount of the tack-imparting agent may be 20 parts by weight or less, less than 10 parts by weight, or less than 5 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components.

於使用上述黏著賦予劑之態樣中,藉由使用黏著賦予劑,可提昇防端部剝離性,因此可不限制於接觸於水性液體之情形時可能成為接著力降低之原因之水親和劑之使用量,進而亦可增加水親和劑之量。藉由使用黏著賦予劑及水親和劑,可以高水準兼顧對於保護對象物之接著性與剝離去除性。於使用黏著賦予劑及水親和劑之態樣中,黏著劑層中所含之水親和劑量(C A)相對於黏著賦予劑量(C B)之比(C A/C B)並無特別限定,例如為0.0001以上,適當為0.001以上,較佳為0.01以上,更佳為0.02以上,進而較佳為0.03以上,亦可為0.05以上,亦可為0.1以上。藉由相對於黏著賦予劑之使用量相對提高水親和劑之使用量,可將基於使用黏著賦予劑之接著性保持為特定範圍,並且可將水剝離力抑制得較低,維持或提昇水剝離去除性。上述比(C A/C B)之上限並無特別限定,例如為10以下,適當為1以下,較佳為0.5以下,更佳為0.3以下,亦可為未達0.15,亦可為未達0.1。藉由相對於黏著賦予劑之使用量將水親和劑之使用量限制為特定範圍,可保持水剝離性,並且維持或提昇起點剝離力等接著力。 In the aspect of using the above-mentioned adhesion imparting agent, by using the adhesion imparting agent, the edge peeling resistance can be improved, so the use of the water-affinity agent, which may cause the decrease of the adhesion force when it is in contact with an aqueous liquid, is not limited amount, and then also increase the amount of water affinity agent. By using an adhesion imparting agent and a water affinity agent, a high level of adhesion and peeling and removability to the object to be protected can be achieved. In the aspect of using an adhesion imparting agent and a water affinity agent, the ratio (C A /C B ) of the water affinity amount (C A ) contained in the adhesive layer to the adhesion imparting amount (C B ) is not particularly limited. , for example, 0.0001 or more, suitably 0.001 or more, preferably 0.01 or more, more preferably 0.02 or more, still more preferably 0.03 or more, may be 0.05 or more, and may be 0.1 or more. By relatively increasing the usage amount of the water-affinity agent relative to the usage amount of the adhesion imparting agent, the adhesiveness based on the use of the adhesion imparting agent can be maintained within a specific range, and the water peeling force can be suppressed to be low, maintaining or improving the water peeling Removal. The upper limit of the above-mentioned ratio (C A /C B ) is not particularly limited, for example, it is 10 or less, suitably 1 or less, preferably 0.5 or less, more preferably 0.3 or less, may be less than 0.15, or less than 0.15. 0.1. By limiting the usage amount of the water-affinity agent to a specific range relative to the usage amount of the tackifier, the water releasability can be maintained and the adhesive force such as the starting point peeling force can be maintained or improved.

(丙烯酸系寡聚物) 本文所揭示之黏著劑層中,就凝聚力之提昇、或與基材層之密接性提昇或與被黏著體之接著性提昇等觀點而言,可含有丙烯酸系寡聚物。根據本文所揭示之技術,即便將表面保護片材以較高之接著力貼附於保護對象物,於剝離時,亦可利用水剝離,不使保護對象物破損或變形而將表面保護片材剝離去除。因此,可使黏著劑中包含丙烯酸系寡聚物等接著力提昇成分來提高接著可靠性,從而提高保護功能。包含丙烯酸系寡聚物之黏著劑層可使用包含該丙烯酸系寡聚物之黏著劑組合物而形成。作為丙烯酸系寡聚物,可較佳地採用相對於上述之丙烯酸系聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合體)之Tg,具有更高之Tg者。 (acrylic oligomer) The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer disclosed herein may contain an acrylic oligomer from the viewpoint of improvement of cohesive force, improvement of adhesion with the base material layer, or improvement of adhesiveness with an adherend. According to the technology disclosed in this article, even if the surface protection sheet is attached to the object to be protected with a high adhesive force, when peeling off, it can be peeled off with water, and the surface protection sheet can be removed without damaging or deforming the object to be protected. Peel off. Therefore, it is possible to improve the adhesion reliability by including an adhesive force-improving component such as an acrylic oligomer in the adhesive, thereby improving the protection function. The adhesive layer containing an acrylic oligomer can be formed using the adhesive composition containing this acrylic oligomer. As the acrylic oligomer, one having a higher Tg than the Tg of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) can be preferably used.

上述丙烯酸系寡聚物之Tg並無特別限定,例如可為約20℃以上且300℃以下。上述Tg例如可為約30℃以上,亦可為約40℃以上,亦可為約60℃以上,亦可為約80℃以上或約100℃以上。若丙烯酸系寡聚物之Tg變高,則有使凝聚力提高之效果總體而言變高之傾向。又,就對基材層之抓固性或衝擊吸收性等觀點而言,丙烯酸系寡聚物之Tg例如可為約250℃以下,亦可為約200℃以下,亦可為約180℃以下或約150℃以下。再者,丙烯酸系寡聚物之Tg係與上述之丙烯酸系聚合物之Tg同樣地,基於Fox公式所計算之值。Although Tg of the said acrylic oligomer is not specifically limited, For example, it may be about 20 degreeC or more and 300 degreeC or less. The above Tg may be, for example, about 30°C or higher, may be about 40°C or higher, may be about 60°C or higher, may be about 80°C or higher, or may be about 100°C or higher. When the Tg of the acrylic oligomer becomes higher, the effect of improving the cohesive force tends to be higher overall. In addition, from the viewpoint of the grip property to the substrate layer, impact absorption, etc., the Tg of the acrylic oligomer may be, for example, about 250°C or lower, about 200°C or lower, or about 180°C or lower. Or below about 150°C. In addition, Tg of an acrylic oligomer is the value calculated based on Fox's formula similarly to Tg of the said acrylic-type polymer.

丙烯酸系寡聚物之Mw並無特別限定,例如可為約1000以上,適當為約1500以上,亦可為約2000以上,亦可為約3000以上。又,丙烯酸系寡聚物之Mw例如可為未達約30000,適當為未達約10000,亦可為未達約7000,亦可為未達約5000。若Mw處於上述範圍內,則容易較佳地發揮黏著劑層之凝聚性或接著性提高效果。丙烯酸系寡聚物之Mw可藉由GPC進行測定,並以標準聚苯乙烯換算之值求出。具體而言,例如東曹公司製造之HPLC8020中使用TSKgelGMH-H(20)×2根作為管柱,利用四氫呋喃溶劑於流速約0.5 mL/分鐘之條件下進行測定。The Mw of the acrylic oligomer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 1000 or more, suitably about 1500 or more, may be about 2000 or more, and may be about 3000 or more. Moreover, the Mw of an acrylic oligomer may be less than about 30000, suitably less than about 10000, may be less than about 7000, and may be less than about 5000, for example. When Mw is within the above-mentioned range, the effect of improving the cohesiveness or adhesiveness of the adhesive layer is easily exhibited favorably. The Mw of the acrylic oligomer can be measured by GPC, and can be calculated|required as the value of standard polystyrene conversion. Specifically, for example, in HPLC8020 manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, TSKgelGMH-H (20)×2 columns are used, and the measurement is performed at a flow rate of about 0.5 mL/min using a tetrahydrofuran solvent.

作為構成丙烯酸系寡聚物之單體成分,可例舉:上述之各種(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯;上述之各種含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;上述之各種含芳香族烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;由萜烯化合物衍生物醇獲得之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體。該等可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 As the monomer component constituting the acrylic oligomer, it can be exemplified: the above-mentioned various C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylates; the above-mentioned various alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylates; the above-mentioned Various (meth)acrylates containing aromatic hydrocarbon groups; (meth)acrylate monomers such as (meth)acrylates obtained from terpene compound derivative alcohols. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

就接著性提昇之觀點而言,丙烯酸系寡聚物較佳為包含以如(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯或(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯之類的烷基具有支鏈結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯或含芳香族烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等為代表之具有體積相對較大之結構之丙烯酸系單體作為單體單元。又,於在丙烯酸系寡聚物之合成時或黏著劑層之製作時採用紫外線之情形時,就不易引起聚合阻礙之方面而言,較佳為在酯末端具有飽和烴基之單體,例如可較佳地使用烷基具有支鏈結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯或含飽和脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。From the viewpoint of improving adhesiveness, the acrylic oligomer preferably contains (meth)acrylic acid isobutyl (meth)acrylate or tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate with an alkyl group having a branched chain structure. Acrylic monomers with relatively large structures represented by alkyl acrylates, (meth)acrylates containing alicyclic hydrocarbon groups or (meth)acrylates containing aromatic hydrocarbon groups are used as monomers unit. Also, when ultraviolet rays are used in the synthesis of the acrylic oligomer or the preparation of the adhesive layer, a monomer having a saturated hydrocarbon group at the end of the ester is preferable because it is less likely to cause polymerization inhibition. It is preferable to use an alkyl (meth)acrylate having a branched chain structure in the alkyl group or a (meth)acrylate containing a saturated alicyclic hydrocarbon group.

(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體於構成丙烯酸系寡聚物之全部單體成分中所占之比率典型而言為超過50重量%,較佳為60重量%以上,更佳為70重量%以上(例如80重量%以上、進而90重量%以上)。於若干較佳之態樣中,丙烯酸系寡聚物具有實質上僅包含1種或2種以上之(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體之單體組成。於單體成分包含含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之情形時,其等之重量比並無特別限定。於若干態樣中,含脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯/(甲基)丙烯酸C 1-20烷基酯之重量比例如可設為10/90以上、20/80以上或30/70以上,又,可設為90/10以下、80/20以下或70/30以下。 The ratio of the (meth)acrylate monomer to the total monomer components constituting the acrylic oligomer is typically more than 50% by weight, preferably 60% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more ( For example, 80% by weight or more, further 90% by weight or more). In some preferred aspects, the acrylic oligomer has a monomer composition substantially including only one or two or more (meth)acrylate monomers. When the monomer component contains an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate and a C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylate, their weight ratio is not particularly limited. In some aspects, the weight ratio of (meth)acrylic acid ester/(meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester containing alicyclic hydrocarbon group can be set as 10/90 or more, 20/80 or more or 30/ 70 or more, and may be 90/10 or less, 80/20 or less, or 70/30 or less.

作為丙烯酸系寡聚物之構成單體成分,除上述之(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體以外,亦可視需要使用含官能基之單體。作為含官能基之單體,可例舉:N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-丙烯醯基𠰌啉等具有含氮原子之雜環之單體;(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯等含胺基之單體;N,N-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等含醯胺基之單體;AA、MAA等含羧基之單體;(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯等含羥基之單體。該等含官能基之單體可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。於使用含官能基之單體之情形時,含官能基之單體於構成丙烯酸系寡聚物之全部單體成分中所占之比率例如可設為1重量%以上、2重量%以上或3重量%以上,又,例如可設為15重量%以下、10重量%以下或7重量%以下。丙烯酸系寡聚物亦可為不使用含官能基之單體者。As the constituent monomer components of the acrylic oligomer, in addition to the above-mentioned (meth)acrylate monomers, functional group-containing monomers may be used as needed. As monomers containing functional groups, monomers with heterocyclic rings containing nitrogen atoms such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-acrylyl 𠰌line; (meth)acrylic acid N,N -Amino-containing monomers such as dimethylaminoethyl ester; N,N-diethyl(meth)acrylamide and other amide-containing monomers; AA, MAA and other carboxyl-containing monomers; ( Hydroxyl-containing monomers such as 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. These functional group-containing monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the case of using a functional group-containing monomer, the ratio of the functional group-containing monomer to the total monomer components constituting the acrylic oligomer can be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 2% by weight or more, or 3% by weight or more. % by weight or more, and, for example, 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, or 7% by weight or less. The acrylic oligomer may not use a functional group-containing monomer.

作為較佳之丙烯酸系寡聚物,例如可例舉:甲基丙烯酸二環戊酯(DCPMA)、甲基丙烯酸環己酯(CHMA)、甲基丙烯酸異𦯉基酯(IBXMA)、丙烯酸異𦯉基酯(IBXA)、丙烯酸二環戊酯(DCPA)、甲基丙烯酸1-金剛烷基酯(ADMA)、丙烯酸1-金剛烷基酯(ADA)之各均聚物、以及DCPMA與MMA之共聚物、DCPMA與IBXMA之共聚物、ADA與甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)之共聚物、CHMA與甲基丙烯酸異丁酯(IBMA)之共聚物、CHMA與IBXMA之共聚物、CHMA與丙烯醯基𠰌啉(ACMO)之共聚物、CHMA與二乙基丙烯醯胺(DEAA)之共聚物、CHMA與AA之共聚物等。As preferred acrylic oligomers, for example, dicyclopentyl methacrylate (DCPMA), cyclohexyl methacrylate (CHMA), iso-methacrylate (IBXMA), iso-methacrylate ester (IBXA), dicyclopentyl acrylate (DCPA), 1-adamantyl methacrylate (ADMA), homopolymers of 1-adamantyl acrylate (ADA), and copolymers of DCPMA and MMA , Copolymer of DCPMA and IBXMA, Copolymer of ADA and methyl methacrylate (MMA), Copolymer of CHMA and isobutyl methacrylate (IBMA), Copolymer of CHMA and IBXMA, CHMA and acryl Copolymer of phenoline (ACMO), copolymer of CHMA and diethylacrylamide (DEAA), copolymer of CHMA and AA, etc.

丙烯酸系寡聚物可藉由使其構成單體成分聚合而形成。聚合方法或聚合態樣並無特別限定,可以適宜之態樣採用先前公知之各種聚合方法(例如,溶液聚合、乳液聚合、塊狀聚合、光聚合、放射線聚合等)。可視需要使用之聚合起始劑(例如偶氮系聚合起始劑)之種類大致如關於丙烯酸系聚合物之合成所例示,聚合起始劑量或任意地使用之鏈轉移劑(例如硫醇類)之量以成為所需之分子量之方式基於技術常識恰當地設定,因此省略詳細之說明。Acrylic oligomers can be formed by polymerizing their constituent monomer components. The polymerization method or polymerization form is not particularly limited, and various previously known polymerization methods (for example, solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, block polymerization, photopolymerization, radiation polymerization, etc.) can be employed in an appropriate form. The kind of polymerization initiator (such as azo-type polymerization initiator) that can be used as needed is roughly as exemplified for the synthesis of acrylic polymers, and the amount of polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent (such as mercaptans) optionally used The amount is appropriately set based on common technical knowledge so as to obtain a desired molecular weight, and therefore detailed description is omitted.

於使黏著劑層或黏著劑組合物中含有丙烯酸系寡聚物之情形時,其含量相對於黏著劑層中所含之聚合物(典型而言,丙烯酸系聚合物)之單體成分100重量份,例如可設為0.01重量份以上,就獲得更高之效果之觀點而言,可設為0.05重量份以上,亦可設為0.1重量份以上或0.2重量份以上。於若干態樣中,丙烯酸系寡聚物之含量相對於上述單體成分100重量份,例如適當為0.5重量份以上,較佳為1重量份以上,亦可為2重量份以上。又,就與上述聚合物(典型而言,丙烯酸系聚合物)之相溶性等觀點而言,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之丙烯酸系寡聚物之含量適當設為未達50重量份,較佳為未達30重量份,更佳為25重量份以下,例如可為10重量份以下,亦可為5重量份以下或1重量份以下。When the acrylic oligomer is contained in the adhesive layer or the adhesive composition, its content is relative to 100 weight of monomer components of the polymer (typically, acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer The part may be, for example, 0.01 part by weight or more, and may be 0.05 part by weight or more, or 0.1 part by weight or more, or 0.2 part by weight or more from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect. In some aspects, the content of the acrylic oligomer is suitably at least 0.5 parts by weight, preferably at least 1 part by weight, and may be at least 2 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components. In addition, from the viewpoint of compatibility with the above-mentioned polymer (typically, an acrylic polymer), the content of the acrylic oligomer relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components is suitably set to less than 50 parts by weight. , preferably less than 30 parts by weight, more preferably less than 25 parts by weight, for example, less than 10 parts by weight, less than 5 parts by weight or less than 1 part by weight.

(黏著賦予樹脂) 亦可使黏著劑層中含有黏著賦予樹脂。根據本文所揭示之技術,即便將表面保護片材以較高之接著力貼附於保護對象物,於剝離時,亦可利用水剝離,不使保護對象物破損或變形而將表面保護片材剝離去除。因此,可使黏著劑中含有黏著賦予樹脂等接著力提昇成分來提高接著可靠性,從而提高保護功能。作為黏著賦予樹脂,例如可例舉:松香系黏著賦予樹脂、松香衍生物黏著賦予樹脂、石油系黏著賦予樹脂、萜烯系黏著賦予樹脂、酚系黏著賦予樹脂、酮系黏著賦予樹脂等。該等可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 (adhesion imparting resin) The adhesive agent layer may also contain an adhesive agent resin. According to the technology disclosed in this article, even if the surface protection sheet is attached to the object to be protected with a high adhesive force, when peeling off, it can be peeled off with water, and the surface protection sheet can be removed without damaging or deforming the object to be protected. Peel off. Therefore, it is possible to improve the adhesion reliability by including an adhesion-improving component such as an adhesion-imparting resin in the adhesive, thereby improving the protection function. Examples of tackifying resins include rosin-based tackifying resins, rosin-derived tackifying resins, petroleum-based tackifying resins, terpene-based tackifying resins, phenol-based tackifying resins, and ketone-based tackifying resins. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

作為上述松香系黏著賦予樹脂,例如可例舉:松香膠、木松香、妥爾油松香等松香、以及穩定化松香(例如,對上述松香進行歧化或氫化處理而成之穩定化松香)、聚合松香(例如,上述松香之多聚物、典型而言為二聚物)、改性松香(例如,藉由順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、(甲基)丙烯酸等不飽和酸進行改性而成之不飽和酸改性松香等)等。 作為上述松香衍生物黏著賦予樹脂,例如可例舉:上述松香系黏著賦予樹脂之酯化物(例如,穩定化松香酯或聚合松香酯等松香酯類)、上述松香系樹脂之酚改性物(酚改性松香)及其酯化物(酚改性松香酯)等。 作為上述石油系黏著賦予樹脂,例如可例舉:脂肪族系石油樹脂、芳香族系石油樹脂、共聚系石油樹脂、脂環族系石油樹脂、該等之氫化物等。 作為上述萜烯系黏著賦予樹脂,例如可例舉:α-蒎烯樹脂、β-蒎烯樹脂、芳香族改性萜烯系樹脂、氫化萜烯樹脂等。 上述萜烯酚樹脂係指包含萜烯殘基及酚殘基之聚合體,其概念包括萜烯類與酚化合物之共聚物(萜烯-酚共聚物樹脂)、及將萜烯類之均聚物或共聚物進行酚改性所得者(酚改性萜烯樹脂)之兩者。萜烯酚樹脂包含氫化萜烯酚樹脂。 作為上述酚系黏著賦予樹脂,可例舉:由烷基酚及甲醛所獲得之烷基酚樹脂等。作為烷基酚樹脂之例,可例舉:酚醛清漆型及可溶酚醛型者。 作為上述酮系黏著賦予樹脂,例如可例舉:利用酮類(例如,甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、苯乙酮等脂肪族酮;環己酮、甲基環己酮等脂環式酮等)與甲醛之縮合獲得之酮系樹脂等。 Examples of the above-mentioned rosin-based tackifying resin include rosins such as gum rosin, wood rosin, and tall oil rosin; Rosin (for example, a polymer of the above-mentioned rosin, typically a dimer), modified rosin (for example, modified by an unsaturated acid such as maleic acid, fumaric acid, (meth)acrylic acid, etc. Modified unsaturated acid modified rosin, etc.) etc. Examples of the above-mentioned rosin derivative tackifying resin include, for example, esterified products of the above-mentioned rosin-based tackifying resin (for example, rosin esters such as stabilized rosin esters and polymerized rosin esters), phenol-modified products of the above-mentioned rosin-based resins ( Phenol-modified rosin) and its esters (phenol-modified rosin ester), etc. Examples of the petroleum-based tackifying resin include aliphatic petroleum resins, aromatic petroleum resins, copolymer petroleum resins, alicyclic petroleum resins, and hydrogenated products thereof. Examples of the terpene-based tackifying resin include α-pinene resins, β-pinene resins, aromatic-modified terpene-based resins, and hydrogenated terpene resins. The above-mentioned terpene phenol resin refers to a polymer containing terpene residues and phenol residues, and its concept includes copolymers of terpenes and phenolic compounds (terpene-phenol copolymer resins), and homopolymerization of terpenes Both of those obtained by phenol modification (phenol-modified terpene resins) or copolymers. Terpene phenol resins include hydrogenated terpene phenol resins. As said phenolic tackifier resin, the alkylphenol resin obtained from alkylphenol and formaldehyde, etc. are mentioned. As an example of an alkylphenol resin, a novolak type and a resol type are mentioned. As the above-mentioned ketone-based tackifying resin, for example, use of ketones (for example, aliphatic ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and acetophenone; cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, etc. Ketone-based resins obtained by condensation of alicyclic ketones, etc.) and formaldehyde.

於若干態樣中,作為黏著賦予樹脂,可較佳地使用選自松香系黏著賦予樹脂、松香衍生物黏著賦予樹脂及萜烯酚樹脂中之1種或2種以上。其中,較佳為松香衍生物黏著賦予樹脂,作為較佳例,可例舉穩定化松香酯及聚合松香酯等松香酯類。In some aspects, as the tackifying resin, one or more kinds selected from the group consisting of rosin-based tackifying resins, rosin derivative tackifying resins, and terpene phenol resins can be preferably used. Among them, rosin derivative tack-imparting resins are preferred, and rosin esters such as stabilized rosin esters and polymerized rosin esters may, for example, be mentioned.

於水分散型之黏著劑組合物中,較佳為使用如上所述之黏著賦予樹脂分散於水性溶劑中之形態之水分散型黏著賦予樹脂。例如,藉由將丙烯酸系聚合體之水分散液與水分散型黏著賦予樹脂進行混合,可容易地製備以所需之比率含有該等成分之黏著劑組合物。於若干態樣中,作為水分散型黏著賦予樹脂,就對環境衛生之考慮等觀點而言,可較佳地使用至少實質上不含芳香族烴系溶劑者。更佳為使用實質上不含芳香族烴系溶劑及其他有機溶劑之水分散型黏著賦予樹脂。In the water-dispersed adhesive composition, it is preferable to use a water-dispersed tackifier resin in a form in which the aforementioned tackifier resin is dispersed in an aqueous solvent. For example, by mixing an aqueous dispersion of an acrylic polymer with a water-dispersed tackifier resin, an adhesive composition containing these components at a desired ratio can be easily prepared. In some aspects, as the water-dispersed tackifier resin, one that does not substantially contain at least an aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvent can be preferably used from the viewpoint of environmental sanitation. It is more preferable to use a water-dispersed tackifier resin that does not substantially contain aromatic hydrocarbon solvents and other organic solvents.

作為包含松香酯類之水分散型黏著賦予樹脂之市售品,例如可例舉:荒川化學工業公司製造之商品名「SUPER ESTER E-720」、「SUPER ESTER E-730-55」、「SUPER ESTER E-865NT」、「SUPER ESTER NS」等、或哈利瑪化成公司製造之商品名「HARIESTER SK-90D」、「HARIESTER SK-70D」、「HARIESTER SK-70E」、「NEOTOL 115E」等。又,作為萜烯酚樹脂(可為水分散型萜烯酚樹脂之形態)之市售品,可例舉:荒川化學工業公司製造之商品名「TAMANOL E-100」、「TAMANOL E-200」、「TAMANOL E-200NT」等。Examples of commercially available water-dispersed tackifying resins containing rosin esters include: "SUPER ESTER E-720", "SUPER ESTER E-730-55" and "SUPER ESTER E-730-55" manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ESTER E-865NT", "SUPER ESTER NS", etc., or "HARIESTER SK-90D", "HARIESTER SK-70D", "HARIESTER SK-70E", "NEOTOL 115E", etc. manufactured by Harima Chemicals Co., Ltd. In addition, commercially available terpene phenol resins (which may be in the form of water-dispersible terpene phenol resins) include "TAMANOL E-100" and "TAMANOL E-200" manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. , "TAMANOL E-200NT", etc.

黏著賦予樹脂之軟化點並無特別限定。就抑制黏著劑層之凝聚力之降低之觀點而言,可較佳地使用軟化點為80℃以上之黏著賦予樹脂。黏著賦予樹脂之軟化點亦可為90℃以上,亦可為100℃以上,亦可為110℃以上,亦可為120℃以上。亦可使用軟化點130℃以上或140℃以上之黏著賦予樹脂。又,就對基材層之密接性、對被黏著體之接著性等觀點而言,可較佳地使用軟化點為200℃以下或180℃以下之黏著賦予樹脂。再者,作為此處所謂之黏著賦予樹脂之軟化點,可採用文獻或目錄等中所記載之標稱值。於無標稱值之情形時,可基於JIS K5902或JIS K2207中所規定之軟化點試驗方法(環球法)測定黏著賦予樹脂之軟化點。The softening point of the tack-imparting resin is not particularly limited. From a viewpoint of suppressing the fall of the cohesive force of an adhesive layer, it is preferable to use the tackiness imparting resin whose softening point is 80 degreeC or more. The softening point of the tackifying resin may be 90°C or higher, 100°C or higher, 110°C or higher, or 120°C or higher. Adhesion imparting resins with a softening point of 130°C or higher or 140°C or higher can also be used. In addition, from the viewpoint of adhesiveness to the base material layer, adhesiveness to an adherend, etc., it is preferable to use a tackifying resin having a softening point of 200° C. or lower or 180° C. or lower. In addition, as the softening point of the tackiness imparting resin so-called here, the nominal value described in a document, a catalog, etc. can be used. When there is no nominal value, the softening point of the tack-imparting resin can be measured based on the softening point test method (ring and ball method) stipulated in JIS K5902 or JIS K2207.

就較佳地發揮其使用效果之觀點而言,黏著賦予樹脂之使用量相對於構成黏著劑層中所含之聚合物之單體成分100重量份,適當設為1重量份以上,亦可為5重量份以上,亦可為10重量份以上。於若干較佳之態樣中,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之黏著賦予樹脂之使用量超過10重量份,更佳為15重量份以上,進而較佳為18重量份以上,尤佳為20重量份以上(例如22重量份以上),亦可為25重量份以上,亦可為28重量份以上,亦可為32重量份以上,亦可為35重量份以上。又,就平衡良好地兼顧對基材層或被黏著體之密接性與凝聚性之觀點而言,相對於單體成分100重量份之黏著賦予樹脂之使用量例如適當設為未達100重量份,可為70重量份以下,亦可為50重量份以下,亦可為40重量份以下,亦可為30重量份以下,亦可為20重量份以下。藉由將黏著賦予樹脂之使用量限制為適當範圍,黏著賦予樹脂與黏著劑良好地相溶,可有效地發揮黏著賦予樹脂之添加效果(接著力等黏著特性)。或者,亦可為實質上不含有黏著賦予樹脂之黏著劑層。From the viewpoint of better exerting its use effect, the usage-amount of the tack-imparting resin is suitably set at 1 weight part or more with respect to 100 weight parts of monomer components constituting the polymer contained in the adhesive layer, and may be 5 parts by weight or more, and may be 10 parts by weight or more. In some preferred aspects, the amount of the tack-imparting resin relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components exceeds 10 parts by weight, more preferably 15 parts by weight or more, further preferably 18 parts by weight or more, and most preferably 20 parts by weight. More than 22 parts by weight, for example 22 parts by weight or more, 25 parts by weight or more, 28 parts by weight or more, 32 parts by weight or more, or 35 parts by weight or more. Also, from the viewpoint of well-balanced adhesion and cohesiveness to the base material layer or the adherend, the usage-amount of the tackiness-imparting resin relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is suitably set to less than 100 parts by weight, for example. , may be less than 70 parts by weight, may be less than 50 parts by weight, may be less than 40 parts by weight, may be less than 30 parts by weight, may also be less than 20 parts by weight. By limiting the amount of the tackifying resin used to an appropriate range, the tackifying resin and the adhesive are compatible well, and the effect of adding the tackifying resin (adhesive properties such as adhesive force) can be effectively exhibited. Alternatively, it may be an adhesive layer that does not substantially contain an adhesive-imparting resin.

(矽烷偶合劑) 於若干態樣中,可使黏著劑層中含有矽烷偶合劑。根據包含矽烷偶合劑之黏著劑層,可較佳地實現接著力較高之表面保護片材。矽烷偶合劑可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 (silane coupling agent) In some aspects, the adhesive layer may contain a silane coupling agent. According to the adhesive layer containing the silane coupling agent, a surface protection sheet with high adhesive force can be preferably realized. A silane coupling agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

作為矽烷偶合劑,可例舉:3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷等具有環氧結構之矽化合物;3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷等含胺基之矽化合物;3-氯丙基三甲氧基矽烷;含乙醯乙醯基之三甲氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等含(甲基)丙烯醯基之矽烷偶合劑;3-異氰酸基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等含異氰酸基之矽烷偶合劑等。其中,作為較佳例,可例舉3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷及含乙醯乙醯基之三甲氧基矽烷。Examples of silane coupling agents include: 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) Ethyltrimethoxysilane and other silicon compounds with epoxy structure; 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl) 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-( 2-aminoethyl) 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane and other amino-containing silicon compounds; 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane; 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane and other silane coupling agents containing (meth)acrylyl; 3-isocyanatopropyl Isocyanate-containing silane coupling agents such as triethoxysilane, etc. Among them, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane and acetoacetyl group-containing trimethoxysilane can be mentioned as preferable examples.

矽烷偶合劑之使用量可以獲得所需之使用效果之方式進行設定,並無特別限定。於若干態樣中,矽烷偶合劑之使用量相對於構成黏著劑層中所含之聚合物之單體成分100重量份,例如可為0.001重量份以上,就獲得更高之效果之觀點而言,可為0.005重量份以上,亦可為0.01重量份以上,亦可為0.015重量份以上。又,就接著性提昇之觀點而言,於若干態樣中,矽烷偶合劑之使用量相對於構成黏著劑層之單體成分100重量份,例如可為3重量份以下,亦可為1重量份以下,亦可為0.5重量份以下。又,本文所揭示之技術可於使用實質上不含矽烷偶合劑之黏著劑組合物之態樣中實施。藉由限制矽烷偶合劑之使用,或不使用矽烷偶合劑,可抑制經時性之黏著力上升,又,容易獲得良好之水剝離性。The usage amount of the silane coupling agent can be set so as to obtain the desired usage effect, and is not particularly limited. In some aspects, the amount of the silane coupling agent used is, for example, 0.001 part by weight or more relative to 100 parts by weight of monomer components constituting the polymer contained in the adhesive layer, from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect , may be 0.005 parts by weight or more, may be 0.01 parts by weight or more, and may be 0.015 parts by weight or more. Also, from the viewpoint of improving adhesiveness, in some aspects, the amount of the silane coupling agent used may be, for example, 3 parts by weight or less, or 1 part by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer components constituting the adhesive layer. part or less, or 0.5 part by weight or less. Also, the technology disclosed herein can be implemented in an aspect using an adhesive composition that does not substantially contain a silane coupling agent. By restricting the use of silane coupling agents or not using silane coupling agents, the increase in adhesive force over time can be suppressed, and good water releasability can be easily obtained.

再者,於單體成分包含含烷氧基矽烷基之單體之態樣中,亦可利用上述含烷氧基矽烷基之單體作為黏著劑層中所含之矽烷偶合劑之一部分或全部。Furthermore, in the aspect where the monomer component contains an alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer, the aforementioned alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer can also be used as part or all of the silane coupling agent contained in the adhesive layer. .

(光聚合起始劑) 本文所揭示之黏著劑組合物及光硬化性黏著劑層中,以光硬化性之賦予等為目的,可視需要含有光聚合起始劑(亦稱為光反應觸媒)。作為光聚合起始劑,與作為可用於合成丙烯酸系聚合物者所例示之光聚合起始劑同樣地,可使用縮酮系光聚合起始劑、苯乙酮系光聚合起始劑、安息香醚系光聚合起始劑、醯基氧化膦系光聚合起始劑、α-酮醇系光聚合起始劑、芳香族磺醯氯系光聚合起始劑、光活性肟系光聚合起始劑、安息香系光聚合起始劑、苯偶醯系光聚合起始劑、二苯甲酮系光聚合起始劑、9-氧硫𠮿

Figure 111105242-A0304-1
系光聚合起始劑等。光聚合起始劑可單獨使用1種或適宜組合使用2種以上。 (Photopolymerization Initiator) The adhesive composition and photocurable adhesive layer disclosed herein may optionally contain a photopolymerization initiator (also called a photoreaction catalyst) for the purpose of imparting photocurability, etc. ). As the photopolymerization initiator, ketal-based photopolymerization initiators, acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiators, benzoin Ether-based photopolymerization initiators, acyl phosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators, α-keto alcohol-based photopolymerization initiators, aromatic sulfonyl chloride-based photopolymerization initiators, photoactive oxime-based photopolymerization initiators agent, benzoin-based photopolymerization initiator, benzoyl-based photopolymerization initiator, benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiator, 9-oxosulfur
Figure 111105242-A0304-1
Department of photopolymerization initiator, etc. A photoinitiator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types suitably.

黏著劑層中之光聚合起始劑之含量並無特別限定,可以恰當地發揮所需之效果之方式進行設定。於若干態樣中,光聚合起始劑之含量相對於黏著劑層中所含之聚合物(典型而言,丙烯酸系聚合物)之單體成分100重量份,例如可設為約0.005重量份以上,適當設為0.01重量份以上,較佳為設為0.05重量份以上,亦可設為0.10重量份以上,亦可設為0.15重量份以上,亦可設為0.20重量份以上。藉由光聚合起始劑之含量之增大,使得黏著劑層之光硬化性提昇。又,相對於上述單體成分100重量份之光聚合起始劑之含量適當設為5重量份以下,較佳為設為2重量份以下,亦可設為1重量份以下,亦可設為0.7重量份以下,亦可設為0.5重量份以下。光聚合起始劑之含量不過多就表面保護片材之保存穩定性(例如,對於光劣化之穩定性)提昇之觀點而言可變得有利。The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be set so that desired effects can be appropriately exhibited. In some aspects, the content of the photopolymerization initiator can be set to about 0.005 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of monomer components of the polymer (typically, acrylic polymer) contained in the adhesive layer. The above is suitably set to 0.01 parts by weight or more, preferably 0.05 parts by weight or more, may be 0.10 parts by weight or more, may be 0.15 parts by weight or more, and may be 0.20 parts by weight or more. By increasing the content of the photopolymerization initiator, the photohardenability of the adhesive layer is improved. Also, the content of the photopolymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by weight of the above-mentioned monomer components is suitably set to 5 parts by weight or less, preferably 2 parts by weight or less, may be 1 part by weight or less, or may be set to 0.7 parts by weight or less, may be 0.5 parts by weight or less. It may become advantageous from the viewpoint of improvement of the storage stability (for example, stability with respect to photodegradation) of a surface protection sheet that the content of a photoinitiator is not too much.

包含光聚合起始劑之黏著劑層典型而言可使用包含該光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組合物(例如溶劑型黏著劑組合物)而形成。包含光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組合物例如可將該組合物中所使用之其他成分與光聚合起始劑混合而製備。又,於使用在光聚合起始劑之存在下合成(光聚合)之聚合物(典型而言,丙烯酸系聚合物)而製備黏著劑組合物之情形時,亦可利用合成上述聚合物時所使用之光聚合起始劑之殘留物(未反應物)作為黏著劑層中所含之光聚合起始劑之一部分或全部。使用在光聚合起始劑之存在下合成者作為視需要使用之丙烯酸系寡聚物之情形亦相同。就製造管理之容易性之觀點而言,本文所揭示之黏著劑層可使用於其他構成成分中新添加上述量之光聚合起始劑所製備之黏著劑組合物而較佳地形成。Typically, the adhesive layer containing a photoinitiator can be formed using the adhesive composition (for example, a solvent type adhesive composition) containing this photoinitiator. The adhesive composition containing a photoinitiator can be prepared, for example by mixing other components used in this composition with a photoinitiator. In addition, in the case of preparing an adhesive composition using a polymer (typically, an acrylic polymer) synthesized (photopolymerized) in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator, it is also possible to utilize the The residue (unreacted matter) of the photopolymerization initiator used is used as a part or all of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive layer. The same applies to the case of using one synthesized in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator as an optionally used acrylic oligomer. From the viewpoint of ease of production management, the adhesive layer disclosed herein can be preferably formed using an adhesive composition prepared by newly adding the above-mentioned amount of photopolymerization initiator to other constituents.

(其他成分) 用於形成黏著劑層之黏著劑組合物可為視需要含有以pH值調整等為目的而使用之酸或鹼(氨水等)者。作為該組合物中可含有之其他任意成分,可例示:黏度調整劑(例如增黏劑)、調平劑、塑化劑、填充劑、顏料或染料等著色劑、穩定劑、防腐劑、防老化劑等黏著劑組合物之領域中一般之各種添加劑。關於此種各種添加劑,可藉由常規方法使用先前公知者,由於並非特別對本發明賦予特徵者,故而省略詳細之說明。再者,雖無特別限定,但本文所揭示之技術可於具備以上述聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物)作為主成分之黏著劑層之態樣中較佳地實施。於若干態樣中,上述聚合物(例如丙烯酸系聚合物)於上述黏著劑層中所占之比率為約85重量%以上(例如85~100重量%),亦可為90重量%以上,亦可為95重量%以上。 (other ingredients) The adhesive composition used for forming an adhesive layer may contain the acid or alkali (ammonia etc.) used for pH adjustment etc. as needed. Examples of other optional components that may be contained in the composition include viscosity modifiers (such as tackifiers), leveling agents, plasticizers, fillers, coloring agents such as pigments or dyes, stabilizers, preservatives, anti-corrosion agents, etc. Various additives commonly used in the field of adhesive compositions such as aging agents. Regarding such various additives, previously known ones can be used by conventional methods, and since they do not particularly characterize the present invention, detailed descriptions will be omitted. Furthermore, although there is no particular limitation, the technique disclosed herein can be preferably implemented in an aspect having an adhesive layer mainly composed of the above-mentioned polymer (such as an acrylic polymer). In some aspects, the ratio of the above-mentioned polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) in the above-mentioned adhesive layer is about 85% by weight or more (for example, 85-100% by weight), or 90% by weight or more, or It may be 95% by weight or more.

(黏著劑層之形成) 黏著劑層可為黏著劑組合物之硬化層。即,該黏著劑層可藉由將黏著劑組合物賦予(例如塗佈)至適當之表面後,適宜實施硬化處理而形成。於進行2種以上之硬化處理(乾燥、交聯、聚合等)之情形時,該等可同時或歷經多階段而進行。於使用單體成分之部分聚合物(丙烯酸系聚合體漿液)之黏著劑組合物中,典型而言,作為上述硬化處理,進行最終之共聚反應。即,將部分聚合物供至進一步之共聚反應而形成完全聚合物。例如,若為光硬化性之黏著劑組合物,則實施光照射。亦可視需要實施交聯、乾燥等硬化處理。例如,於必須以光硬化性黏著劑組合物進行乾燥之情形時,可於乾燥後進行光硬化。於使用完全聚合物之黏著劑組合物中,典型而言,作為上述硬化處理,視需要實施乾燥(加熱乾燥)、交聯等處理。兩層以上之多層構造之黏著劑層可藉由貼合預先形成之黏著劑層而製作。或者,亦可於預先形成之第一黏著劑層上塗佈黏著劑組合物,使該黏著劑組合物硬化而形成第二黏著劑層。 (Formation of Adhesive Layer) The adhesive layer may be a hardened layer of the adhesive composition. That is, the adhesive layer can be formed by applying (for example, applying) the adhesive composition to an appropriate surface, and then performing a hardening treatment as appropriate. When performing two or more types of hardening treatments (drying, crosslinking, polymerization, etc.), these may be performed simultaneously or through multiple stages. In an adhesive composition using a partial polymer (acrylic polymer syrup) of a monomer component, typically, the final copolymerization reaction is performed as the curing treatment described above. That is, part of the polymer is subjected to further copolymerization to form a complete polymer. For example, in the case of a photocurable adhesive composition, light irradiation is performed. Hardening treatments such as crosslinking and drying may also be performed as needed. For example, when drying with a photocurable adhesive composition is necessary, photocuring may be performed after drying. In an adhesive composition using a complete polymer, typically, drying (heat drying), crosslinking, and other treatments are performed as the above-mentioned hardening treatment, if necessary. The adhesive layer of a multi-layer structure of two or more layers can be produced by laminating pre-formed adhesive layers. Alternatively, the adhesive composition may be applied on the previously formed first adhesive layer, and the adhesive composition may be cured to form the second adhesive layer.

黏著劑組合物之塗佈例如可使用凹版輥式塗佈機、逆輥塗佈機、接觸輥塗佈機、浸漬輥塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、噴霧塗佈機等慣用之塗佈機而實施。例如,作為於基材層上設置黏著劑層之方法,可使用對該基材層直接賦予黏著劑組合物而形成黏著劑層之直接法,亦可使用將形成於剝離面上之黏著劑層轉印至基材層之轉印法。For the coating of the adhesive composition, for example, gravure roll coater, reverse roll coater, touch roll coater, dip roll coater, rod coater, knife coater, spray coater can be used Wait for the customary coating machine to implement. For example, as a method of providing an adhesive layer on a base layer, a direct method of directly applying an adhesive composition to the base layer to form an adhesive layer may be used, or an adhesive layer to be formed on a peeling surface may be used. Transfer printing to the substrate layer.

黏著劑層之厚度並無特別限定,例如可為3 μm~1000 μm左右。就使黏著劑層密接於基材層或被黏著體而提高耐水可靠性之觀點而言,於若干態樣中,黏著劑層之厚度較佳為5 μm以上(例如超過5 μm),更佳為10 μm以上(例如超過10 μm),進而較佳為15 μm以上,尤佳為20 μm以上。本文所揭示之表面保護片材具有水剝離性,可利用該水剝離而自被黏著體順利地剝離去除,因此可增大黏著劑層之厚度,提高起點剝離力等接著力,保持或提昇保護性。又,就防止因黏著劑層之凝聚破壞而產生糊劑殘留之觀點而言,於若干態樣中,黏著劑層之厚度例如可為500 μm以下,亦可為300 μm以下,亦可為200 μm以下,亦可為150 μm以下。於若干較佳之態樣中,黏著劑層之厚度為100 μm以下,更佳為60 μm以下,進而較佳為50 μm以下,例如亦可為40 μm以下,亦可為30 μm以下。藉由限制黏著劑層之厚度,可限制自黏著劑層端部之水滲入,可抑制浸漬於水性液體或溫水之狀態下之接著力降低。再者,黏著劑層可為單層構造,亦可具有兩層以上之多層構造。The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 3 μm to 1000 μm. From the viewpoint of making the adhesive layer adhere to the substrate layer or the adherend to improve water resistance reliability, in some aspects, the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 5 μm or more (for example, more than 5 μm), more preferably It is 10 μm or more (for example, more than 10 μm), more preferably 15 μm or more, particularly preferably 20 μm or more. The surface protection sheet disclosed in this paper has water releasability, and can be successfully peeled and removed from the adherend by using the water releasability. Therefore, the thickness of the adhesive layer can be increased, the adhesion such as the peeling force at the starting point can be increased, and the protection can be maintained or improved. sex. In addition, from the viewpoint of preventing paste residue due to coagulation and destruction of the adhesive layer, in some aspects, the thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 500 μm or less, or may be 300 μm or less, or may be 200 μm or less. μm or less, or 150 μm or less. In some preferred aspects, the thickness of the adhesive layer is less than 100 μm, more preferably less than 60 μm, further preferably less than 50 μm, for example, may be less than 40 μm, or less than 30 μm. By limiting the thickness of the adhesive layer, water infiltration from the end of the adhesive layer can be restricted, and the reduction of the adhesive force in the state of immersion in aqueous liquid or warm water can be suppressed. Furthermore, the adhesive layer may have a single-layer structure, or may have a multi-layer structure of two or more layers.

於若干態樣中,黏著劑層之60℃下之損失彈性模數G"(60℃損失彈性模數G")較佳為處於10 kPa以上且50 kPa以下之範圍內。根據具備具有上述範圍之60℃損失彈性模數G"之黏著劑層之表面保護片材,基於該黏著劑之黏性項(60℃損失彈性模數G")而耐溫水性提昇,例如即便於藥液(典型而言,水溶液之形態)或溫水中使用,亦容易維持對於被黏著體之密接狀態,不表現基於水剝離性之接著力降低,或容易抑制接著力降低。因此,即便於以將上述表面保護片材貼附於保護對象物之狀態下將該保護對象物於液中進行處理之情形時,亦可較佳地保持保護所需之接著性。又,可認為於溫水中因基材層之膨脹收縮而對表面保護片材端部施加剝離負載時,於60℃下具有特定之黏性項之黏著劑中,上述剝離負載轉化為熱能而可得以減輕,因此容易維持穩定之接著狀態。此種表面保護片材可成為例如於上述液中處理中不產生自端部之剝離之保護性優異者。In some aspects, the loss elastic modulus G" at 60°C of the adhesive layer (60°C loss elastic modulus G") is preferably in the range of not less than 10 kPa and not more than 50 kPa. According to the surface protection sheet having the adhesive layer having the 60°C loss elastic modulus G" in the above range, the hot water resistance is improved based on the viscosity of the adhesive (60°C loss elastic modulus G"), for example, even When used in liquid medicine (typically, in the form of an aqueous solution) or warm water, it is also easy to maintain an adherent state with respect to the adherend, and does not show or suppress the decrease in adhesive force due to water peelability. Therefore, even when the object to be protected is treated in a liquid with the surface protection sheet attached to the object to be protected, the adhesiveness required for protection can be preferably maintained. In addition, when a peeling load is applied to the end of the surface protection sheet due to the expansion and contraction of the base layer in warm water, the peeling load is converted into heat energy in an adhesive having a specific viscosity term at 60°C. It is lightened, so it is easy to maintain a stable bonding state. Such a surface protection sheet can be, for example, excellent in protective properties that do not cause peeling from the edges during the above-mentioned submerged liquid treatment.

於若干較佳之態樣中,就藥液或溫水浸漬後之接著性之觀點而言,上述黏著劑層之60℃損失彈性模數G"為12 kPa以上,更佳為15 kPa以上,亦可為18 kPa以上,亦可為22 kPa以上,亦可為25 kPa以上,亦可為28 kPa以上,亦可為30 kPa以上,亦可為32 kPa以上。藉由將60℃損失彈性模數G"設定得較高,可將30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1維持得較高。於若干態樣中,上述60℃損失彈性模數G"之上限可為45 kPa以下,亦可為40 kPa以下,亦可為35 kPa以下。藉由將黏著劑層之60℃損失彈性模數G"限制為特定值以下,容易獲得具有適於表面保護用途之良好之黏著特性之黏著劑。於其他若干態樣中,上述黏著劑層之60℃損失彈性模數G"可為30 kPa以下,亦可為25 kPa以下,亦可為20 kPa以下。In some preferred aspects, from the viewpoint of adhesiveness after immersion in the chemical solution or warm water, the 60°C loss elastic modulus G" of the above-mentioned adhesive layer is 12 kPa or more, more preferably 15 kPa or more, and also It can be above 18 kPa, above 22 kPa, above 25 kPa, above 28 kPa, above 30 kPa, or above 32 kPa. G" is set higher, and the adhesive force F1 can be maintained higher after 30 minutes of warm water immersion. In some aspects, the upper limit of the above-mentioned 60°C loss modulus of elasticity G" may be less than 45 kPa, or less than 40 kPa, or less than 35 kPa. By changing the 60°C loss modulus of elasticity of the adhesive layer to When G" is limited to a certain value or less, it is easy to obtain an adhesive having good adhesive properties suitable for surface protection applications. In some other aspects, the 60°C loss elastic modulus G" of the above-mentioned adhesive layer may be 30 kPa or less, 25 kPa or less, or 20 kPa or less.

更具體而言,上述黏著劑層之60℃損失彈性模數G"可為11 kPa以上或以下、12 kPa以上或以下、13 kPa以上或以下、14 kPa以上或以下、15 kPa以上或以下、16 kPa以上或以下、17 kPa以上或以下、18 kPa以上或以下、19 kPa以上或以下、20 kPa以上或以下、21 kPa以上或以下、22 kPa以上或以下、23 kPa以上或以下、24 kPa以上或以下、25 kPa以上或以下、26 kPa以上或以下、27 kPa以上或以下、28 kPa以上或以下、29 kPa以上或以下、30 kPa以上或以下、31 kPa以上或以下、32 kPa以上或以下、33 kPa以上或以下、34 kPa以上或以下、35 kPa以上或以下、36 kPa以上或以下、37 kPa以上或以下、38 kPa以上或以下、39 kPa以上或以下、40 kPa以上或以下、41 kPa以上或以下、42 kPa以上或以下、43 kPa以上或以下、44 kPa以上或以下、45 kPa以上或以下、46 kPa以上或以下、47 kPa以上或以下、48 kPa以上或以下、49 kPa以上或以下。More specifically, the 60°C loss elastic modulus G" of the above adhesive layer may be 11 kPa or less, 12 kPa or less, 13 kPa or less, 14 kPa or less, 15 kPa or less, 16 kPa or less, 17 kPa or less, 18 kPa or less, 19 kPa or less, 20 kPa or less, 21 kPa or less, 22 kPa or less, 23 kPa or less, 24 kPa Above or below, above or below 25 kPa, above or below 26 kPa, above or below 27 kPa, above or below 28 kPa, above or below 29 kPa or below, above or below 30 kPa, above or below 31 kPa, above or below 32 kPa Below, above or below 33 kPa, above or below 34 kPa, above or below 35 kPa, above or below 36 kPa, above or below 37 kPa, above or below 38 kPa, above or below 39 kPa, above or below 40 kPa, Above or below 41 kPa, above or below 42 kPa, above or below 43 kPa, above or below 44 kPa, above or below 45 kPa, above or below 46 kPa, above or below 47 kPa, above or below 48 kPa, 49 kPa above or below.

上述60℃損失彈性模數G"主要可藉由調整黏著劑中所含之聚合物之分子量或分子量分佈而獲得,此外,亦可藉由黏著劑中之交聯密度等進行調整。黏著劑層之60℃損失彈性模數G"可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。The above 60°C loss elastic modulus G" can be obtained mainly by adjusting the molecular weight or molecular weight distribution of the polymer contained in the adhesive. In addition, it can also be adjusted by the cross-linking density in the adhesive. Adhesive layer The 60°C loss elastic modulus G" can be measured by the method described in the examples described later.

(耐反彈性) 雖無特別限定,但作為黏著劑(層),可較佳地使用如下黏著劑,即於後述之實施例中所記載之方法中所實施之耐反彈性試驗中,自壓接於被黏著體起1小時後之剝離距離為3.0 mm以下。具有此種耐反彈性之黏著劑(層)針對具有該黏著劑(層)之表面保護片材之厚度方向之物理負載(剝離負載),不易自被黏著體產生端部剝離,從而可發揮優異之防端部剝離性。上述耐反彈性試驗中之上述剝離距離(自壓接起1小時後)較佳為1.0 mm以下,更佳為0.5 mm以下,進而較佳為0.3 mm以下,尤佳為0.2 mm以下,最佳為0.0 mm。上述耐反彈特性可基於黏著劑組成(黏著賦予劑之使用或黏著賦予劑種類之選擇、水親和劑之種類或使用量等)而實現。 (rebound resistance) Although not particularly limited, as the adhesive (layer), it is preferable to use an adhesive that is self-compression-bonded to the adherend in the rebound resistance test implemented in the method described in the examples described later. The peeling distance after 1 hour is 3.0 mm or less. The adhesive (layer) having such rebound resistance is less prone to end peeling from the adherend against the physical load (peeling load) in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet having the adhesive (layer), thereby exhibiting excellent performance. Anti-end stripping. The above-mentioned peeling distance (after one hour from crimping) in the above-mentioned rebound resistance test is preferably at most 1.0 mm, more preferably at most 0.5 mm, still more preferably at most 0.3 mm, most preferably at most 0.2 mm, and most preferably at most 0.2 mm. is 0.0mm. The anti-rebound property mentioned above can be realized based on the composition of the adhesive (the use of the adhesive imparting agent or the selection of the type of the adhesive imparting agent, the type or amount of the water affinity agent, etc.).

<基材層> 本文所揭示之表面保護片材可包含基材層。作為基材層之材質之非限定性例,可例舉:聚烯烴膜、聚酯膜、聚氯乙烯膜等各種樹脂膜;包含聚胺基甲酸酯泡沫、聚乙烯泡沫、聚氯丁二烯泡沫等發泡體之發泡體片材;利用各種纖維狀物質(可為麻、棉等天然纖維、聚酯、維尼綸等合成纖維、乙酸酯等半合成纖維等)之單獨或混紡等獲得之織布及不織布;日本紙、道林紙、牛皮紙、皺紋紙等紙類;鋁箔、銅箔、不鏽鋼(SUS)等金屬箔等,可自該等之1種或將2種以上複合之構成之層狀體中選定適當之材料而用作基材層材料。作為上述複合構造之基材層之例,例如可例舉:金屬箔與上述樹脂膜積層之構造之積層基材(多層構造基材)、藉由玻璃布等無機纖維強化之樹脂片材等。 <Substrate layer> The surface protection sheet disclosed herein may include a substrate layer. As a non-limiting example of the material of the substrate layer, various resin films such as polyolefin film, polyester film, and polyvinyl chloride film; including polyurethane foam, polyethylene foam, polychloroprene film, etc. Foam sheets of foams such as olefin foam; single or blended spinning of various fibrous materials (natural fibers such as hemp and cotton, synthetic fibers such as polyester and vinylon, semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate, etc.) Woven and non-woven fabrics obtained from others; paper such as Japanese paper, wood paper, kraft paper, and crepe paper; metal foils such as aluminum foil, copper foil, and stainless steel (SUS), etc., which can be obtained from one or more than two types of composites. Select an appropriate material from the layered body of the composition and use it as the material of the base material layer. Examples of the substrate layer of the above-mentioned composite structure include laminated substrates (multilayer substrates) in which a metal foil and the above-mentioned resin film are laminated, resin sheets reinforced with inorganic fibers such as glass cloth, and the like.

作為基材層之材料,可較佳地使用各種膜(以下,亦稱為基材膜)。上述基材膜可為如發泡體膜或不織布片材等般多孔質之膜,亦可為多孔質之層與非多孔質之層積層之構造之膜。於若干態樣中,作為上述基材膜,可較佳地使用包含可獨立地維持形狀之(自立型之或非依賴性之)樹脂膜作為基底膜者。此處,所謂「樹脂膜」,意指為非多孔質之構造,典型而言實質上不含氣泡之(無空隙之)樹脂膜。因此,上述樹脂膜係與發泡體膜或不織布區別之概念。上述樹脂膜可為單層構造,亦可為兩層以上之多層構造(例如三層構造)。As a material of the base layer, various films (hereinafter also referred to as base film) can be preferably used. The aforementioned base film may be a porous film such as a foam film or a nonwoven sheet, or may be a film having a laminated structure of a porous layer and a non-porous layer. In some aspects, as the above-mentioned base film, one including a (self-supporting or non-dependent) resin film capable of independently maintaining its shape can be preferably used as the base film. Here, the "resin film" means a non-porous structure, typically a resin film substantially free of bubbles (no voids). Therefore, the above-mentioned resin film is a concept different from a foam film or a nonwoven fabric. The above-mentioned resin film may have a single-layer structure, or may have a multi-layer structure of two or more layers (for example, a three-layer structure).

作為構成樹脂膜之樹脂材料,例如可使用聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)或聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(PBT)、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(PEN)等聚酯;聚乙烯(PE)或聚丙烯(PP)、乙烯-丙烯共聚物等聚烯烴;源自具有降𦯉烯結構等脂肪族環結構之單體之聚環烯烴;尼龍6、尼龍66、部分芳香族聚醯胺等聚醯胺(PA);透明聚醯亞胺(CPI)等聚醯亞胺(PI)、聚醯胺醯亞胺(PAI);聚醚醚酮(PEEK);聚醚碸(PES);聚苯硫醚(PPS);聚碳酸酯(PC);聚胺基甲酸酯(PU);乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物(EVA);聚乙烯醇(PVA);聚苯乙烯;ABS樹脂;聚氯乙烯;聚偏二氯乙烯;聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)等氟樹脂;聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯等丙烯酸樹脂;二乙醯纖維素或三乙醯纖維素(TAC)等纖維素系聚合體;乙烯醇縮丁醛系聚合體;芳酯系聚合體;聚甲醛系聚合體;環氧系聚合體等樹脂。本文所揭示之基材層可為其表面由上述樹脂材料所構成者。可用作基材層之樹脂膜可自使用單獨包含1種上述樹脂之樹脂材料所形成者、或使用摻合有2種以上之樹脂材料所形成者中選定適當之材料而使用。上述樹脂膜亦可為包含1種或2種以上之樹脂材料之樹脂層、與包含與該樹脂層相同種類或不同種類之1種或2種以上之樹脂材料之樹脂層積層而成的複合樹脂膜。上述樹脂膜可未經延伸,亦可經延伸(例如單軸延伸或雙軸延伸)。As the resin material constituting the resin film, for example, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) or polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) can be used; Polyolefins such as ethylene (PE) or polypropylene (PP), ethylene-propylene copolymers; polycycloolefins derived from monomers with aliphatic ring structures such as nor-alkene structures; nylon 6, nylon 66, partially aromatic polyolefins Polyamide (PA) such as amide; polyimide (PI) such as transparent polyimide (CPI), polyamide imide (PAI); polyetheretherketone (PEEK); polyether (PES) ); polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); polycarbonate (PC); polyurethane (PU); ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); polyvinyl alcohol (PVA); polystyrene; ABS Resins; polyvinyl chloride; polyvinylidene chloride; fluorine resins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE); acrylic resins such as polymethyl methacrylate; cellulose such as diacetyl cellulose or triacetyl cellulose (TAC) polymers; vinyl butyral polymers; aryl ester polymers; polyoxymethylene polymers; epoxy polymers and other resins. The substrate layer disclosed herein may have its surface made of the above-mentioned resin materials. The resin film that can be used as the base material layer can be used by selecting an appropriate material from those formed using a resin material containing one of the above-mentioned resins alone, or those formed using a mixture of two or more resin materials. The above-mentioned resin film may also be a composite resin in which a resin layer containing one or more resin materials and a resin layer containing one or more resin materials of the same type or different types as the resin layer are laminated. membrane. The aforementioned resin film may be unstretched or stretched (for example, uniaxially stretched or biaxially stretched).

於若干較佳之態樣中,使用聚烯烴樹脂膜作為基材層。藉由使用聚烯烴樹脂膜,可較佳地獲得以適當之厚度發揮較佳之特性之表面保護片材。此處,所謂聚烯烴樹脂,係指以超過50重量%之比率含有聚烯烴之樹脂。作為聚烯烴樹脂,可單獨使用1種聚烯烴或組合使用2種以上之聚烯烴。該聚烯烴例如可為α-烯烴之均聚物、2種以上之α-烯烴之共聚物、1種或2種以上之α-烯烴與其他乙烯基單體之共聚物等。作為具體例,可例舉:PE、PP、聚-1-丁烯、聚-4-甲基-1-戊烯、乙烯丙烯橡膠(EPR)等乙烯-丙烯共聚物、乙烯-丙烯-丁烯共聚物、乙烯-丁烯共聚物、乙烯-乙烯醇共聚物、乙烯-丙烯酸乙酯共聚物等。低密度(LD)聚烯烴及高密度(HD)聚烯烴均可使用。作為聚烯烴樹脂膜之例,可例舉:未經延伸之聚丙烯(CPP)膜、雙軸延伸聚丙烯(OPP)膜、低密度聚乙烯(LDPE)膜、直鏈狀低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE)膜、中密度聚乙烯(MDPE)膜、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE)膜、摻合有2種以上之聚乙烯(PE)之聚乙烯(PE)膜、摻合有聚丙烯(PP)與聚乙烯(PE)之PP/PE摻合膜等。其中,就透濕度之觀點而言,較佳為OPP膜。In some preferred aspects, a polyolefin resin film is used as the substrate layer. By using a polyolefin resin film, it is possible to preferably obtain a surface protection sheet exhibiting preferable characteristics with an appropriate thickness. Here, the term "polyolefin resin" refers to a resin containing polyolefin in a ratio exceeding 50% by weight. As the polyolefin resin, one type of polyolefin may be used alone or two or more types of polyolefins may be used in combination. The polyolefin may be, for example, a homopolymer of α-olefin, a copolymer of two or more α-olefins, a copolymer of one or more α-olefins and other vinyl monomers, and the like. Specific examples include ethylene-propylene copolymers such as PE, PP, poly-1-butene, poly-4-methyl-1-pentene, ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR), ethylene-propylene-butene Copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymer, etc. Both low density (LD) polyolefins and high density (HD) polyolefins can be used. Examples of polyolefin resin films include unstretched polypropylene (CPP) films, biaxially stretched polypropylene (OPP) films, low-density polyethylene (LDPE) films, linear low-density polyethylene ( LLDPE) film, medium density polyethylene (MDPE) film, high density polyethylene (HDPE) film, polyethylene (PE) film blended with two or more types of polyethylene (PE), blended with polypropylene (PP) PP/PE blended film with polyethylene (PE), etc. Among them, an OPP film is preferable from the viewpoint of moisture permeability.

作為構成樹脂膜之樹脂材料之其他較佳例,可例舉:聚偏二氯乙烯樹脂、PPS樹脂、聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂、EVA樹脂、PTFE等氟樹脂。此處,所謂聚偏二氯乙烯樹脂,係指以超過50重量%之比率含有聚偏二氯乙烯之樹脂。同樣地,所謂PPS樹脂,係指以超過50重量%之比率含有PPS之樹脂。聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂、EVA樹脂、氟樹脂亦相同。上述所例示之聚烯烴樹脂(PE、PP)、或聚偏二氯乙烯樹脂、PPS樹脂、聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂、EVA樹脂、氟樹脂可與其他材料複合使用,亦可單獨使用各者而用作基材層。Other preferable examples of the resin material constituting the resin film include fluororesins such as polyvinylidene chloride resin, PPS resin, polyurethane resin, EVA resin, and PTFE. Here, the polyvinylidene chloride resin refers to a resin containing polyvinylidene chloride in a ratio of more than 50% by weight. Similarly, a PPS resin refers to a resin containing PPS in a ratio exceeding 50% by weight. The same applies to polyurethane resin, EVA resin, and fluororesin. The polyolefin resins (PE, PP), or polyvinylidene chloride resins, PPS resins, polyurethane resins, EVA resins, and fluororesins listed above can be used in combination with other materials, or can be used alone And used as a substrate layer.

於樹脂膜中,可視需要調配光穩定劑、抗氧化劑、抗靜電劑、著色劑(染料、顏料等)、填充材料、潤滑劑、抗黏連劑等公知之添加劑。添加劑之調配量並無特別限定,可根據用途等而適宜設定。In the resin film, known additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, lubricants, and antiblocking agents may be blended as needed. The compounding quantity of an additive is not specifically limited, According to a use etc., it can set suitably.

樹脂膜之製造方法並無特別限定。例如可適宜採用擠出成形、吹脹成形、T模澆鑄成形、砑光輥成形等先前公知之一般之樹脂膜成形方法。The manufacturing method of a resin film is not specifically limited. For example, conventionally known general resin film forming methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting, and calender roll molding can be suitably used.

上述基材層可為實質上由此種樹脂膜所構成者。或者,上述基材層亦可為除上述樹脂膜以外,亦包含輔助層者。作為上述輔助層之例,可例舉:光學特性調整層(例如著色層、抗反射層)、用以賦予所需之外觀之印刷層或層壓層、抗靜電層、底塗層、剝離層等表面處理層。The said base material layer may consist essentially of such a resin film. Alternatively, the base material layer may also include an auxiliary layer in addition to the resin film. Examples of the above-mentioned auxiliary layer include: an optical characteristic adjustment layer (such as a coloring layer, an antireflection layer), a printing layer or a laminated layer for imparting a desired appearance, an antistatic layer, a primer layer, and a peeling layer. and other surface treatment layers.

於其他若干態樣中,基材層具有含有無機材料之層(含無機材料之層)。藉由採用包含含無機材料之層之基材層,亦可實現由本文所揭示之技術所帶來之效果。藉由配置含無機材料之層,有阻隔性(防透濕性)提昇之傾向。於若干態樣中,作為具有含無機材料之層之基材層,可例舉:包含上述樹脂膜等作為基材主層,且具有設置於該基材主層之至少一表面之含無機材料之層之構成。於其他若干態樣中,基材層亦可為實質上包含含無機材料之層者。In some other aspects, the base material layer has a layer containing an inorganic material (a layer containing an inorganic material). The effects brought about by the techniques disclosed herein can also be achieved by using a substrate layer including a layer containing an inorganic material. By arranging a layer containing an inorganic material, the barrier property (moisture permeability prevention) tends to be improved. In some aspects, as the substrate layer having a layer containing an inorganic material, for example, the above-mentioned resin film or the like is included as the substrate main layer, and the inorganic material is provided on at least one surface of the substrate main layer. The composition of the layers. In some other aspects, the substrate layer may also substantially include a layer containing an inorganic material.

作為上述含無機材料之層中所使用之無機材料,可使用包含過渡金屬元素或半金屬元素之單質、合金之各種金屬材料、或無機氧化物等無機化合物中可形成親水性表面之材料。上述無機材料可單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。作為無機材料之較佳例,可例舉:氧化鈦、氧化鋅、氧化鎂、氧化鋁、氧化矽、氧化鈰、氧化鉻、氧化鋯、氧化錳、氧化鋅、氧化鐵、氧化錫、氧化鈮等氧化物(無機氧化物、典型而言為金屬氧化物)。其中,作為較佳之無機材料,可使用氧化矽等無機氧化物。又,作為無機材料之其他較佳例,可例舉:鋁箔、銅箔、不鏽鋼(SUS)等金屬箔(金屬材料)。含無機材料之層中,除上述無機材料以外,可包含亦可不包含可用作塗佈劑或黏合劑之包含有機高分子化合物之各種有機材料。As the inorganic material used in the above-mentioned inorganic material-containing layer, various metal materials including simple substances of transition metal elements or semi-metal elements, alloys, or inorganic compounds such as inorganic oxides that can form a hydrophilic surface can be used. The above-mentioned inorganic materials may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Preferable examples of inorganic materials include: titanium oxide, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, cerium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, manganese oxide, zinc oxide, iron oxide, tin oxide, niobium oxide and other oxides (inorganic oxides, typically metal oxides). Among them, inorganic oxides such as silicon oxide can be used as a preferable inorganic material. Moreover, metal foil (metal material) such as aluminum foil, copper foil, and stainless steel (SUS) is mentioned as another preferable example of an inorganic material. In addition to the above-mentioned inorganic materials, the layer containing an inorganic material may or may not contain various organic materials including organic polymer compounds that can be used as coating agents or adhesives.

含無機材料之層中之無機材料(例如氧化矽等無機氧化物)之量可設為可獲得目標親水性表面之適當量,並不限定於特定範圍。例如,含無機材料之層中之無機材料之含有比率可設為約30重量%以上,適當為約50重量%以上(例如超過50重量%),亦可為約70重量%以上。於若干較佳之態樣中,含無機材料之層中之無機材料之含有比率為約90~100重量%(例如約95重量%以上)。The amount of the inorganic material (for example, inorganic oxide such as silicon oxide) in the layer containing the inorganic material can be set to an appropriate amount to obtain the target hydrophilic surface, and is not limited to a specific range. For example, the content ratio of the inorganic material in the inorganic material-containing layer may be about 30% by weight or more, suitably about 50% by weight or more (for example, more than 50% by weight), or about 70% by weight or more. In some preferred aspects, the content ratio of the inorganic material in the layer containing the inorganic material is about 90 to 100% by weight (for example, about 95% by weight or more).

上述含無機材料之層之形成方法並無特別限定,可根據目標厚度等利用適當之方法形成。例如,可使用利用真空蒸鍍法或濺鍍法、或鍍覆法等公知之成膜方法形成為層狀之無機材料。於使用無機化合物作為無機材料之情形時,可使用各種蒸鍍法,例如可採用真空蒸鍍法、濺鍍法、離子鍍覆法等物理蒸鍍法(PVD)、或原子層沈積層等化學蒸鍍法(CVD)等。包含聚矽氧烷等無機聚合體之塗佈層之形成可自公知之塗佈劑中適宜選擇可獲得顯示所需之水接觸角之表面者,藉由慣例使用而進行。The method for forming the above-mentioned inorganic material-containing layer is not particularly limited, and can be formed by an appropriate method according to the intended thickness or the like. For example, an inorganic material formed into a layer by a known film-forming method such as a vacuum evaporation method, a sputtering method, or a plating method can be used. In the case of using an inorganic compound as an inorganic material, various evaporation methods can be used, such as physical evaporation (PVD) such as vacuum evaporation, sputtering, and ion plating, or chemical deposition such as atomic layer deposition. Evaporation method (CVD), etc. Formation of the coating layer containing an inorganic polymer such as polysiloxane can be appropriately selected from known coating agents that can obtain a surface exhibiting a desired water contact angle, and can be performed by conventional use.

含無機材料之層之厚度並無特別限定。於基材層具有基材主層及含無機材料之層之態樣中,就無損基材層本體(基材層之主層)之功能之觀點而言,含無機材料之層之厚度具體而言適當為約5 μm以下(例如未達5000 nm),亦可為約2 μm以下(例如未達2000 nm)。於若干態樣中,含無機材料之層之厚度為未達1000 nm,更佳為未達500 nm,進而較佳為未達100 nm,尤佳為未達50 nm,亦可為約30 nm以下,亦可為約20 nm以下,亦可為約15 nm以下(例如未達10 nm)。藉由設為此種厚度較薄之含無機材料之層,可無損基材層(基材層之主層)之功能而對基材層賦予阻隔性(防透濕性)等所需之特性。設為厚度較薄之含無機材料之層就輕量性、光學特性之觀點而言亦有利。又,含無機材料之層之厚度適當為1 nm以上(例如3 nm以上),例如就降低透濕度之觀點而言,可為約5 nm以上,亦可為約10 nm以上(例如15 nm以上)。The thickness of the layer containing the inorganic material is not particularly limited. In an aspect in which the substrate layer has a substrate main layer and an inorganic material-containing layer, the thickness of the inorganic material-containing layer is specifically determined from the viewpoint of not impairing the function of the substrate layer body (main layer of the substrate layer). It is suitably about 5 μm or less (for example, less than 5000 nm), and may be about 2 μm or less (for example, less than 2000 nm). In some aspects, the thickness of the layer containing the inorganic material is less than 1000 nm, more preferably less than 500 nm, further preferably less than 100 nm, especially less than 50 nm, and may be about 30 nm It may be less than about 20 nm, or less than about 15 nm (for example, less than 10 nm). By using such a thin inorganic material-containing layer, it is possible to impart desired properties such as barrier properties (moisture permeability prevention) to the base layer without impairing the function of the base layer (the main layer of the base layer) . It is also advantageous to use a thinner inorganic material-containing layer from the viewpoint of light weight and optical properties. In addition, the thickness of the layer containing the inorganic material is suitably 1 nm or more (for example, 3 nm or more), for example, from the viewpoint of reducing moisture permeability, it may be about 5 nm or more, or about 10 nm or more (for example, 15 nm or more). ).

於上述基材層具有基材主層及含無機材料之層之態樣中,基材主層之厚度(於除含無機材料之層以外具有複數個層之情形時,為含無機材料之層以外之層之總厚)適當設為基材層之總厚之50%以上,較佳為70%以上,更佳為90%以上,亦可為97%以上(例如99%以上)。In the aspect in which the above-mentioned base material layer has the base material main layer and the layer containing the inorganic material, the thickness of the base material main layer (in the case of having a plurality of layers other than the layer containing the inorganic material, is the layer containing the inorganic material The total thickness of other layers) is suitably at least 50% of the total thickness of the substrate layer, preferably at least 70%, more preferably at least 90%, and may be at least 97% (for example, at least 99%).

基材層可為單層構造,亦可為具有兩層以上之多層構造者。作為單層構造之基材層,可例舉包含樹脂膜之基材層。由樹脂膜所構成之基材層適於蝕刻液等藥液處理用途之表面保護片材。有柔軟性或可撓性亦優異之傾向。作為多層構造之基材層,可例舉包含多層構造之樹脂膜之構成、具有基材主層及含無機材料之層之構成。The base layer may have a single-layer structure, or may have a multi-layer structure of two or more layers. As a base material layer of a single-layer structure, the base material layer which consists of a resin film is mentioned. The substrate layer made of resin film is suitable for surface protection sheet for chemical solution treatment such as etching solution. It also tends to be excellent in softness or flexibility. As the base material layer of the multilayer structure, a configuration including a resin film of a multilayer structure, and a configuration having a base material main layer and a layer containing an inorganic material may, for example, be mentioned.

於若干態樣中,基材層(用作基材層之基材膜)較佳為利用杯式法所測定之透濕度為24 g/(m 2・day)以下。藉由設為具有如此限制之透濕度之構成,即便於藥液處理或溫水浸漬等與水性液體接觸之態樣中使用,藉由存在低透濕基材層,亦可適度地防止水性液體向黏著劑層滲入,不表現基於水剝離性之接著力降低,或接著力降低得到抑制。其結果,對於被黏著體之接著力得以維持,表面保護片材可維持與被黏著體之密接狀態。於若干較佳之態樣中,基材層之上述透濕度為約18 g/(m 2・day)以下,更佳為約14 g/(m 2・day)以下,進而較佳為約10 g/(m 2・day)以下,尤佳為約8 g/(m 2・day)以下,亦可為約5 g/(m 2・day)以下(例如約3 g/(m 2・day)以下)。又,於表面保護片材曝露於溫水等熱之情形時,若上述透濕度過度低,則有由於因熱所致之老化而無法有效地表現水剝離性之虞。就此種觀點而言,於若干態樣中,基材層之透濕度適當為1 g/(m 2・day)以上,較佳為約3 g/(m 2・day)以上,例如亦可為超過5 g/(m 2・day)。 In some aspects, the base layer (the base film used as the base layer) preferably has a moisture permeability measured by the cup method of 24 g/(m 2 ·day) or less. By adopting a structure having such a limited moisture permeability, even when used in a situation where it is in contact with aqueous liquids such as chemical solution treatment or warm water immersion, the presence of a low moisture permeability base layer can moderately prevent aqueous liquids from Penetration into the adhesive layer does not exhibit or suppresses the decrease in adhesive force due to water releasability. As a result, the adhesive force with respect to an adherend is maintained, and the surface protection sheet can maintain the adhesive state with an adherend. In some preferred aspects, the above-mentioned moisture permeability of the substrate layer is about 18 g/(m 2 ·day), more preferably about 14 g/(m 2 ·day), and more preferably about 10 g /( m2・day) or less, preferably less than about 8 g/( m2・day), or less than about 5 g/( m2・day) (for example, about 3 g/( m2・day) the following). Moreover, when the surface protection sheet is exposed to heat such as warm water, if the above-mentioned moisture permeability is too low, water releasability may not be effectively expressed due to aging due to heat. From this point of view, in some aspects, the moisture permeability of the substrate layer is suitably 1 g/(m 2 ·day) or more, preferably about 3 g/(m 2 ·day) or more, for example, may be More than 5 g/(m 2 ·day).

更具體而言,基材層之上述透濕度例如可為23 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、22 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、21 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、20 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、19 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、18 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、17 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、16 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、15 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、14 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、13 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、12 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、11 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、10 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、9 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、8 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、7 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、6 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、5 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、4 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、3 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、2 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下、或1 g/(m 2・day)以上或以下。 More specifically, the above-mentioned moisture permeability of the substrate layer may be, for example, 23 g/(m 2 ·day) or less, 22 g/(m 2 ·day) or less, 21 g/(m 2 ·day) Above or below, 20 g/(m 2・day) above or below, 19 g/(m 2・day) above or below, 18 g/(m 2・day) above or below, 17 g/(m 2・day) day) above or below, 16 g/(m 2 ·day) above or below, 15 g/(m 2 ·day) above or below, 14 g/(m 2 ·day) above or below, 13 g/(m 2・day) above or below, 12 g/( m2・day) above or below, 11 g/( m2・day) above or below, 10 g/(m2・day) above or below, 9 g/( m2・day) above or below (m 2・day) above or below, 8 g/(m 2・day) above or below, 7 g/(m 2・day) above or below, 6 g/(m 2・day) above or below, 5 g/(m 2・day) or more, 4 g/(m 2・day) or less, 3 g/(m 2・day) or more, 2 g/(m 2・day) or less , or above or below 1 g/(m 2 ·day).

基材層之上述透濕度可藉由選擇使用適當之不透濕性或低透濕性之基材材料而獲得。更具體而言,基材層之透濕度可利用後述之實施例中所記載之方法來測定。The aforementioned moisture permeability of the substrate layer can be obtained by selecting and using an appropriate substrate material with impermeable moisture permeability or low moisture permeability. More specifically, the water vapor transmission rate of the base material layer can be measured by the method described in the Examples described later.

作為基材層(用作基材層之基材膜)之25℃彎曲剛度值,與上述之表面保護片材可獲得之25℃彎曲剛度值之範圍相同,因此省略重複之說明。同樣地,關於基材層可獲得之25℃拉伸彈性模數、25℃100%伸長時應力、25℃斷裂應力及25℃斷裂應變之範圍,亦與表面保護片材之25℃拉伸彈性模數、25℃100%伸長時應力、25℃斷裂應力及25℃斷裂應變之範圍分別相同,因此省略重複之說明。關於基材層之25℃彎曲剛度值、25℃拉伸彈性模數、25℃100%伸長時應力、25℃斷裂應力及25℃斷裂應變,除使用基材層(用作基材層之基材膜)作為試片以外,可利用與表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值、25℃拉伸彈性模數、25℃100%伸長時應力、25℃斷裂應力及25℃斷裂應變分別相同之方法來測定。作為用於算出25℃彎曲剛度值、25℃拉伸彈性模數、25℃100%伸長時應力及25℃斷裂應力之試片之厚度及剖面面積,可使用基材層之厚度及剖面面積。再者,基材層之25℃彎曲剛度值與表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值同樣地,可為MD之25℃彎曲剛度值,亦可為TD之25℃彎曲剛度值,因此,可為MD之25℃彎曲剛度值及TD之25℃彎曲剛度值之至少一者之25℃彎曲剛度值,或者亦可為MD或TD之任意一方向之25℃彎曲剛度值。同樣地,基材層之25℃拉伸彈性模數可為MD之25℃拉伸彈性模數,亦可為TD之25℃拉伸彈性模數,因此,可為MD之25℃拉伸彈性模數及TD之25℃拉伸彈性模數之至少一者之25℃拉伸彈性模數,或者亦可為MD或TD之任意一方向之25℃拉伸彈性模數。同樣地,基材層之100%伸長時應力、斷裂應力及斷裂應變亦分別可為MD之測定值(100%伸長時應力、斷裂應力或斷裂應變),亦可為TD之測定值,因此,可為MD之測定值及TD之測定值之至少一者之測定值,或者亦可為MD或TD之任意一方向之測定值。The 25°C bending stiffness value of the substrate layer (substrate film used as the substrate layer) is in the same range as the range of the 25°C bending stiffness value obtained for the above-mentioned surface protection sheet, so repeated descriptions are omitted. Similarly, the ranges of the tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C, the stress at 100% elongation at 25°C, the stress at break at 25°C, and the strain at break at 25°C for the substrate layer are also related to the tensile elasticity at 25°C of the surface protection sheet. The ranges of modulus, stress at 100% elongation at 25°C, breaking stress at 25°C and breaking strain at 25°C are the same, so repeated explanations are omitted. Regarding the bending stiffness at 25°C, tensile modulus at 25°C, stress at 100% elongation at 25°C, breaking stress at 25°C, and breaking strain at 25°C for the base layer, unless the base layer is used material film) as the test piece, can use the same as the 25 ℃ bending stiffness value, 25 ℃ tensile elastic modulus, 25 ℃ 100% elongation stress, 25 ℃ breaking stress and 25 ℃ breaking strain of the surface protection sheet respectively. method to measure. The thickness and cross-sectional area of the base material layer can be used as the thickness and cross-sectional area of the test piece for calculating the bending stiffness at 25°C, the tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C, the stress at 100% elongation at 25°C, and the breaking stress at 25°C. Furthermore, the bending stiffness value at 25°C of the substrate layer is the same as the bending stiffness value at 25°C of the surface protection sheet. It is the 25°C bending stiffness value of at least one of the 25°C bending stiffness value of MD and the 25°C bending stiffness value of TD, or the 25°C bending stiffness value of any direction of MD or TD. Similarly, the 25°C tensile modulus of the substrate layer can be the 25°C tensile modulus of MD, or the 25°C tensile modulus of TD. Therefore, it can be the 25°C tensile modulus of MD. The 25°C tensile modulus of at least one of the modulus and the 25°C tensile modulus of TD, or the 25°C tensile modulus in either direction of MD or TD. Similarly, the stress at 100% elongation, breaking stress and breaking strain of the substrate layer can also be measured values of MD (stress at 100% elongation, breaking stress or breaking strain), and can also be measured values of TD. Therefore, It may be a measured value of at least one of a measured value of MD and a measured value of TD, or may be a measured value of either direction of MD or TD.

基材層之厚度並無特別限定,可根據保護目的或使用態樣等進行選擇。基材層之厚度例如可為約1000 μm以下,亦可為約300 μm以下,就輕量化或厚度變薄之觀點而言,適當為約200 μm以下,較佳為約150 μm以下,更佳為約100 μm以下,亦可為約75 μm以下(典型而言,未達75 μm),亦可為約50 μm以下,亦可為40 μm以下,亦可為30 μm以下。若基材層之厚度變小,則有表面保護片材之柔軟性或對被黏著體之表面形狀之追隨性提昇之傾向。又,藉由限制基材層之厚度,使起因於加熱之基材層之變形(膨脹收縮)得到抑制,因此例如即便於在溫水浸漬等加熱之態樣中使用之情形時,有容易維持對被黏著體之接著狀態之傾向。又,就操作性或加工性等觀點而言,基材層之厚度例如可為2 μm以上,亦可為超過5 μm。於若干態樣中,基材層之厚度適當為約10 μm以上,較佳為約15 μm以上,更佳為約20 μm以上,亦可為約30 μm以上,亦可為40 μm以上,亦可為50 μm以上。基材層之厚度越大,有越容易獲得較高之彎曲剛度值之傾向,且越容易改善防端部剝離性。又,有針對藥液滲入等之被黏著體之保護性提昇之傾向。於其他若干態樣中,基材層之厚度可為超過50 μm,亦可為超過75 μm,亦可為90 μm以上。The thickness of the substrate layer is not particularly limited, and can be selected according to the purpose of protection or usage. The thickness of the substrate layer may be, for example, about 1000 μm or less, or about 300 μm or less. From the viewpoint of weight reduction or thinning, it is suitably about 200 μm or less, preferably about 150 μm or less, more preferably It may be about 100 μm or less, about 75 μm or less (typically, less than 75 μm), about 50 μm or less, 40 μm or less, or 30 μm or less. When the thickness of the base layer becomes smaller, the flexibility of the surface protection sheet or the followability to the surface shape of the adherend tends to improve. In addition, by limiting the thickness of the base layer, the deformation (expansion and contraction) of the base layer caused by heating is suppressed, so it is easy to maintain even when it is used in a heated state such as warm water immersion. Tendency to adhere to the adherend. In addition, the thickness of the base material layer may be, for example, 2 μm or more, or may exceed 5 μm from the viewpoint of handleability, processability, and the like. In some aspects, the thickness of the substrate layer is suitably more than about 10 μm, preferably more than about 15 μm, more preferably more than about 20 μm, or more than about 30 μm, or more than 40 μm, or It may be 50 μm or more. The larger the thickness of the base material layer, the easier it is to obtain a higher bending stiffness value, and the easier it is to improve the edge peeling resistance. In addition, there is a tendency to improve the protection of the adherend against the penetration of the drug solution and the like. In some other aspects, the thickness of the substrate layer may exceed 50 μm, may exceed 75 μm, or may exceed 90 μm.

對於基材層之黏著劑層側表面,亦可視需要實施電暈處理或電漿處理等、紫外線照射處理、酸處理、鹼處理、底塗劑(primer)之塗佈等先前公知之表面處理。此種表面處理可為用以提昇基材層與黏著劑層之密接性、換言之黏著劑層對基材層之抓固性之處理。底塗劑之組成並無特別限定,可自公知者中適宜選擇。底塗層之厚度並無特別限制,例如適當為0.01 μm~1 μm左右,較佳為0.1 μm~1 μm左右。又,對於基材主層之表面(典型而言,含無機材料之層側表面),亦可實施上述之各種表面處理、抗靜電處理等表面處理。The surface on the side of the adhesive layer of the substrate layer may be subjected to previously known surface treatments such as corona treatment or plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, and primer coating, if necessary. Such surface treatment may be a treatment for improving the adhesion between the substrate layer and the adhesive layer, in other words, the gripping property of the adhesive layer on the substrate layer. The composition of the primer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known ones. The thickness of the primer layer is not particularly limited, for example, it is suitably about 0.01 μm to 1 μm, preferably about 0.1 μm to 1 μm. In addition, the surface of the substrate main layer (typically, the surface on the side of the layer containing the inorganic material) may be subjected to various surface treatments such as the above-mentioned surface treatment and antistatic treatment.

對於基材層中與黏著劑層側為相反側之面(以下,亦稱為背面),亦可視需要實施剝離處理、抗靜電處理等先前公知之表面處理。例如,藉由利用剝離處理劑對基材層之背面進行表面處理,可減輕捲繞成卷狀之形態之表面保護片材之退繞力。作為剝離處理劑,可使用聚矽氧系剝離處理劑、長鏈烷基系剝離處理劑、烯烴系剝離處理劑、氟系剝離處理劑、脂肪酸醯胺系剝離處理劑、硫化鉬、二氧化矽粉等。The surface (hereinafter, also referred to as the back surface) of the substrate layer opposite to the adhesive layer side may be subjected to conventionally known surface treatments such as peeling treatment and antistatic treatment as needed. For example, the unwinding force of the surface protection sheet wound in the form of a roll can be reduced by surface-treating the back surface of a base material layer with a release treatment agent. As the peeling agent, silicone-based peeling agent, long-chain alkyl-based peeling agent, olefin-based peeling agent, fluorine-based peeling agent, fatty acid amide-based peeling agent, molybdenum sulfide, and silicon dioxide can be used. powder etc.

<總厚度> 本文所揭示之表面保護片材(包含黏著劑層及基材層,但不包含剝離襯墊)之厚度並無特別限定,可設為3 μm以上,可為5 μm以上,適當為10 μm以上,就階差追隨性等與被黏著體之密接性之觀點而言,較佳為20 μm以上,更佳為30 μm以上,進而較佳為40 μm以上,亦可為45 μm以上。藉由表面保護片材具有特定值以上之厚度,有防端部剝離性亦提昇之傾向。又,有表面保護片材之厚度越大,針對藥液滲入等之被黏著體之保護性越提昇之傾向。於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之厚度大於50 μm,亦可為60 μm以上,亦可為70 μm以上,亦可為80 μm以上。於其他若干態樣中,表面保護片材之厚度可超過50 μm,亦可超過75 μm,亦可超過100 μm以上。表面保護片材之厚度之上限例如為5 mm以下,亦可為3 mm以下,亦可為1 mm以下。於若干態樣中,表面保護片材之厚度適當為300 μm以下,較佳為200 μm以下,更佳為150 μm以下,亦可為100 μm以下,亦可為75 μm以下,亦可為65 μm以下,例如亦可為55 μm以下。藉由將表面保護片材之厚度限制為特定值以下,表面保護片材有如下傾向:起因於加熱之變形(膨脹收縮)得到抑制,容易維持對被黏著體之接著狀態。使黏著片材之厚度變薄就薄膜化、小型化、輕量化、省資源化等方面而言亦有利。 <Total thickness> The thickness of the surface protection sheet disclosed herein (including the adhesive layer and the substrate layer, but excluding the release liner) is not particularly limited, and may be set to be 3 μm or more, may be 5 μm or more, and may be suitably 10 μm or more , from the viewpoint of adhesion to the adherend, such as step followability, is preferably 20 μm or more, more preferably 30 μm or more, further preferably 40 μm or more, and may be 45 μm or more. When the surface protection sheet has a thickness equal to or greater than a specific value, the edge peeling resistance tends to be improved as well. Also, the larger the thickness of the surface protection sheet, the more protective the adherend against the penetration of the chemical solution, etc., tends to be. In some aspects, the thickness of the surface protection sheet is greater than 50 μm, may be greater than 60 μm, may be greater than 70 μm, or may be greater than 80 μm. In some other aspects, the thickness of the surface protection sheet may exceed 50 μm, may exceed 75 μm, or may exceed 100 μm or more. The upper limit of the thickness of the surface protection sheet is, for example, 5 mm or less, may be 3 mm or less, or may be 1 mm or less. In some aspects, the thickness of the surface protection sheet is suitably less than 300 μm, preferably less than 200 μm, more preferably less than 150 μm, or less than 100 μm, or less than 75 μm, or less than 65 μm. μm or less, for example, may be 55 μm or less. By limiting the thickness of the surface protection sheet to a specific value or less, the surface protection sheet tends to suppress deformation (expansion and contraction) due to heating, and maintain an adhesive state to an adherend easily. Thinning the thickness of the adhesive sheet is also advantageous in terms of film reduction, miniaturization, weight reduction, resource saving, and the like.

<剝離襯墊> 作為本文所揭示之表面保護片材所使用之剝離襯墊,並無特別限定,例如可使用樹脂膜或紙等襯墊基材之表面經剝離處理之剝離襯墊、或包含氟系聚合體(聚四氟乙烯等)或聚烯烴系樹脂(聚乙烯、聚丙烯等)之低接著性材料之剝離襯墊等。上述剝離處理中,例如可使用聚矽氧系、長鏈烷基系等之剝離處理劑。於若干態樣中,可較佳地採用經剝離處理之樹脂膜作為剝離襯墊。 <Release liner> The release liner used for the surface protection sheet disclosed herein is not particularly limited. For example, a release liner whose surface has been released from a liner substrate such as a resin film or paper, or a release liner containing a fluorine-based polymer ( Polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.) or polyolefin-based resins (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.) for release liners of low-adhesion materials, etc. In the above-mentioned peeling treatment, for example, a silicone-based, long-chain alkyl-based, or other peeling treatment agent can be used. In some aspects, it is preferable to use a release-treated resin film as a release liner.

<剝離方法> 根據本說明書,提供一種貼附於被黏著體(保護對象物)之表面保護片材之剝離方法。上述剝離方法包括水剝離步驟,其係於在上述表面保護片材自上述被黏著體之剝離前線處在上述被黏著體與上述表面保護片材之界面存在水性液體之狀態下,一面使上述水性液體追隨於上述剝離前線之移動而進入至上述界面,一面將上述表面保護片材自上述被黏著體剝離。根據上述水剝離步驟,可有效利用上述水性液體而將表面保護片材自被黏著體剝離。 <Peel method> According to this specification, there is provided a peeling method of a surface protection sheet attached to an adherend (object to be protected). The above-mentioned peeling method includes a water peeling step, which is to make the above-mentioned aqueous The liquid follows the movement of the peeling front line and enters the interface to peel the surface protection sheet from the adherend. According to the said water peeling process, a surface protection sheet can be peeled from an adherend effectively using the said aqueous liquid.

作為水性液體,可使用於水或以水作為主成分之混合溶劑中視需要含有少量之添加劑者。作為構成上述混合溶劑之水以外之溶劑,可使用可與水均勻地混合之低級醇(例如乙醇)或低級酮(例如丙酮)等。作為上述添加劑,可使用公知之界面活性劑等。就避免污染被黏著體之觀點而言,於若干態樣中,可較佳地使用實質上不含添加劑之水性液體。就環境衛生之觀點而言,尤佳為使用水作為水性液體。作為水,並無特別限制,考慮根據用途所要求之純度或獲取容易性等,例如可使用蒸餾水、離子交換水、自來水等。As an aqueous liquid, it can be used in water or a mixed solvent with water as the main component, which may contain a small amount of additives if necessary. As a solvent other than water constituting the above-mentioned mixed solvent, a lower alcohol (such as ethanol) or a lower ketone (such as acetone) that can be uniformly mixed with water can be used. As said additive, a well-known surfactant etc. can be used. From the viewpoint of avoiding contamination of the adherend, in some aspects it may be preferable to use an aqueous liquid substantially free of additives. From the standpoint of sanitation, it is especially preferable to use water as the aqueous liquid. The water is not particularly limited, and it is possible to use, for example, distilled water, ion-exchanged water, tap water, etc., in consideration of the purity required by the application, ease of acquisition, and the like.

於若干態樣中,上述剝離方法例如可於如下態樣中較佳地進行,即與常態水剝離力FW0之測定時同樣地,對貼附於被黏著體之表面保護片材之外緣附近之被黏著體上供給水性液體,使該水性液體自上述表面保護片材之外緣進入至該表面保護片材與上述被黏著體之界面後,不供給新的水(即,僅利用於剝離開始前供給至被黏著體之水性液體)而進行表面保護片材之剝離。再者,若於水剝離步驟之中途,追隨於剝離前線之移動而進入至表面保護片材與被黏著體之界面之水於中途枯竭,則亦可於開始該水剝離步驟後,間斷地或連續地追加供給水。例如,於被黏著體具有吸水性之情形、或於剝離後之被黏著體表面或接著面容易殘留水性液體之情形等,可較佳地採用於開始水剝離步驟後追加供給水之態樣。In some aspects, the above-mentioned peeling method can be preferably carried out in the following aspect, that is, the same as the measurement of the normal water peeling force FW0, on the vicinity of the outer edge of the surface protection sheet attached to the adherend After the aqueous liquid is supplied to the adherend so that the aqueous liquid enters the interface between the surface protection sheet and the adherend from the outer edge of the above-mentioned surface protection sheet, no new water is supplied (that is, only used for peeling off) Aqueous liquid supplied to the adherend before the start) to peel off the surface protection sheet. Furthermore, if the water that entered the interface between the surface protection sheet and the adherend following the movement of the peeling front line dries up in the middle of the water peeling step, it may be intermittently or intermittently after starting the water peeling step. Continuously add water. For example, when the adherend is water-absorbent, or when an aqueous liquid tends to remain on the adherend surface or adhesive surface after peeling, it is preferable to supply additional water after starting the water peeling step.

於剝離開始前所供給之水性液體之量只要為可將上述水性液體自表面保護片材之貼附範圍外導入至該表面保護片材與被黏著體之界面之量即可,並無特別限定。上述水性液體之量例如可為5 μL以上,通常適當為10 μL以上,亦可為20 μL以上。又,關於上述水性液體之量之上限,並無特別限制。於若干態樣中,就提高作業性等觀點而言,上述水性液體之量例如可為10 mL以下,亦可為5 mL以下,亦可為1 mL以下,亦可為0.5 mL以下,亦可為0.1 mL以下,亦可為0.05 mL以下。藉由減少上述水性液體之量,可省略或簡化於表面保護片材之剝離後藉由乾燥或擦拭等去除上述水性液體之操作。The amount of the aqueous liquid supplied before peeling is not particularly limited as long as the above-mentioned aqueous liquid can be introduced from outside the attachment range of the surface protection sheet to the interface between the surface protection sheet and the adherend . The amount of the above-mentioned aqueous liquid may be, for example, 5 μL or more, usually 10 μL or more, and may be 20 μL or more. Also, there is no particular limitation on the upper limit of the amount of the aforementioned aqueous liquid. In some aspects, the amount of the above-mentioned aqueous liquid may be, for example, 10 mL or less, or 5 mL or less, or 1 mL or less, or 0.5 mL or less, from the viewpoint of improving workability or the like. It may be less than 0.1 mL, or less than 0.05 mL. By reducing the amount of the above-mentioned aqueous liquid, the operation of removing the above-mentioned aqueous liquid by drying or wiping after peeling off the surface protection sheet can be omitted or simplified.

於剝離開始時使水性液體自上述表面保護片材之外緣進入至該表面保護片材與上述被黏著體之界面之操作例如可以如下態樣進行,即於表面保護片材之外緣於上述界面插入截切刀或針等治具之尖端、利用鉤子或指甲等刮撓表面保護片材之外緣並提起、使強黏著性之黏著帶或吸盤等附著於表面保護片材之外緣附近之背面而提起該表面保護片材之端等。藉由如此般使水性液體自表面保護片材之外緣強制地進入至上述界面,可高效率地形成於被黏著體與上述表面保護片材之界面存在水性液體之狀態。又,可較佳地兼顧進行使水性液體強制地進入至界面之操作而形成剝離之起點後之良好之水剝離性、及未進行該操作之情形時之較高之耐水可靠性。The operation of allowing the aqueous liquid to enter the interface between the surface protection sheet and the adherend from the outer edge of the surface protection sheet at the start of peeling can be performed, for example, in the following manner: Insert the tip of a cutter or needle into the interface, use a hook or nail to scratch the outer edge of the surface protection sheet and lift it up, and attach a strong adhesive tape or suction cup to the vicinity of the outer edge of the surface protection sheet Lift the end of the surface protection sheet, etc. from the back side. By forcibly entering the aqueous liquid from the outer edge of the surface protection sheet to the above-mentioned interface in this way, it is possible to efficiently form a state where the aqueous liquid exists at the interface between the adherend and the above-mentioned surface protection sheet. In addition, good water peelability after the operation of forcibly entering the aqueous liquid into the interface to form the starting point of peeling is performed, and high water resistance reliability when the operation is not performed.

<用途> 本文所揭示之表面保護片材可用作各種用途之表面保護片材。例如,於使用藥液將玻璃或半導體晶圓、金屬板等進行化學處理或者實施切割或研磨等物理處理等各種處理中,可將本文所揭示之表面保護片材例如貼附於上述保護對象物之非處理面而使用。 <Use> The surface protection sheet disclosed herein can be used as a surface protection sheet for various purposes. For example, in various treatments such as chemically treating glass, semiconductor wafers, metal plates, etc. with chemical solutions, or performing physical treatments such as cutting or grinding, the surface protection sheet disclosed herein can be attached to the above-mentioned protected object, for example. It is used for non-treatment surface.

保護對象物之種類並無特別限定。本文所揭示之表面保護片材可用於保護各種構件或材料。本文所揭示之表面保護片材藉由利用水剝離之剝離而於剝離時能夠實現不會使被黏著體破損或變形之剝離,因此適於保護鹼玻璃等玻璃材料或半導體晶圓等。該等材料通常係厚度受到限制,容易因操作時或剝離時之外力而產生破裂或缺損、龜裂等之脆性材料(亦稱為硬脆材料)。藉由對此種被黏著體應用利用水剝離之剝離,可較佳地實現防止剝離時被黏著體破損。成為上述保護對象物之玻璃材料例如可為如用於平板型電腦或行動電話、有機LED(發光二極體)等之具有局部設置有透明導電膜(例如ITO(氧化銦錫)膜)或FPC(Flexible Printed Circuit,軟性印刷基板)之表面之玻璃板。又,作為保護對象物之較佳例,可例舉用於可摺疊顯示器或可捲曲顯示器之視窗玻璃或覆蓋玻璃等玻璃板。該等玻璃板構成為厚度較薄(例如厚度100 μm以下),破損之風險更大,但根據本文所揭示之技術,即便於保護對象物為如上所述之厚度較薄之脆性材料之情形時,亦可防止剝離時保護對象物破損。The type of object to be protected is not particularly limited. The surface protection sheet disclosed herein can be used to protect various members or materials. The surface protection sheet disclosed herein can be peeled without damaging or deforming the adherend by peeling with water, and is therefore suitable for protecting glass materials such as alkali glass or semiconductor wafers. These materials are usually brittle materials (also known as hard and brittle materials) whose thickness is limited and are prone to cracks, defects, cracks, etc. due to external forces during operation or peeling. By applying peeling using water peeling to such an adherend, it is possible to preferably prevent the adherend from being damaged during peeling. The glass material that becomes the above-mentioned protected object can be, for example, a glass material with a partially provided transparent conductive film (such as ITO (indium tin oxide) film) or FPC used for tablet computers or mobile phones, organic LEDs (light-emitting diodes), etc. (Flexible Printed Circuit, flexible printed circuit board) surface glass plate. Moreover, as a preferable example of an object to protect, glass plates, such as a window glass and cover glass used for a foldable display or a rollable display, are mentioned. These glass plates are thinner (for example, less than 100 μm in thickness), and the risk of damage is greater. However, according to the technology disclosed in this paper, even when the protection object is a brittle material with a thinner thickness as described above , It can also prevent damage to the protected object when peeling off.

供表面保護片材貼附之保護對象物表面之水接觸角並無特別限定。於若干態樣中,保護對象物表面可為顯示水接觸角成為例如60度以下、較佳為50度以下之程度之親水性之表面。於若干較佳之態樣中,上述表面之水接觸角例如可為45度以下,亦可為40度以下,亦可為35度以下,亦可為30度以下。若上述水接觸角變小,則有水容易沿著被黏著體表面潤濕擴散,容易獲得所需之水剝離性之傾向。本文所揭示之表面保護片材例如可較佳地用於保護具有包含水接觸角為20度以下(例如15度以下、進而10度以下)左右之材料(例如鹼玻璃板或無鹼玻璃等玻璃)之表面之構件。上述保護對象物表面之水接觸角之下限原理上為0度。於若干態樣中,上述保護對象物表面之水接觸角可為超過0度,亦可為1度以上,亦可為3度以上,亦可為5度以上。於其他若干態樣中,保護對象物表面之水接觸角可為超過30度,亦可為超過50度,亦可為超過60度(例如70度以上)。本文所揭示之表面保護片材可用於水接觸角不同之各種材料。保護對象物表面之水接觸角可藉由與後述之實施例中所記載之接觸角測定方法相同之方法來測定。The water contact angle of the surface of the object to be protected to which the surface protection sheet is attached is not particularly limited. In some aspects, the surface of the object to be protected may be a surface showing hydrophilicity such that the water contact angle is, for example, 60 degrees or less, preferably 50 degrees or less. In some preferred aspects, the water contact angle of the above-mentioned surface may be, for example, less than 45 degrees, less than 40 degrees, less than 35 degrees, or less than 30 degrees. When the above-mentioned water contact angle becomes small, water tends to wet and diffuse along the surface of the adherend easily, and desired water releasability tends to be easily obtained. The surface protection sheet disclosed herein, for example, can be preferably used to protect materials (such as alkali glass plates or non-alkali glass, etc. ) surface components. In principle, the lower limit of the water contact angle on the surface of the object to be protected is 0°. In some aspects, the water contact angle on the surface of the object to be protected may be greater than 0 degrees, may be greater than 1 degree, may be greater than 3 degrees, or may be greater than 5 degrees. In some other aspects, the water contact angle on the surface of the object to be protected may exceed 30 degrees, may exceed 50 degrees, or may exceed 60 degrees (for example, 70 degrees or more). The surface protection sheet disclosed herein can be used for various materials with different water contact angles. The water contact angle on the surface of the object to be protected can be measured by the same method as the method for measuring the contact angle described in Examples described later.

保護對象物(例如玻璃板或半導體晶圓)之厚度並無特別限定,例如為約1 mm以下,亦可為約500 μm以下或約300 μm以下。就由本文所揭示之技術所帶來之效果(防止剝離時之破損)對於厚度較薄之保護對象物更有效地發揮而言,上述厚度例如可為約150 μm以下,亦可為約100 μm以下。上述厚度之下限例如為約10 μm以上(例如30 μm以上)。The thickness of the object to be protected (such as a glass plate or a semiconductor wafer) is not particularly limited, and is, for example, less than about 1 mm, or less than about 500 μm or less than about 300 μm. As far as the effect (prevention of breakage during peeling) brought by the technology disclosed herein is more effectively exerted on a thinner object to be protected, the above-mentioned thickness may be, for example, about 150 μm or less, or about 100 μm the following. The lower limit of the aforementioned thickness is, for example, about 10 μm or more (for example, 30 μm or more).

於若干較佳之態樣中,例如適合作為將玻璃或半導體晶圓等保護對象物於液中以化學方式及/或物理方式進行處理之步驟中所使用之表面保護片材。本文所揭示之表面保護片材於上述用途中,在上述處理時,可具有對於保護對象物進行保護所需之接著性,在處理後之剝離時,可實現利用水剝離自保護對象物(被黏著體)順利之剝離。上述化學處理包括利用氫氟酸水溶液等蝕刻液等包含酸或鹼之藥液所進行之處理。例如,為了調整玻璃之厚度或去除形成於玻璃之切割端面之毛邊或微裂,而利用藥液(蝕刻液)將玻璃進行溶解之蝕刻處理、防眩加工、利用藥液(蝕刻液)使金屬之表面局部腐蝕之蝕刻處理、利用藥液(鍍覆液)將電路基板(印刷基板、軟性印刷基板(FPC)等)之連接端子部等局部鍍覆之鍍覆處理等中,可較佳地使用本文所揭示之表面保護片材。其中,可尤佳地應用於使用氫氟酸溶液等酸性藥液進行蝕刻處理之用途。又,物理處理包括保護對象物表面之研磨或切割。In some preferred aspects, for example, it is suitable as a surface protection sheet used in the process of chemically and/or physically treating objects to be protected such as glass or semiconductor wafers in a liquid. The surface protection sheet disclosed herein can have the adhesiveness required for protecting the object to be protected during the above-mentioned treatment, and can be peeled off from the object to be protected (to be protected) by using water when peeling off after the treatment. Adhesives) were peeled off smoothly. The above-mentioned chemical treatment includes treatment with a chemical solution containing an acid or an alkali, such as an etching solution such as an aqueous hydrofluoric acid solution. For example, in order to adjust the thickness of the glass or remove the burrs or microcracks formed on the cutting end of the glass, the etching treatment of dissolving the glass with a chemical solution (etching solution), anti-glare processing, and the use of a chemical solution (etching solution) to make metal In the etching treatment of local corrosion of the surface, the plating treatment of local plating of the connecting terminal part of the circuit board (printed circuit board, flexible printed circuit board (FPC), etc.) by using a chemical solution (plating solution), etc., can be preferably Use the surface protection sheet disclosed herein. Among them, it can be preferably applied to the application of etching treatment using an acidic chemical solution such as a hydrofluoric acid solution. Also, physical processing includes grinding or cutting the surface of the object to be protected.

本文所揭示之表面保護片材可較佳地用於玻璃減薄處理。例如用作光學構件之玻璃板可藉由使用氫氟酸水溶液等藥液之玻璃減薄處理而薄化。於該玻璃減薄處理中,可使用表面保護片材來保護玻璃非處理面。雖無特別限定,但於玻璃減薄處理中,玻璃板薄化至例如約150 μm以下(例如約100 μm以下)。再者,玻璃減薄處理前之玻璃板之厚度例如為約0.15 mm~5 mm左右,可為約300 μm以上(例如500 μm~1000 μm左右)。此種經薄化之玻璃容易因剝離時之外力而破裂,但藉由使用本文所揭示之表面保護片材,可消除表面保護片材剝離時之玻璃破損之問題,或者可大幅降低其風險。The surface protection sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used for glass thinning treatment. For example, a glass plate used as an optical member can be thinned by glass thinning treatment using a chemical solution such as hydrofluoric acid aqueous solution. In this glass thinning process, a surface protection sheet can be used to protect the non-treated surface of the glass. Although not particularly limited, in the glass thinning process, the glass plate is thinned to, for example, about 150 μm or less (for example, about 100 μm or less). Furthermore, the thickness of the glass plate before the glass thinning process is, for example, about 0.15 mm to 5 mm, and may be more than about 300 μm (for example, about 500 μm to 1000 μm). This kind of thinned glass is easy to break due to external force when peeling off, but by using the surface protection sheet disclosed herein, the problem of glass breakage when the surface protection sheet is peeled off can be eliminated, or the risk can be greatly reduced.

又,表面保護片材亦可較佳地用於製造半導體。上述半導體晶圓例如可為矽晶圓、碳化矽(SiC)晶圓、氮化物半導體晶圓(氮化矽(SiN)、氮化鎵(GaN)等)、砷化鎵晶圓等化合物半導體晶圓等。於上述半導體之製造中,本文所揭示之表面保護片材可較佳地用於例如使半導體晶圓薄化之步驟(更具體而言,將半導體晶圓之背面進行研磨之背面研磨步驟)、或切割半導體晶圓之步驟(例如切晶步驟)等半導體晶圓加工(典型而言,矽晶圓加工)步驟。於背面研磨步驟中,半導體晶圓被薄化至例如約150 μm以下(例如約100 μm以下),但並無特別限定。再者,背面研磨前之半導體晶圓之厚度可為約300 μm以上(例如500 μm~1000 μm左右)。上述半導體製造步驟可能曝露於高於室溫範圍之溫度(例如40℃~90℃、較佳為40℃~60℃),因此使用對於該加熱可保持良好特性(接著力及水剝離性)之表面保護片材特別有意義。再者,該用途中所使用之表面保護片材有時簡稱為背面研磨用片材、切晶用片材。In addition, the surface protection sheet can also be preferably used in the manufacture of semiconductors. The above-mentioned semiconductor wafers can be compound semiconductor wafers such as silicon wafers, silicon carbide (SiC) wafers, nitride semiconductor wafers (silicon nitride (SiN), gallium nitride (GaN), etc.), gallium arsenide wafers, etc. circle etc. In the manufacture of the above-mentioned semiconductor, the surface protection sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used, for example, in the step of thinning the semiconductor wafer (more specifically, the back grinding step of grinding the back surface of the semiconductor wafer), Or a semiconductor wafer processing (typically, silicon wafer processing) step such as a step of cutting a semiconductor wafer (such as a dicing step). In the back grinding step, the semiconductor wafer is thinned to, for example, less than about 150 μm (eg, less than about 100 μm), but it is not particularly limited. Furthermore, the thickness of the semiconductor wafer before back grinding may be about 300 μm or more (for example, about 500 μm˜1000 μm). The above-mentioned semiconductor manufacturing steps may be exposed to temperatures higher than room temperature (for example, 40°C to 90°C, preferably 40°C to 60°C). Surface protection sheets are of particular interest. In addition, the surface protection sheet used for this application may be abbreviated as the sheet for back grinding, and the sheet for crystal cutting.

上述之各種表面保護用途中所使用之表面保護片材可以如下態樣使用,即於在一個或複數個處理對象物之單面貼合有一片表面保護片材之狀態下,例如使用輥等搬送機構,將複數個處理對象物(亦為保護對象物)連續地或個別地搬送至藥液槽內或洗淨槽內等水中,以實施目標處理。於上述搬送時或搬送後之製程(包括載置或向裝置之設置等)中,有時處理對象物會不可避地或無意地受到衝擊或振動、變形等外力。例如,作為藥液處理或洗淨處理中所使用之搬送機構,可使用以特定間隔所配置之複數個輥,但當利用該等輥進行搬送時,因輥間之高低差、振動等而容易持續地施加較小剝離角度之剝離負載。本文所揭示之表面保護片材具有如下優點:對上述振動等外力之端部剝離防止性優異,因此如上所述即便於在包括以貼附於處理對象物之狀態將該處理對象物例如於液中等進行處理之步驟之製程中使用情形時,亦不易因該製程中之振動等外力而自端部產生剝離。又,於對半導體晶圓等處理對象物實施切割或研磨等物理處理之態樣中,該物理處理中之外力會成為剝離負載,但根據本文所揭示之表面保護片材,即便於在物理處理步驟中受到物理負載之情形時,亦不易自端部產生剝離。再者,上述搬送步驟中之振動或物理處理步驟中之物理負載(亦稱為剝離負載)典型而言包括沿表面保護片材之厚度方向施加之負載。The surface protection sheet used in the above-mentioned various surface protection applications can be used in a state where one surface protection sheet is bonded to one side of one or more objects to be processed, and is conveyed, for example, by using a roller. A mechanism that transports a plurality of objects to be treated (also objects to be protected) continuously or individually into water such as a chemical solution tank or a washing tank to perform targeted treatment. During the above-mentioned transfer or post-transfer process (including placement or installation on a device, etc.), the object to be processed may be unavoidably or unintentionally subjected to external forces such as shock, vibration, and deformation. For example, a plurality of rollers arranged at specific intervals can be used as a transport mechanism used in chemical liquid treatment or cleaning treatment. Continuously apply a peeling load with a small peeling angle. The surface protection sheet disclosed herein has the following advantages: it is excellent in the prevention of edge peeling against external forces such as the above-mentioned vibrations, so as mentioned above, even if the object to be treated is in a state of being attached to the object to be treated, such as in a liquid When used in the process of medium processing steps, it is not easy to peel off from the end due to external forces such as vibration in the process. In addition, in the aspect of performing physical processing such as dicing or grinding on the object to be processed such as a semiconductor wafer, the external force in the physical processing will become a peeling load, but according to the surface protection sheet disclosed herein, even in physical processing When subjected to physical load during the process, it is not easy to peel off from the end. In addition, the vibration in the said conveyance process or the physical load (also called peeling load) in a physical processing process typically includes the load applied along the thickness direction of a surface protection sheet.

又,上述保護對象物例如可為構成如下機器之構件:液晶顯示裝置、有機EL(電致發光)顯示裝置、PDP(電漿顯示面板)、電子紙等顯示裝置(圖像顯示裝置)、或觸控面板等輸入裝置等機器(光學機器)、尤其是可摺疊顯示器或可捲曲顯示器等攜帶電子機器。In addition, the above-mentioned protected object may be, for example, a member constituting the following equipment: a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL (electroluminescent) display device, a PDP (plasma display panel), an electronic paper or other display device (image display device), or Devices such as input devices such as touch panels (optical devices), especially portable electronic devices such as foldable displays and rollable displays.

上述攜帶電子機器之例中,例如包括:行動電話、智慧型手機、平板型電腦、筆記型電腦、各種可穿戴機器(例如,如手錶般佩戴於手腕之腕戴(wrist wear)型、用夾(clip)或帶(strap)等佩戴於身體一部分之模組型、包含眼鏡型(單眼型或雙眼型。亦包含頭戴型)之眼戴(eye wear)型、例如以飾品之形態安裝於襯衫或襪子、帽子等之衣服型、如耳機般安裝於耳部之耳戴型等)、數相位機、數位攝錄影機、音響機器(攜帶音樂播放器、IC記錄器等)、計算器(電子桌上計算器等)、攜帶遊戲機、電子辭典、電子記事本、電子書籍、車載用資訊機器、攜帶收音機、攜帶電視、攜帶印表機、攜帶掃描儀、攜帶數據機等。再者,於本說明書中,所謂「攜帶」,僅僅意指能夠攜帶並不足夠,而是意指具有個人(標準成人)能夠相對容易搬運之水準之攜帶性。Examples of the above-mentioned portable electronic devices include, for example: mobile phones, smart phones, tablet computers, notebook computers, various wearable devices (for example, wrist wear type worn on the wrist like a watch, clips, etc.) (clip) or strap (strap), etc., which are worn on a part of the body, including eyewear (single-eye or binocular, also including head-mounted) eyewear, such as accessories. Clothing type such as shirts, socks, hats, etc., earphones that are installed on the ear, etc.), digital cameras, digital video cameras, audio equipment (portable music players, IC recorders, etc.), computing devices (electronic desktop calculators, etc.), portable game consoles, electronic dictionaries, electronic notebooks, electronic books, information equipment for vehicles, portable radios, portable TVs, portable printers, portable scanners, portable modems, etc. Furthermore, in this specification, the so-called "carrying" does not mean merely being able to carry, but rather means having a level of portability that is relatively easy for an individual (standard adult) to carry.

<保護方法> 如上所述,根據本說明書,提供一種使用本文所揭示之表面保護片材之表面保護方法。該表面保護方法包括:於保護對象物之至少一部分(保護對象面或保護對象部分)貼附表面保護片材之步驟;對貼附有表面保護片材之保護對象物實施處理(例如藥液處理、溫水浸漬處理、水浸漬處理、切割或研磨等物理處理等)之步驟;及於上述處理後,將表面保護片材自保護對象物剝離之步驟。此處,將表面保護片材自保護對象物剝離之步驟較佳為包括上述之水剝離步驟。上述保護方法由於包括對保護對象物(處理對象物)之處理,故而亦稱為處理方法。表面保護片材、水剝離步驟、保護對象物、處理(玻璃減薄處理、半導體晶圓薄化處理等)、其他事項(用途等)之詳情如上所述,因此省略重複之說明。作為保護對象物之典型例,可例舉要實施玻璃減薄等處理之玻璃板、半導體晶圓等。因此,根據本說明書,可提供一種包括上述步驟之玻璃減薄方法及半導體之製造方法。 <Protection method> As described above, according to this specification, there is provided a surface protection method using the surface protection sheet disclosed herein. The surface protection method includes: a step of attaching a surface protection sheet to at least a part of the object to be protected (the surface of the object to be protected or a portion of the object to be protected); performing treatment (such as chemical solution treatment) on the object to be protected to which the surface protection sheet is attached. , warm water immersion treatment, water immersion treatment, physical treatment such as cutting or grinding), and a step of peeling the surface protection sheet from the object to be protected after the above treatment. Here, the step of peeling the surface protection sheet from the object to be protected preferably includes the above-mentioned water peeling step. The above protection method is also referred to as a treatment method because it includes treatment of the object to be protected (object to be processed). Details of the surface protection sheet, the water stripping process, the object to be protected, the treatment (glass thinning treatment, semiconductor wafer thinning treatment, etc.), and other items (applications, etc.) are as described above, so repeated descriptions are omitted. Typical examples of objects to be protected include glass plates, semiconductor wafers, and the like that are subjected to processes such as glass thinning. Therefore, according to the present specification, a glass thinning method and a semiconductor manufacturing method including the above-mentioned steps can be provided.

<處理方法> 又,如上所述,根據本說明書,提供一種使用本文所揭示之表面保護片材之處理方法。該處理方法包括:於被黏著體之表面貼附表面保護片材之步驟;對貼附有表面保護片材之被黏著體沿該表面保護片材之厚度方向施加物理負載之步驟;及將表面保護片材自被黏著體去除之步驟。上述被黏著體中供表面保護片材貼附之表面典型而言為水接觸角為20度以下之表面。又,將表面保護片材自被黏著體去除之步驟較佳為將表面保護片材於水之存在下自上述被黏著體剝離而去除之步驟。又,典型而言,上述處理方法可包括對貼附有表面保護片材之被黏著體(處理對象物)實施處理之步驟。該處理步驟中,處理對象物可接觸於液體(例如水溶液)。又,本文所揭示之處理方法可為包括上述之保護方法之至少一個步驟者。作為表面保護片材,可使用本文所揭示之表面保護片材。於若干態樣中,可使用滿足25℃下之彎曲剛度值處於1.0×10 -6~1.0×10 -2Pa・m 3之範圍內且水剝離力FW0為1.0 N/20 mm以下之表面保護片材。於其他若干態樣中,可使用滿足水剝離力FW0為1.0 N/20 mm以下且起點剝離力為0.5 N/10 mm以上之表面保護片材。作為處理之一例,可例舉玻璃減薄處理或半導體加工,作為處理對象物之典型例,可例舉要實施玻璃減薄等處理之玻璃板、半導體晶圓等。又,作為對貼附有表面保護片材之被黏著體沿表面保護片材之厚度方向施加物理負載之步驟之典型例,可例舉被黏著體之搬送步驟或對被黏著體之物理處理步驟。如上所述,根據本說明書,可提供一種包括上述步驟之玻璃減薄方法及半導體之製造方法。表面保護片材、水剝離、去除步驟、被黏著體(處理對象物)、處理(玻璃減薄處理、半導體晶圓薄化處理等)、其他事項(用途等)之詳情如山所述,因此省略重複之說明。 [實施例] <Treatment method> Moreover, as mentioned above, according to this specification, the processing method using the surface protection sheet disclosed here is provided. The treatment method includes: a step of attaching a surface protection sheet to the surface of the adherend; a step of applying a physical load to the adherend with the surface protection sheet attached along the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet; The step of removing the protective sheet from the adherend. The surface of the above-mentioned adherend to which the surface protection sheet is attached is typically a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. Also, the step of removing the surface protection sheet from the adherend is preferably a step of peeling and removing the surface protection sheet from the adherend in the presence of water. Moreover, typically, the said processing method may include the process of processing the adherend (object to be processed) to which the surface protection sheet was attached. In this treatment step, the object to be treated may be brought into contact with a liquid (for example, an aqueous solution). In addition, the treatment method disclosed herein may include at least one step of the protection method described above. As the surface protection sheet, the surface protection sheet disclosed herein can be used. In some aspects, it is possible to use a surface protection that satisfies that the bending stiffness value at 25°C is in the range of 1.0×10 -6 to 1.0×10 -2 Pa·m 3 and the water peeling force FW0 is 1.0 N/20 mm or less Sheet. In other several aspects, the surface protection sheet which satisfies the water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less and the starting point peeling force of 0.5 N/10 mm or more can be used. Examples of processing include glass thinning and semiconductor processing, and typical examples of processed objects include glass plates and semiconductor wafers to be subjected to glass thinning and the like. In addition, as a typical example of the step of applying a physical load to the adherend with the surface protection sheet attached in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet, a step of conveying the adherend or a step of physically treating the adherend can be mentioned. . As described above, according to the present specification, there can be provided a glass thinning method and a semiconductor manufacturing method including the above steps. Details of surface protection sheet, water peeling, removal procedure, adherend (object to be treated), treatment (glass thinning treatment, semiconductor wafer thinning treatment, etc.), other matters (usage, etc.) are as described above, so they are omitted Description of repetition. [Example]

以下,說明與本發明相關之若干實施例,但並未意圖將本發明限定於該等實施例中所示者。再者,於以下之說明中,只要無特別說明,則「份」及「%」為重量基準。Hereinafter, some examples related to the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not intended to be limited to those shown in these examples. In addition, in the following description, unless otherwise indicated, "part" and "%" are based on weight.

<評價方法> [常態接著力F0] 將測定對象之表面保護片材切割成寬度20 mm、長度100 mm之尺寸而製作試片。於23℃、50%RH之環境下,將覆蓋接著面(黏著劑層表面)之剝離襯墊自上述試片剝離,使2 kg之橡膠輥往返一次而將所露出之接著面壓接於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板(具有水接觸角20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面)。對如此獲得之評價用樣品進行高壓釜處理(50℃、0.5 MPa、15分鐘)。將自高壓釜取出之評價用樣品於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,於相同環境下,依據JIS Z0237:2009之10.4.1 方法1:對於試驗板之180°剝離黏著力,使用拉伸試驗機,於拉伸速度300 mm/分鐘、剝離角度180度之條件下測定試片自被黏著體之剝離強度(其中,關於移行至下述水剝離力測定之前、即對剝離界面供給蒸餾水之前之期間之剝離強度)。測定係進行3次,將其等之平均值設為常態接著力F0[N/20 mm]。上述常態接著力F0之測定係以自下而上地進行貼附於被黏著體之試片之剝離之方式進行。作為被黏著體,可使用鹼玻璃板(製品名「顯微鏡載玻片(Micro Slide Glass)S200423」,松浪硝子工業公司製造)。作為拉伸試驗機,可使用萬能拉伸壓縮試驗機(裝置名「拉伸壓縮試驗機、TCM-1kNB」,Minebea公司製造)或其相當品。 於測定時,亦可視需要於表面保護片材之相反面(接著面之相反側之表面)貼附適當之襯底材而將試片進行補強。作為襯底材,例如可使用厚度25 μm左右之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)膜。 <Evaluation method> [Normal adhesion F0] The surface protection sheet to be measured was cut into a size of 20 mm in width and 100 mm in length to prepare a test piece. In an environment of 23°C and 50% RH, the release liner covering the adhesive surface (adhesive layer surface) was peeled off from the above test piece, and a 2 kg rubber roller was reciprocated once to press-bond the exposed adhesive surface to the test piece as Alkali glass plate of the adherend (the surface of the alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less). The sample for evaluation thus obtained was subjected to autoclave treatment (50° C., 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes). After keeping the evaluation sample taken out from the autoclave at 23°C and 50%RH for 1 hour, in the same environment, according to JIS Z0237: 2009 10.4.1 Method 1: 180° peel adhesion to the test board , using a tensile testing machine, measure the peel strength of the test piece from the adherend under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm/min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees (wherein, before the transition to the following water peeling force measurement, that is, for peeling Peel strength before the interface is supplied with distilled water). The measurement was carried out 3 times, and the average value thereof was set as the normal adhesive force F0 [N/20 mm]. The above-mentioned normal state adhesive force F0 is measured by peeling off the test piece attached to the adherend from bottom to top. As an adherend, an alkali glass plate (product name "Micro Slide Glass (Micro Slide Glass) S200423", manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd.) can be used. As a tensile tester, a universal tensile-compression tester (device name "tensile-compression tester, TCM-1kNB", manufactured by Minebea Corporation) or an equivalent thereof can be used. During the measurement, the test piece can also be reinforced by attaching an appropriate substrate material on the opposite side of the surface protection sheet (the surface opposite to the adhesive side) as needed. As a substrate material, for example, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film having a thickness of about 25 μm can be used.

[常態水剝離力FW0] 於上述常態接著力F0之測定中,於試片自被黏著體之剝離強度之測定中,對上述試片自上述被黏著體開始分離之部位(剝離前線)供給20 μL之蒸餾水,測定該蒸餾水供給後之剝離強度。測定係於各常態接著力F0之每次測定時(即3次)進行,將其等之平均值設為常態水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]。 蒸餾水供給後之剝離強度之測定條件係依據JIS Z0237:2009之10.4.1 方法1:對於試驗板之180°剝離黏著力者。具體而言,於試驗溫度23℃下使用拉伸試驗機設為拉伸速度300 mm/分鐘、剝離角度180度之條件。 再者,常態水剝離力FW0之測定可對每一片試片連續地進行常態接著力F0之測定及常態水剝離力FW0之測定,亦可藉由不同之試片進行常態接著力F0之測定及常態水剝離力FW0之測定。例如,於難以準備為了實施連續測定而充分之長度之試片之情形等,可採用使用不同之試片進行測定之態樣。關於被黏著體、拉伸試驗機、其他事項,與常態接著力F0之測定相同。 [Normal water peeling force FW0] In the measurement of the above-mentioned normal state adhesive force F0, in the measurement of the peel strength of the test piece from the adherend, 20 μL of distilled water was supplied to the part where the test piece started to separate from the above-mentioned adherend (peeling front line), and the distilled water was measured. Peel strength after supply. The measurement is carried out at each measurement of the normal adhesive force F0 (that is, 3 times), and the average value thereof is set as the normal water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm]. The measurement conditions of the peel strength after distilled water supply are based on JIS Z0237:2009 10.4.1 method 1: 180° peel adhesion to the test board. Specifically, a tensile testing machine was used at a test temperature of 23° C. under the conditions of a tensile velocity of 300 mm/min and a peeling angle of 180°. Furthermore, the determination of the normal water peeling force FW0 can be carried out continuously on each test piece for the determination of the normal adhesive force F0 and the normal water peeling force FW0, and the normal adhesive force F0 can also be measured and Determination of normal water peeling force FW0. For example, when it is difficult to prepare test pieces of sufficient length for continuous measurement, it is possible to use different test pieces for measurement. Regarding the adherend, tensile testing machine, and other matters, it is the same as the measurement of the normal adhesion force F0.

[30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1] 30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1係將評價用樣品(貼附有試片(表面保護片材)之鹼玻璃板)於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,測定剝離強度,除此以外,利用與常態接著力F0相同之方法來測定。 具體而言,與常態接著力F0之測定同樣地,將測定對象之表面保護片材切割成寬度20 mm、長度100 mm之尺寸而製作試片。於23℃、50%RH之環境下,將覆蓋接著面(黏著劑層表面)之剝離襯墊自上述試片剝離,使2 kg之橡膠輥往返一次而將所露出之接著面壓接於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板。對如此獲得之評價用樣品進行高壓釜處理(50℃、0.5 MPa、15分鐘)。將自高壓釜中取出之評價用樣品於加入有設定溫度60℃±2℃之溫水之水浴內浸漬30分鐘。作為溫水,使用離子交換水或蒸餾水。於溫水中,評價用樣品係以黏著劑層側朝上之方式保持水平。評價用樣品之上表面至水面之距離(浸漬深度)設為10 mm以上(例如10 mm~100 mm左右)。繼而,將評價用樣品自溫水中提起,將附著於該評價用樣品之水輕輕地擦拭後,於23℃、50%RH之環境下,依據JIS Z0237:2009之10.4.1 方法1:對於試驗板之180°剝離黏著力,使用拉伸試驗機,於拉伸速度300 mm/分鐘、剝離角度180度之條件下測定試片自被黏著體之剝離強度(其中,關於移行至下述水剝離力測定之前、即對剝離界面供給蒸餾水之前之期間之剝離強度)。測定係進行3次,將其等之平均值設為30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1[N/20 mm]。將評價用樣品自溫水中提起後至測定剝離強度為止之時間設為10分鐘以內。關於被黏著體、拉伸試驗機、其他事項,與常態接著力F0之測定相同。 [Adhesion F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes] After 30 minutes of warm water immersion, adhesion force F1 is to immerse the sample for evaluation (alkali glass plate with a test piece (surface protection sheet) attached) in warm water at 60°C±2°C for 30 minutes, and then lift it out of the warm water And after wiping off the attached water, the peel strength was measured. Except for this, it was measured by the same method as the normal adhesive force F0. Specifically, similarly to the measurement of the normal adhesive force F0, the surface protection sheet to be measured was cut into a size of 20 mm in width and 100 mm in length to prepare a test piece. In an environment of 23°C and 50% RH, the release liner covering the adhesive surface (adhesive layer surface) was peeled off from the above test piece, and a 2 kg rubber roller was reciprocated once to press-bond the exposed adhesive surface to the test piece as The alkali glass plate of the adherend. The sample for evaluation thus obtained was subjected to autoclave treatment (50° C., 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes). The evaluation sample taken out from the autoclave was immersed in a water bath filled with warm water at a set temperature of 60°C±2°C for 30 minutes. As warm water, ion-exchanged water or distilled water is used. In warm water, the sample for evaluation was kept horizontally with the adhesive layer facing upward. The distance (immersion depth) from the upper surface of the sample for evaluation to the water surface is set to 10 mm or more (for example, about 10 mm to 100 mm). Next, lift the sample for evaluation from warm water, wipe off the water adhering to the sample for evaluation lightly, and then, in an environment of 23°C and 50%RH, follow JIS Z0237:2009 10.4.1 Method 1: For For the 180° peel adhesion of the test plate, use a tensile testing machine to measure the peel strength of the test piece from the adherend under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm/min and a peel angle of 180 degrees (wherein, regarding the transition to the following water Peel strength before measurement of peel force, that is, before distilled water is supplied to the peel interface). The measurement was carried out 3 times, and the average value was set as the adhesion force F1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes. The time from pulling up the sample for evaluation from warm water to measuring the peel strength was within 10 minutes. Regarding the adherend, tensile testing machine, and other matters, it is the same as the measurement of the normal adhesion force F0.

[30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1] 30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1係將評價用樣品(貼附有試片(表面保護片材)之鹼玻璃板)於60℃±2℃之溫水中浸漬30分鐘,繼而自該溫水中提起並擦拭附著水後,測定水剝離力,除此以外,利用與常態水剝離力FW0相同之方法來測定。 具體而言,於上述30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之測定中,30分鐘之溫水浸漬後,於試片自被黏著體之剝離強度之測定中,對上述試片自上述被黏著體開始分離之部位(剝離前線)供給20 μL之蒸餾水,測定該蒸餾水供給後之剝離強度。測定係於各30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之每次測定時(即3次)進行,將其等之平均值設為30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1[N/20 mm]。 蒸餾水供給後之剝離強度之測定條件係依據JIS Z0237:2009之10.4.1 方法1:對於試驗板之180°剝離黏著力者。具體而言,於試驗溫度23℃下使用拉伸試驗機設為拉伸速度300 mm/分鐘、剝離角度180度之條件。 再者,30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1之測定可對每一片試片連續地進行30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之測定及30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1之測定,亦可藉由不同之試片進行30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1之測定及30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1之測定。關於被黏著體、拉伸試驗機、其他事項,與常態接著力F0之測定相同。 [Water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes] Water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion is to immerse the sample for evaluation (alkali glass plate with a test piece (surface protection sheet) attached) in warm water at 60°C±2°C for 30 minutes, and then remove it from the warm water After pulling up and wiping off the attached water, the water peeling force was measured, and measured by the same method as the normal water peeling force FW0 except that. Specifically, in the measurement of the adhesive force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion, after 30 minutes of warm water immersion, in the measurement of the peel strength of the test piece from the adherend, the test piece from the above adherend 20 μL of distilled water was supplied to the site where the separation started (peeling front), and the peel strength after the supply of the distilled water was measured. The measurement is carried out at each measurement of the adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion (ie 3 times), and the average value thereof is set as the water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion [N/20 mm]. The measurement conditions of the peel strength after distilled water supply are based on JIS Z0237:2009 10.4.1 method 1: 180° peel adhesion to the test board. Specifically, a tensile testing machine was used at a test temperature of 23° C. under the conditions of a tensile velocity of 300 mm/min and a peeling angle of 180°. Furthermore, the determination of the water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion can be carried out continuously for each piece of test piece after 30 minutes of warm water immersion adhesive force F1 measurement and 30 minutes of warm water immersion after the determination of the water peeling force FW1, also Different test pieces can be used to measure the adhesion force F1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion and the measurement of the water peeling force FW1 after 30 minutes of warm water immersion. Regarding the adherend, tensile testing machine, and other matters, it is the same as the measurement of the normal adhesion force F0.

於上述之測定(F0、FW0、F1及FW1之測定)中,作為被黏著體,使用貼合試片之面之對於蒸餾水之接觸角為20度以下(例如5度~10度)者。具體而言,作為被黏著體,可使用鹼玻璃板,該鹼玻璃板係利用浮式法所製作,且貼合試片之面之對於蒸餾水之接觸角為20度以下(例如5度~10度)。作為此種被黏著體,可使用上述松浪硝子工業公司製造之鹼玻璃板,但並不限定於此,亦可使用松浪硝子工業公司製造之鹼玻璃板之相當品、或其以外之鹼玻璃板。In the above measurement (measurement of F0, FW0, F1 and FW1), as the adherend, the contact angle of the surface of the bonded test piece to distilled water is 20 degrees or less (for example, 5 degrees to 10 degrees). Specifically, as the adherend, an alkali glass plate can be used. The alkali glass plate is made by the float method, and the contact angle of the surface of the test piece to the distilled water is 20 degrees or less (for example, 5 degrees to 10 degrees). Spend). As such an adherend, the above-mentioned soda glass plate manufactured by Matsunami Glass Co., Ltd. can be used, but it is not limited to this, and an equivalent product of the soda glass plate produced by Matsunami Glass Co., Ltd., or other soda glass plate can also be used. .

又,上述鹼玻璃板之接觸角係利用以下之方法來測定。即,於測定氛圍23℃、50%RH之環境下,使用接觸角計(協和界面科學公司製造,商品名「DMo-501型」,控制箱「DMC-2」,控制/解析軟體「FAMAS(版本5.0.30)」)藉由液滴法進行測定。蒸餾水之滴加量係設為2 μL,根據滴加5秒後之圖像藉由Θ/2法算出接觸角(以N5實施)。Moreover, the contact angle of the said alkali glass plate was measured by the following method. That is, under the environment of the measurement atmosphere of 23°C and 50%RH, a contact angle meter (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd., trade name "DMo-501 type"), a control box "DMC-2", and a control/analysis software "FAMAS ( Version 5.0.30)") was determined by the droplet method. The amount of distilled water added was set at 2 μL, and the contact angle was calculated by the Θ/2 method (implemented with N5) based on the image after 5 seconds of dropping.

再者,本發明者等人確認上述溫水浸漬後之接著力及水剝離力與氫氟酸水溶液浸漬後之接著力及水剝離力分別顯示一定之較高關聯。基於該見解,將上述溫水浸漬後之接著力及水剝離力設為包含藥液浸漬之液中處理用途中之表面保護片材之應用性之評價指標。Furthermore, the inventors of the present invention have confirmed that the adhesive force and water peeling force after immersion in warm water and the adhesive force and water peeling force after immersion in aqueous hydrofluoric acid solution respectively show a constant high correlation. Based on this finding, the above-mentioned adhesive force after warm water immersion and water peeling force were used as evaluation indexes of the applicability of the surface protection sheet in the use of submerged treatment including chemical solution immersion.

[60℃損失彈性模數G"] 黏著劑層之60℃損失彈性模數G"[Pa]係藉由動態黏彈性測定而求出。具體而言,將作為測定對象之黏著劑層重疊複數片,藉此製作厚度約2 mm之黏著劑層。將該黏著劑層沖裁成直徑7.9 mm之圓盤狀而獲得試樣,利用平行板夾住所獲得之試樣而進行固定,藉由黏彈性試驗機(例如,TA Instruments公司製造,ARES或其相當品)於以下之條件下進行動態黏彈性測定,求出60℃下之損失彈性模數G"[Pa]。 ・測定模式:剪切模式 ・溫度範圍 :-70℃~150℃ ・升溫速度 :5℃/min ・測定頻率:1 Hz 再者,作為測定對象之黏著劑層可藉由將對應之黏著劑組合物塗佈成層狀並進行乾燥或硬化而形成。 [60°C Loss Modulus of Elasticity G"] The 60°C loss elastic modulus G"[Pa] of the adhesive layer was obtained by dynamic viscoelasticity measurement. Specifically, a plurality of sheets of the adhesive layer to be measured were stacked to produce a thickness of about 2 mm. Adhesive layer. The adhesive layer is punched into a disc shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm to obtain a sample, and the obtained sample is clamped and fixed by a parallel plate. , ARES or its equivalent) under the following conditions to perform dynamic viscoelasticity measurement, and obtain the loss elastic modulus G"[Pa] at 60°C. ・Measurement mode: Cutting mode ・Temperature range: -70℃~150℃ ・Heating rate: 5°C/min ・Measurement frequency: 1 Hz Furthermore, the adhesive layer to be measured can be formed by applying a corresponding adhesive composition in a layered form and drying or hardening.

[透濕度] 基材(層)及表面保護片材之透濕度係依據JIS Z0208之透濕度試驗(杯式法)來測定。基材之透濕度測定方法如下所述。即,將各例之基材切割成7 cmϕ之圓形,將其用作評價用樣品。然後,向試驗用杯(鋁製,JIS Z0208中所規定之透濕杯)之內部加入特定量之氯化鈣,利用上述評價用樣品將杯口密閉。具體而言,以覆蓋試驗用杯之口之方式將評價用樣品置於試驗用杯上,將具有與試驗用杯之開口部之邊緣(內徑6 cm、外形9 cm、邊緣寬度1.5 cm之圓形)相同形狀之環狀之墊圈及蓋重疊於其上並利用專用螺塞固定,從而將試驗用杯之內部密閉。繼而,將由評價用樣品覆蓋之杯於40℃、92%RH下保管24小時,測定保管前後之總重量之變化(具體而言,基於氯化鈣之吸水量之重量變化),藉此求出透濕度[g/(m 2・day)]。表面保護片材之透濕度係代替基材而將表面保護片材以杯側成為接著面之方式配置並將杯口密閉而實施測定,除此以外,利用與基材之透濕度測定方法相同之方法來測定。 [Moisture Permeability] The moisture permeability of the substrate (layer) and the surface protection sheet was measured in accordance with the moisture permeability test (cup method) of JIS Z0208. The moisture permeability measurement method of the base material is as follows. That is, the base material of each example was cut into a circle of 7 cmϕ, and this was used as a sample for evaluation. Then, a specific amount of calcium chloride was added to the inside of the test cup (made of aluminum, a moisture-permeable cup specified in JIS Z0208), and the mouth of the cup was sealed with the above-mentioned sample for evaluation. Specifically, the evaluation sample was placed on the test cup so as to cover the mouth of the test cup, and the edge (inner diameter 6 cm, external shape 9 cm, edge width 1.5 cm) Circle) A ring-shaped gasket and cover of the same shape are superimposed on it and fixed with a special screw plug, thereby sealing the inside of the test cup. Next, the cup covered with the evaluation sample was stored at 40°C and 92%RH for 24 hours, and the change in total weight before and after storage (specifically, the weight change based on the water absorption of calcium chloride) was measured to obtain Moisture permeability [g/(m 2・day)]. The water vapor transmission rate of the surface protection sheet is measured by placing the surface protection sheet in such a way that the cup side becomes the bonding surface instead of the base material, and sealing the mouth of the cup. method to measure.

[拉伸試驗] 將表面保護片材切割成寬度10 mm之短條狀而製作試片。依據JIS K 7161,將該試片於下述條件下進行延伸,藉此獲得應力-應變曲線。 (延伸條件) 測定溫度:25℃ 拉伸速度:300 mm/分鐘 夾頭間距離:50 mm 作為拉伸試驗機,可使用萬能拉伸壓縮試驗機(裝置名「拉伸壓縮試驗機、TCM-1kNB」,Minebea公司製造)或其相當品。 25℃拉伸彈性模數[Pa]係根據上述應力-應變曲線之線性回歸而求出。再者,25℃拉伸彈性模數係基於自表面保護片材之厚度之實測值減去黏著劑層之厚度所得之厚度之值、或測定基材層本身之厚度所得之值,換算為基材層之每單位剖面面積之值而求出。 又,根據上述拉伸試驗,測定25℃下之100%伸長時應力[N/mm 2]、斷裂應力[N/mm 2]及斷裂應變[%]。 上述100%伸長時應力係將上述拉伸試驗中試片100%伸長時所測定之荷重[N]除以試片之基材層剖面面積[mm 2]所得之值。上述斷裂應力係將上述拉伸試驗中之試片斷裂時之荷重[N]除以試片之基材層剖面面積[mm 2]所得之值,上述斷裂應變[%]係上述試片之斷裂時之伸長率[%]。 再者,本實施例中之測定值(拉伸彈性模數、100%伸長時應力、斷裂應力及斷裂應變)係使表面保護片材(更具體而言,基材層)之MD與上述拉伸試驗之拉伸方向一致所得之MD之測定值,但上述拉伸試驗除可對表面保護片材之MD實施以外,還可藉由變更試片之切出方式,對表面保護片材之TD實施上述拉伸試驗而獲得TD之測定值。或者,亦可對MD或TD之任意一方向實施上述拉伸試驗而獲得測定值。 [Tension Test] The surface protection sheet was cut into strips with a width of 10 mm to prepare test pieces. According to JIS K 7161, the stress-strain curve was obtained by stretching this test piece under the following conditions. (Extension conditions) Measuring temperature: 25°C Tensile speed: 300 mm/min Distance between chucks: 50 mm As a tensile testing machine, a universal tensile and compression testing machine (device name "tensile compression testing machine, TCM- 1kNB", manufactured by Minebea) or its equivalent. The tensile elastic modulus [Pa] at 25°C was obtained from the linear regression of the above stress-strain curve. Furthermore, the tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C is based on the value obtained by subtracting the thickness of the adhesive layer from the actually measured value of the thickness of the surface protection sheet, or the value obtained by measuring the thickness of the substrate layer itself. Calculate the value of the cross-sectional area per unit of the material layer. Also, the stress at 100% elongation [N/mm 2 ], breaking stress [N/mm 2 ] and breaking strain [%] at 25°C were measured according to the above-mentioned tensile test. The above-mentioned stress at 100% elongation is the value obtained by dividing the load [N] measured at 100% elongation of the test piece in the above tensile test by the cross-sectional area [mm 2 ] of the substrate layer of the test piece. The above breaking stress is the value obtained by dividing the load [N] of the test piece in the tensile test above by the cross-sectional area of the base material layer of the test piece [mm 2 ]. The above breaking strain [%] is the fracture of the above test piece Time elongation [%]. Furthermore, the measured values (tensile elastic modulus, stress at 100% elongation, breaking stress, and breaking strain) in this example were obtained by comparing the MD of the surface protection sheet (more specifically, the substrate layer) with the above-mentioned tensile strength. The tensile direction of the tensile test is the same as the measured value of MD, but the above tensile test can not only be carried out on the MD of the surface protection sheet, but also by changing the cutting method of the test piece, the TD of the surface protection sheet The measurement value of TD was obtained by carrying out the above-mentioned tensile test. Alternatively, the above-mentioned tensile test may be performed in either direction of MD or TD to obtain a measured value.

[25℃彎曲剛度值] 表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值D[Pa・m 3]係根據式: D=Eh 3/12(1-ν 2); 所求出。上式中,E係表面保護片材之25℃拉伸彈性模數[Pa],h係基材層之厚度[m]。ν係泊松比,上式中設為ν=0.35。 再者,本實施例中之25℃彎曲剛度值係MD之25℃彎曲剛度值,但如上所述藉由變更試片之切出方式,可不僅獲得MD之25℃彎曲剛度值,而且獲得TD之25℃彎曲剛度值,或者亦可獲得MD或TD之任意一方向之25℃彎曲剛度值。 [Bending stiffness value at 25°C] The bending stiffness value D [Pa·m 3 ] of the surface protection sheet at 25°C is calculated according to the formula: D=Eh 3 /12(1-ν 2 ); In the above formula, E is the 25°C tensile elastic modulus [Pa] of the surface protection sheet, and h is the thickness of the substrate layer [m]. ν is Poisson's ratio, and it is set as ν=0.35 in the above formula. Furthermore, the 25°C bending stiffness value in this example is the 25°C bending stiffness value of MD, but by changing the cutting method of the test piece as mentioned above, not only the 25°C bending stiffness value of MD, but also the TD value can be obtained. The 25°C bending stiffness value, or the 25°C bending stiffness value in any direction of MD or TD can also be obtained.

[水中起點剝離力] 將測定對象之表面保護片材切割成寬度10 mm、長度100 mm之尺寸而製作試片。於23℃、50%RH之環境下,將覆蓋接著面(黏著劑層表面)之剝離襯墊自上述試片剝離,使2 kg之橡膠輥往返一次而將所露出之接著面壓接於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板(具有水接觸角20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面)。此時,以使上述試片之長度方向之一端自上述被黏著體伸出之方式貼合。對如此獲得之評價用樣品進行高壓釜處理(50℃、0.5 MPa、15分鐘)。將自高壓釜取出之評價用樣品於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,浸漬於室溫(23℃~25℃)之水中。作為水,使用離子交換水或蒸餾水。於水中,評價用樣品係以貼附有試片之面朝上之方式保持水平。評價用樣品之上表面至水面之距離(浸漬深度)設為10 mm以上(例如10 mm~100 mm左右)。如此,於評價用樣品配置於水中之狀態下,於上述水中浸漬開始起1分鐘以內,於23℃、50%RH之環境下,使用拉伸試驗機自上述試片之長度方向之一端(自被黏著體伸出之一端),於拉伸速度1000 mm/分鐘、剝離角度20度之條件下進行剝離試驗,記錄剝離初期所施加之最大應力。測定係進行3次,將上述最大應力之平均值設為水中起點剝離力[N/10 mm]。 若水中起點剝離力為0.2 N/10 mm以上,則判定為針對搬送製程中之振動等外力之防端部剝離性優異。於搬送等製程中可能成為表面保護片材之端部剝離之原因之振動等外力可認為係對保護對象物以相對較小之角度所施加之高速之剝離負載。可判斷於剝離角度20度、剝離速度1000 mm/分鐘之條件下所實施之上述水中起點剝離力顯示0.2 N/10 mm以上之表面保護片材在藉由上述剝離負載剝離之前之應力較大,針對振動等外力具有優異之防端部剝離性。 於上述試驗中,作為被黏著體,可使用鹼玻璃板(製品名「顯微鏡載玻片(Micro Slide Glass)S200423」,松浪硝子工業公司製造)。作為拉伸試驗機,可使用萬能拉伸壓縮試驗機(裝置名「拉伸壓縮試驗機、TCM-1kNB」,Minebea公司製造)或其相當品。 於測定時,亦可視需要於表面保護片材之相反面(接著面之相反側之表面)貼附適當之襯底材而將試片進行補強。作為襯底材,例如可使用厚度25 μm左右之PET膜。 [Peel force at starting point in water] The surface protection sheet to be measured was cut into a size of 10 mm in width and 100 mm in length to prepare a test piece. In an environment of 23°C and 50% RH, the release liner covering the adhesive surface (adhesive layer surface) was peeled off from the above test piece, and a 2 kg rubber roller was reciprocated once to press-bond the exposed adhesive surface to the test piece as Alkali glass plate of the adherend (the surface of the alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less). At this time, the test piece is bonded so that one end of the test piece in the longitudinal direction protrudes from the adherend. The sample for evaluation thus obtained was subjected to autoclave treatment (50° C., 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes). The evaluation sample taken out from the autoclave was kept in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 1 hour, and then immersed in water at room temperature (23° C. to 25° C.). As water, ion-exchanged water or distilled water is used. In water, the sample for evaluation is maintained horizontally with the side to which the test piece is attached facing upward. The distance (immersion depth) from the upper surface of the sample for evaluation to the water surface is set to 10 mm or more (for example, about 10 mm to 100 mm). In this way, with the sample for evaluation placed in water, within 1 minute from the start of immersion in the water, in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH, use a tensile tester from one end of the test piece in the longitudinal direction (from The protruding end of the adherend), the peeling test was carried out under the conditions of a tensile speed of 1000 mm/min and a peeling angle of 20 degrees, and the maximum stress applied at the initial stage of peeling was recorded. The measurement was carried out three times, and the average value of the above-mentioned maximum stress was defined as the starting point peeling force in water [N/10 mm]. When the starting point peeling force in water is 0.2 N/10 mm or more, it is judged that the edge peeling prevention property against external force such as vibration during the conveying process is excellent. The external force such as vibration that may cause the edge peeling of the surface protection sheet during the process of conveyance can be considered as a high-speed peeling load applied to the object to be protected at a relatively small angle. It can be judged that the surface protection sheet with a peeling force of 0.2 N/10 mm or more under the conditions of a peeling angle of 20 degrees and a peeling speed of 1000 mm/min has a large stress before being peeled off by the above peeling load. Excellent resistance to end peeling against external forces such as vibration. In the above test, an alkali glass plate (product name "Micro Slide Glass (Micro Slide Glass) S200423", manufactured by Matsunami Glass Co., Ltd.) was used as an adherend. As a tensile tester, a universal tensile-compression tester (device name "tensile-compression tester, TCM-1kNB", manufactured by Minebea Corporation) or an equivalent thereof can be used. During the measurement, the test piece can also be reinforced by attaching an appropriate substrate material on the opposite side of the surface protection sheet (the surface opposite to the adhesive side) as needed. As a substrate, for example, a PET film with a thickness of about 25 μm can be used.

[20度起點剝離力] 將測定對象之表面保護片材切割成寬度10 mm、長度100 mm之尺寸而製作試片。於23℃、50%RH之環境下,將覆蓋接著面(黏著劑層表面)之剝離襯墊自上述試片剝離,使2 kg之橡膠輥往返一次而將所露出之接著面壓接於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板(具有水接觸角20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面)。此時,以使上述試片之長度方向之一端自上述被黏著體伸出之方式貼合。將如此獲得之評價用樣品於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持24小時後,對自上述被黏著體伸出之試片之接著面與上述被黏著體之間(上述被黏著體之端部)滴加20 μL之蒸餾水,於23℃、50%RH之環境下,使用拉伸試驗機,自上述試片之長度方向之一端(自被黏著體伸出之一端),於溫度23℃、剝離角度20度、拉伸速度1000 mm/分鐘之條件下進行剝離試驗,記錄剝離初期所施加之最大應力。測定係進行3次,將上述最大應力之平均值設為20度起點剝離力[N/10 mm]。 再者,上述20度起點剝離力係對剝離開始部位滴加水而測定,且剝離開始時之水之有無之影響為可忽視之程度。其原因在於,如上所述,起點剝離力係剝離初期所施加之最大應力,又,本文所揭示之技術中之水剝離性(因水之存在所致之剝離力降低)係於剝離開始後(起點剝離力檢測後)所表現之特性,水剝離力係於剝離開始後所測定之剝離強度。根據上述20度起點剝離力為特定值以上之表面保護片材,無論是否存在水,針對於表面保護片材端部沿該表面保護片材之厚度方向所施加之物理負載,自端部之剝離之產生均可得到防止或抑制。 於上述試驗中,作為被黏著體,可使用鹼玻璃板(製品名「顯微鏡載玻片(Micro Slide Glass)S200423」,松浪硝子工業公司製造)。作為拉伸試驗機,可使用萬能拉伸壓縮試驗機(裝置名「拉伸壓縮試驗機、TCM-1kNB」,Minebea公司製造)或其相當品。 於測定時,亦可視需要於表面保護片材之相反面(接著面之相反側之表面)貼附適當之襯底材而將試片進行補強。作為襯底材,例如可使用厚度25 μm左右之PET膜。 [Peel force at 20 degrees starting point] The surface protection sheet to be measured was cut into a size of 10 mm in width and 100 mm in length to prepare a test piece. In an environment of 23°C and 50% RH, the release liner covering the adhesive surface (adhesive layer surface) was peeled off from the above test piece, and a 2 kg rubber roller was reciprocated once to press-bond the exposed adhesive surface to the test piece as Alkali glass plate of the adherend (the surface of the alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less). At this time, the test piece is bonded so that one end of the test piece in the longitudinal direction protrudes from the adherend. After keeping the sample for evaluation thus obtained in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH for 24 hours, between the adhesive surface of the test piece protruding from the above-mentioned adherend and the above-mentioned adherend (the end of the above-mentioned adherend) Part) Add 20 μL of distilled water dropwise, and use a tensile testing machine at 23°C and 50% RH, from one end of the above-mentioned test piece in the longitudinal direction (the end protruding from the adherend) at a temperature of 23°C , The peeling test was carried out under the conditions of a peeling angle of 20 degrees and a tensile speed of 1000 mm/min, and the maximum stress applied at the initial stage of peeling was recorded. The measurement was carried out three times, and the average value of the above-mentioned maximum stress was set as the 20-degree starting point peeling force [N/10 mm]. Furthermore, the above-mentioned 20-degree starting point peeling force is measured by dropping water on the peeling start site, and the influence of the presence or absence of water at the start of peeling is negligible. The reason is that, as mentioned above, the peeling force at the starting point is the maximum stress applied at the initial stage of peeling, and the water peeling property (reduced peeling force due to the presence of water) in the technology disclosed herein is after the peeling starts ( The characteristics shown after the starting point peeling force test), the water peeling force is the peeling strength measured after the peeling starts. According to the above-mentioned surface protection sheet whose peeling force at the starting point of 20 degrees is more than a specific value, regardless of the presence of water, the peeling from the end of the surface protection sheet is based on the physical load applied to the end of the surface protection sheet along the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet. The occurrence can be prevented or suppressed. In the above test, an alkali glass plate (product name "Micro Slide Glass (Micro Slide Glass) S200423", manufactured by Matsunami Glass Co., Ltd.) was used as an adherend. As a tensile tester, a universal tensile-compression tester (device name "tensile-compression tester, TCM-1kNB", manufactured by Minebea Corporation) or an equivalent thereof can be used. During the measurement, the test piece can also be reinforced by attaching an appropriate substrate material on the opposite side of the surface protection sheet (the surface opposite to the adhesive side) as needed. As a substrate, for example, a PET film with a thickness of about 25 μm can be used.

[耐反彈性(鋁耐反彈性)] 將由剝離膜保護之黏著劑層切割成寬度10 mm、長度110 mm之尺寸。利用甲苯將寬度10 mm、長度110 mm、厚度0.03 mm之鋁板之表面洗淨,將覆蓋上述黏著劑層之一接著面之剝離襯墊剝離,使所露出之接著面貼合於上述鋁板之表面,製作黏著劑層由鋁板作為襯底之測定用樣品(鋁板與黏著劑層之積層體)。將該測定用樣品於23℃下靜置1天後,將上述測定用樣品之鋁板側作為內側,使測定用樣品之長度方向沿著半徑17 mm之圓柱狀之玻璃管之外周彎曲10秒鐘。繼而,將覆蓋測定用樣品之黏著劑層之另一剝離襯墊剝離,使用貼合機於貼附壓力0.25 MPa、貼附速度0.3 m/分鐘之條件下壓接於作為被黏著體之鹼玻璃板之表面,於23℃、50%RH下進行經過觀察。於後述之實驗2中,測定自壓接於被黏著體起1小時後測定用樣品自被黏著體剝離之距離(自一端起之剝離長度)[mm],記錄為耐反彈性之評價結果。 上述耐反彈性試驗係評價針對表面保護片材端部處與該表面保護片材之面方向正交之方向(表面保護片材之厚度方向)之物理負載(剝離負載)的黏著劑之不易剝離性之試驗。於上述耐反彈性試驗中,無端部剝離或剝離較少之黏著劑評價為針對沿上述厚度方向所施加之物理負載具有優異之防端部剝離性。 再者,本發明者等人確認上述耐反彈性試驗之剝離長度與上述20度起點剝離力相關聯。具體而言,確認於耐反彈性試驗中端部剝離長度越短,20度起點剝離力越高之傾向。可認為其原因在於,剝離角度20度之剝離時,黏著劑之剝離應力中作用於垂直方向(90度)之成分之比率較高。又,耐反彈性試驗中未賦予水之原因在於,於耐反彈性之經時評價中排除因水所致之黏著劑之膨潤等之影響。 [repulsion resistance (aluminum repulsion resistance)] The adhesive layer protected by the release film was cut into a size with a width of 10 mm and a length of 110 mm. Use toluene to clean the surface of the aluminum plate with a width of 10 mm, a length of 110 mm, and a thickness of 0.03 mm, and peel off the release liner covering one of the bonding surfaces of the above-mentioned adhesive layer, so that the exposed bonding surface is attached to the surface of the above-mentioned aluminum plate , to make a measurement sample (a laminate of an aluminum plate and an adhesive layer) in which the adhesive layer is made of an aluminum plate as a substrate. After the measurement sample was left to stand at 23°C for 1 day, with the aluminum plate side of the measurement sample on the inside, bend the longitudinal direction of the measurement sample along the outer periphery of a cylindrical glass tube with a radius of 17 mm for 10 seconds. . Next, peel off the other release liner covering the adhesive layer of the sample for measurement, and press-bond it to the alkali glass as the adherend under the conditions of a bonding pressure of 0.25 MPa and a bonding speed of 0.3 m/min using a bonding machine. The surface of the plate was observed at 23°C and 50%RH. In Experiment 2 described later, the peeling distance (peeling length from one end) [mm] of the sample for measurement from the adherend after 1 hour after being crimped to the adherend was measured, and recorded as the evaluation result of rebound resistance. The rebound resistance test described above evaluates the difficulty of peeling the adhesive against a physical load (peeling load) at the end of the surface protection sheet in a direction perpendicular to the direction of the surface of the surface protection sheet (thickness direction of the surface protection sheet). A test of sex. In the above-mentioned rebound resistance test, an adhesive having no or less peeling at the end was evaluated as having excellent end-peeling resistance against a physical load applied in the above-mentioned thickness direction. Furthermore, the present inventors confirmed that the peeling length in the above-mentioned rebound resistance test is related to the above-mentioned 20-degree starting point peeling force. Specifically, in the rebound resistance test, it was confirmed that the shorter the end peeling length is, the higher the 20-degree starting point peeling force tends to be. The reason for this is considered to be that when peeling at a peeling angle of 20 degrees, the ratio of the component acting in the vertical direction (90 degrees) in the peeling stress of the adhesive is high. In addition, the reason why water was not applied in the rebound resistance test is to exclude the influence of swelling of the adhesive due to water, etc. in the time-dependent evaluation of the rebound resistance.

《實驗1》 <黏著劑之製作> (黏著劑S1) 於具備冷卻管、氮氣導入管、溫度計及攪拌裝置之反應容器中,添加作為單體成分之丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)72份、N-乙烯基-2-吡咯啶酮(NVP)14份、丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEA)13份及甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)1份、作為鏈轉移劑照顧α-硫代甘油0.12份、作為聚合溶劑之乙酸乙酯,投入作為熱聚合起始劑之AIBN0.2份並於氮氣氛圍下進行溶液聚合,藉此獲得含有Mw為30萬之丙烯酸系聚合體s1之溶液。 "Experiment 1" <Preparation of Adhesive> (Adhesive S1) Add 72 parts of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) and N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone (NVP) 14 parts, 13 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) and 1 part of methyl methacrylate (MMA), 0.12 parts of α-thioglycerol as a chain transfer agent, ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent, input as a hot The AIBN of the polymerization initiator was 0.2 part, and solution polymerization was carried out under a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain a solution containing an acrylic polymer s1 with a Mw of 300,000.

於上述所獲得之溶液中,用於製備該溶液之單體成分每100份,添加異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三羥甲基丙烷/苯二甲基二異氰酸酯加成物,三井化學公司製造,商品名:Takenate D-110N,固形物成分濃度75%)以固形物成分基準為0.75份、作為交聯促進劑之二月桂酸二辛基錫(Tokyo Fine Chemical公司製造,商品名:EMBILIZER OL-1)0.01份、作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮3份及作為水親和劑之非離子性界面活性劑(聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單月桂酸酯,HLB16.7,商品名:RHEODOL TW-L120,花王公司製造)0.3份,均勻地混合而製備溶劑型黏著劑組合物S1。In the solution obtained above, for every 100 parts of the monomer components used to prepare the solution, add an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent (trimethylolpropane/xylylene diisocyanate adduct, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, commercial product Name: Takenate D-110N, solid content concentration 75%) 0.75 parts based on solid content, dioctyltin dilaurate (manufactured by Tokyo Fine Chemical Co., trade name: EMBILIZER OL-1) as a crosslinking accelerator ) 0.01 part, 3 parts of acetylacetone as cross-linking retarder and nonionic surfactant (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, HLB16.7, trade name: RHEODOL TW-L120 , manufactured by Kao Corporation) 0.3 parts were uniformly mixed to prepare solvent-based adhesive composition S1.

準備聚酯膜之單面成為剝離面之厚度38 μm之剝離膜(三菱樹脂公司製造,MRF#38)、及聚酯膜之單面成為剝離面之厚度38 μm之剝離膜(三菱樹脂公司製造,MRE#38)。於一剝離膜(MRF#38)之剝離面塗佈上述所製備之溶劑型黏著劑組合物S1,於60℃下乾燥3分鐘,繼而於120℃下乾燥3分鐘,形成厚度25 μm之黏著劑層。於該黏著劑層貼合另一剝離膜(MRE#38)之剝離面而加以保護。如此獲得表面由2片剝離膜保護之黏著劑層S1。A release film with a thickness of 38 μm (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd., MRF#38) with one side of the polyester film as the release surface and a release film with a thickness of 38 μm (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd.) with one side of the polyester film as the release surface were prepared. , MRE #38). Coat the solvent-based adhesive composition S1 prepared above on the peeling surface of a release film (MRF#38), dry at 60°C for 3 minutes, and then dry at 120°C for 3 minutes to form an adhesive with a thickness of 25 μm layer. The release surface of another release film (MRE#38) was bonded to this adhesive layer for protection. In this way, the adhesive layer S1 whose surface is protected by two release films is obtained.

(黏著劑E1) 將2EHA85份、丙烯酸甲酯(MA)13份、丙烯酸(AA)1.2份、甲基丙烯酸(MAA)0.75份、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,KBM-403)0.01份、作為鏈轉移劑之第三-十二烷基硫醇0.05份及乳化劑(花王公司製造,Latemul E-118B)1.9份於離子交換水100份中進行混合而乳化,藉此製備單體混合物之水性乳液(單體乳液)。 於具備冷卻管、氮氣導入管、溫度計及攪拌裝置之反應容器中加入上述單體乳液,一面導入氮氣一面於室溫下攪拌1小時以上。繼而,將系統升溫至60℃,投入作為聚合起始劑之2,2'-偶氮雙[N-(2-羧基乙基)-2-甲基丙脒]水合物(和光純藥工業公司製造,VA-057)0.1份,於60℃下反應6小時,獲得丙烯酸系聚合體e1之水分散液。將系統冷卻至常溫後,上述丙烯酸系聚合體e1之水分散液之固形物成分每100份,添加以固形物成分計為10份之黏著賦予樹脂乳液(荒川化學工業公司製造,SUPER ESTER E-865 NT,軟化點160℃之聚合松香酯之水分散液)。進而,使用作為pH值調整劑之10%氨水及作為增黏劑之聚丙烯酸(不揮發分36%之水溶液)而將pH值調整為約7.5、黏度調整為約9 Pa・s,藉此製備乳液型黏著劑組合物E1。 (Adhesive E1) 85 parts of 2EHA, 13 parts of methyl acrylate (MA), 1.2 parts of acrylic acid (AA), 0.75 parts of methacrylic acid (MAA), 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM- 0.01 part of 403), 0.05 part of tertiary-dodecylmercaptan as a chain transfer agent, and 1.9 parts of an emulsifier (manufactured by Kao Corporation, Latemul E-118B) were mixed and emulsified in 100 parts of ion-exchanged water, thereby An aqueous emulsion of the monomer mixture (monomer emulsion) is prepared. Add the above-mentioned monomer emulsion into a reaction vessel equipped with a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a thermometer, and a stirring device, and stir at room temperature for more than 1 hour while introducing nitrogen gas. Then, the system was heated up to 60°C, and 2,2'-azobis[N-(2-carboxyethyl)-2-methylpropionamidine] hydrate (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. Manufactured, 0.1 part of VA-057), reacted at 60°C for 6 hours to obtain an aqueous dispersion of acrylic polymer e1. After the system was cooled to normal temperature, for every 100 parts of the solid content of the aqueous dispersion of the acrylic polymer e1, 10 parts of an adhesion-imparting resin emulsion (manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., SUPER ESTER E- 865 NT, aqueous dispersion of polymerized rosin ester with a softening point of 160°C). Furthermore, the pH value was adjusted to about 7.5 and the viscosity was adjusted to about 9 Pa·s by using 10% ammonia water as a pH adjuster and polyacrylic acid (aqueous solution of 36% non-volatile matter) as a thickener. Emulsion adhesive composition E1.

準備聚酯膜之單面成為剝離面之厚度38 μm之剝離膜(三菱樹脂公司製造,MRF#38)、及聚酯膜之單面成為剝離面之厚度38 μm之剝離膜(三菱樹脂公司製造,MRE#38)。於一剝離膜(MRF#38)之剝離面塗佈黏著劑組合物E1,於120℃下乾燥3分鐘,形成厚度25 μm之黏著劑層E1。於該黏著劑層貼合另一剝離膜(MRE#38)之剝離面而加以保護。如此獲得表面由2片剝離膜保護之黏著劑層E1。黏著劑層E1之60℃損失彈性模數G"為12.3 kPa。A release film with a thickness of 38 μm (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd., MRF#38) with one side of the polyester film as the release surface and a release film with a thickness of 38 μm (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd.) with one side of the polyester film as the release surface were prepared. , MRE#38). The adhesive composition E1 was coated on the peeling surface of a release film (MRF#38), and dried at 120°C for 3 minutes to form an adhesive layer E1 with a thickness of 25 μm. The release surface of another release film (MRE#38) was bonded to this adhesive layer for protection. In this way, an adhesive layer E1 whose surface was protected by two release films was obtained. The 60°C loss elastic modulus G" of the adhesive layer E1 is 12.3 kPa.

<實施例1> 基材層材料係準備厚度60 μm之延伸聚丙烯(OPP)膜(製品名「Torayfan #60-2500」,東麗公司製造,雙軸延伸PP膜,透濕度2.1 g/(m 2・day))。將覆蓋上述中所獲得之附剝離襯墊之黏著劑層S1之一表面之剝離襯墊剝離,使2 kg之橡膠輥往返兩次而將所露出之表面(接著面)壓接於上述OPP膜之表面。如此獲得接著面由剝離襯墊保護之表面保護片材(附基材層之單面黏著片材)。本例之表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值為1.2×10 -4Pa・m 3,25℃拉伸彈性模數為5.8×10 9Pa,25℃100%伸長時應力為83 N/mm 2,25℃斷裂應力為131 N/mm 2,25℃斷裂應變為232%。 <Example 1> As the material of the substrate layer, a stretched polypropylene (OPP) film with a thickness of 60 μm (product name "Torayfan #60-2500", manufactured by Toray Corporation, biaxially stretched PP film, moisture permeability 2.1 g/( m 2・day)). The release liner covering one surface of the adhesive layer S1 with release liner obtained above was peeled off, and a 2 kg rubber roller was reciprocated twice to press-bond the exposed surface (adhesive surface) to the above OPP film the surface. In this way, a surface protection sheet (one-sided adhesive sheet with a substrate layer) having the adhesive surface protected by a release liner is obtained. The bending stiffness of the surface protection sheet in this example is 1.2×10 -4 Pa·m 3 at 25°C, the tensile elastic modulus at 25°C is 5.8×10 9 Pa, and the stress at 100% elongation at 25°C is 83 N/mm 2. The breaking stress at 25°C is 131 N/mm 2 , and the breaking strain at 25°C is 232%.

<實施例2> 基材層材料係使用厚度25 μm之OPP膜(製品名「Torayfan #25A-KW37」,東麗公司製造,雙軸延伸PP膜,透濕度6.4 g/(m 2・day))。此外,以與實施例1相同之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。本例之表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值為9.3×10 -6Pa・m 3,25℃拉伸彈性模數為6.3×10 9Pa,25℃100%伸長時應力為85 N/mm 2,25℃斷裂應力為146 N/mm 2,25℃斷裂應變為239%。 <Example 2> OPP film with a thickness of 25 μm (product name "Torayfan #25A-KW37", manufactured by Toray Co., Ltd., biaxially stretched PP film, moisture permeability 6.4 g/(m 2 ·day) was used as the material of the base layer ). Furthermore, in the same manner as in Example 1, the surface protection sheet of this example was obtained. The bending stiffness of the surface protection sheet in this example at 25°C is 9.3×10 -6 Pa·m 3 , the tensile elastic modulus at 25°C is 6.3×10 9 Pa, and the stress at 100% elongation at 25°C is 85 N/mm 2. The breaking stress at 25°C is 146 N/mm 2 , and the breaking strain at 25°C is 239%.

<實施例3> 基材層材料係使用厚度100 μm之PET膜(製品名「Lumirror S10」,東麗公司製造)。此外,以與實施例1相同之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。本例之表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值為3.6×10 -4Pa・m 3,25℃拉伸彈性模數為3.8×10 9Pa,25℃100%伸長時應力為157 N/mm 2,25℃斷裂應力為189 N/mm 2,25℃斷裂應變為175%。 <Example 3> A PET film (product name "Lumirror S10", manufactured by Toray Corporation) with a thickness of 100 μm was used as the material of the substrate layer. Furthermore, in the same manner as in Example 1, the surface protection sheet of this example was obtained. The bending stiffness of the surface protection sheet in this example is 3.6×10 -4 Pa·m 3 at 25°C, the tensile elastic modulus at 25°C is 3.8×10 9 Pa, and the stress at 100% elongation at 25°C is 157 N/mm 2. The breaking stress at 25°C is 189 N/mm 2 , and the breaking strain at 25°C is 175%.

<實施例4~6> 除使用黏著劑層E1代替黏著劑層S1以外,以與實施例1~3分別相同之方式,獲得各例之表面保護片材。 <Examples 4 to 6> Except having used the adhesive agent layer E1 instead of the adhesive agent layer S1, it carried out similarly to Examples 1-3 respectively, and obtained the surface protection sheet of each example.

<比較例1> 基材層材料係使用厚度12 μm之OPP膜(製品名「Torayfan #12D-KW37」,東麗公司製造,雙軸延伸PP膜)。此外,以與實施例1相同之方式,獲得本例之表面保護片材。本例之表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值為5.9×10 -7Pa・m 3,25℃拉伸彈性模數為3.6×10 9Pa,25℃100%伸長時應力為105 N/mm 2,25℃斷裂應力為156 N/mm 2,25℃斷裂應變為183%。 <Comparative Example 1> As the material of the substrate layer, an OPP film with a thickness of 12 μm (product name “Torayfan #12D-KW37”, manufactured by Toray Corporation, biaxially stretched PP film) was used. Furthermore, in the same manner as in Example 1, the surface protection sheet of this example was obtained. The bending stiffness of the surface protection sheet in this example at 25°C is 5.9×10 -7 Pa·m 3 , the tensile elastic modulus at 25°C is 3.6×10 9 Pa, and the stress at 100% elongation at 25°C is 105 N/mm 2. The breaking stress at 25°C is 156 N/mm 2 , and the breaking strain at 25°C is 183%.

<性能評價> 針對各例之表面保護片材,測定接著力F0[N/20 mm]、水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]及水中起點剝離力[N/10 mm]。將結果示於表1。表1中一併示出各例之概要。再者,各例之表面保護片材之透濕度為基材(層)之透濕度之±1.5 g/(m 2・day)之範圍內。 <Performance evaluation> For the surface protection sheet of each example, the adhesive force F0 [N/20 mm], the water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm], and the starting point peeling force in water [N/10 mm] were measured. The results are shown in Table 1. In Table 1, the outline|summary of each example is shown together. Furthermore, the moisture permeability of the surface protection sheet of each example is within the range of ±1.5 g/(m 2 ·day) of the moisture permeability of the substrate (layer).

[表1] 表1    實施例1 實施例2 實施例3 實施例4 實施例5 實施例6 比較例1 黏著劑層 種類 S1 S1 S1 E1 E1 E1 S1 聚合方法 溶劑 溶劑 溶劑 乳液 乳液 乳液 溶劑 厚度[μm] 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 基材層 種類 OPP OPP PET OPP OPP PET OPP 厚度[μm] 60 25 100 60 25 100 12 彎曲剛度值[Pa・m 3] 1.2×10 -4 9.3×10 -6 3.6×10 -4 1.2×10 -4 9.3×10 -6 3.6×10 -4 5.9×10 -7 接著力F0[N/20 mm] 8.2 6.8 8.0 8.1 8.0 7.8 6.0 水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm] 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.4 水中起點剝離力[N/10 mm] 0.6 0.3 0.8 0.7 0.3 0.7 0.1 [Table 1] Table 1 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Example 6 Comparative example 1 adhesive layer type S1 S1 S1 E1 E1 E1 S1 aggregation method solvent solvent solvent lotion lotion lotion solvent Thickness [μm] 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 Substrate layer type OPP OPP PET OPP OPP PET OPP Thickness [μm] 60 25 100 60 25 100 12 Bending stiffness value [Pa・m 3 ] 1.2×10 -4 9.3×10 -6 3.6×10 -4 1.2×10 -4 9.3×10 -6 3.6×10 -4 5.9×10 -7 Adhesion force F0[N/20 mm] 8.2 6.8 8.0 8.1 8.0 7.8 6.0 Water peeling force FW0[N/20 mm] 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.4 Starting point peeling force in water[N/10 mm] 0.6 0.3 0.8 0.7 0.3 0.7 0.1

如表1所示,25℃彎曲剛度值處於1.0×10 -6~1.0×10 -2Pa・m 3之範圍內之實施例1~6之表面保護片材之水中起點剝離力均為0.2 N/10 mm以上,與25℃彎曲剛度值低於1.0×10 -6Pa・m 3之比較例1相比,防端部剝離性優異。又,實施例1~6之表面保護片材之水剝離力降低至1.0 N/20 mm以下,由此可知於剝離時能夠實現不會使被黏著體破損或變形之剝離。 由上述結果可知,根據25℃彎曲剛度值為1.0×10 -6~1.0×10 -2Pa・m 3之範圍內且水剝離力FW0為1.0 N/20 mm以下之表面保護片材,即便於在包括以貼附於保護對象物之狀態將該保護對象物於液中進行處理之步驟之製程中使用之情形時,亦不易因該製程中之振動等外力而自端部產生剝離,且於剝離時能夠實現不會使保護對象物破損或變形之剝離。 As shown in Table 1, the starting point peeling force in water of the surface protection sheets of Examples 1 to 6 whose bending stiffness at 25°C is in the range of 1.0×10 -6 to 1.0×10 -2 Pa·m 3 is all 0.2 N /10 mm or more, compared with Comparative Example 1 whose bending stiffness at 25°C was less than 1.0×10 -6 Pa·m 3 , the edge peeling resistance was excellent. Also, the water peeling force of the surface protection sheets of Examples 1 to 6 was reduced to 1.0 N/20 mm or less, and it can be seen that peeling can be achieved without damaging or deforming the adherend during peeling. From the above results, it can be seen that the surface protection sheet whose bending stiffness at 25°C is in the range of 1.0×10 -6 to 1.0×10 -2 Pa·m 3 and whose water peeling force FW0 is 1.0 N/20 mm or less can be used even in When used in a manufacturing process that includes the step of treating the object to be protected in a liquid in a state of being attached to the object to be protected, it is not easy to peel off from the end due to external forces such as vibration during the process. When peeling off, it is possible to peel off without damaging or deforming the object to be protected.

再者,表中雖未示出,但實施例5之表面保護片材之30分鐘溫水浸漬後接著力F1為1.4 N/20 mm,30分鐘溫水浸漬後水剝離力FW1為0.0 N/20 mm。Furthermore, although not shown in the table, the adhesive force F1 of the surface protection sheet of Example 5 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes was 1.4 N/20 mm, and the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes was 0.0 N/20 mm. 20 mm.

《實驗2》 <黏著劑之製作> (黏著劑E2) 將相對於丙烯酸系聚合體e1之水分散液之固形物成分100份的黏著賦予樹脂乳液(荒川化學工業公司製造,SUPER ESTER E-865NT,軟化點160℃之聚合松香酯之水分散液,以下有時表述為「黏著賦予樹脂A」)之添加量變更為20份(固形物成分)。此外,以與上述黏著劑層E1之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層E2。 "Experiment 2" <Preparation of Adhesive> (Adhesive E2) With respect to 100 parts of the solid content of the aqueous dispersion of the acrylic polymer e1, an adhesion-imparting resin emulsion (manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., SUPER ESTER E-865NT, an aqueous dispersion of polymerized rosin ester with a softening point of 160°C, the following Sometimes expressed as "adhesion-imparting resin A"), the added amount was changed to 20 parts (solid content). In addition, an adhesive layer E2 having a thickness of 25 μm was obtained in the same manner as the preparation of the above-mentioned adhesive layer E1.

(黏著劑E3) 將丙烯酸系聚合體e1之水分散液之固形物成分每100份的黏著賦予樹脂A之添加量變更為30份(固形物成分),除此以外,以與上述黏著劑層E2之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層E3。 (Adhesive E3) Except for changing the solid content of the aqueous dispersion of the acrylic polymer e1 to 30 parts (solid content) per 100 parts of the tackifying resin A, the same method as that of the above-mentioned adhesive layer E2 was used. In this way, an adhesive layer E3 with a thickness of 25 μm was obtained.

(黏著劑E4) 將丙烯酸系聚合體之單體組成變更為2EHA49份、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯(BMA)49份、AA2份,且相對於上述單體成分100份使用2份陰離子性反應性乳化劑(第一工業製藥公司製造,AQUALON BC2020)作為乳化劑。此外,藉由與黏著劑E1中之丙烯酸系聚合體e1之製備相同之方法,製備單體混合物之水性乳液(單體乳液),進行聚合反應,藉此獲得丙烯酸系聚合體e2之水分散液。將系統冷卻至常溫後,上述丙烯酸系聚合體e2之水分散液之固形物成分每100份,混合黏著賦予樹脂A以固形物成分計為20份、㗁唑啉系交聯劑(日本觸媒公司製造,Epocros WS-500)2份。進而,使用作為pH值調整劑之10%氨水及作為增黏劑之聚丙烯酸(不揮發分36%之水溶液),將pH值調整為約7.5、黏度調整為約9 Pa・s,藉此製備乳液型黏著劑組合物E4。使用上述乳液型黏著劑組合物E4,除此以外,以與上述黏著劑層E2之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層E4。 (Adhesive E4) The monomer composition of the acrylic polymer was changed to 49 parts of 2EHA, 49 parts of n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), and 2 parts of AA, and 2 parts of anionic reactive emulsifier (first Industrial Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., AQUALON BC2020) as an emulsifier. In addition, by the same method as the preparation of the acrylic polymer e1 in the adhesive E1, an aqueous emulsion of the monomer mixture (monomer emulsion) was prepared and polymerized to obtain an aqueous dispersion of the acrylic polymer e2 . After the system was cooled to normal temperature, for every 100 parts of the solid content of the aqueous dispersion of the above-mentioned acrylic polymer e2, 20 parts of the solid content of the adhesion-imparting resin A, oxazoline crosslinking agent (Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. Manufactured by the company, Epocros WS-500) 2 parts. Furthermore, the pH value was adjusted to about 7.5 and the viscosity was adjusted to about 9 Pa·s by using 10% ammonia water as a pH adjuster and polyacrylic acid (36% non-volatile matter aqueous solution) as a thickener. Emulsion adhesive composition E4. An adhesive layer E4 having a thickness of 25 μm was obtained in the same manner as the preparation of the aforementioned adhesive layer E2 except that the above-mentioned emulsion-type adhesive composition E4 was used.

(黏著劑E5) 使用黏著賦予樹脂B(荒川化學工業公司製造,SUPER ESTER NS-121,軟化點120℃之松香系樹脂(酸值賦予)之水分散液)以固形物成分計為20份代替黏著賦予樹脂A20份。此外,以與黏著劑層E4之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層E5。 (Adhesive E5) Adhesion-imparting resin B (manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., SUPER ESTER NS-121, aqueous dispersion of rosin-based resin (acid value imparting) with a softening point of 120° C.) was used as 20 parts in terms of solid content instead of 20 parts of adhesive-imparting resin A . In addition, an adhesive layer E5 having a thickness of 25 μm was obtained in the same manner as in the preparation of the adhesive layer E4.

(黏著劑E6) 不使用黏著賦予樹脂,除此以外,以與黏著劑層E2之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層E6。 (Adhesive E6) An adhesive layer E6 having a thickness of 25 μm was obtained in the same manner as the preparation of the adhesive layer E2 except that no tackifying resin was used.

(黏著劑E7) 不使用黏著賦予樹脂,除此以外,以與黏著劑層E4之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層E7。 (Adhesive E7) An adhesive layer E7 having a thickness of 25 μm was obtained in the same manner as the preparation of the adhesive layer E4 except that no tackifying resin was used.

(黏著劑S2) 藉由黏著劑S1中所記載之方法,獲得含有丙烯酸系聚合體s1之溶液。 於上述所獲得之溶液中,用於製備該溶液之單體成分每100份,添加作為黏著賦予劑之順丁烯二醯化松香酯(哈利瑪化成公司製造,HARITACK 4740,軟化點115~125℃,以下有時表述為「黏著賦予樹脂C」)以固形物成分基準為20份、異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三羥甲基丙烷/苯二甲基二異氰酸酯加成物,三井化學公司製造,商品名:Takenate D-110N,固形物成分濃度75%)以固形物成分基準為0.75份、作為交聯促進劑之二月桂酸二辛基錫(Tokyo Fine Chemical公司製造,商品名:EMBILIZER OL-1)0.01份、作為交聯延遲劑之乙醯丙酮3份及作為水親和劑之非離子性界面活性劑(聚氧乙烯山梨醇酐單月桂酸酯,HLB16.7,商品名:RHEODOL TW-L120,花王公司製造)0.5份,均勻地混合而製備溶劑型黏著劑組合物S2。 使用所獲得之溶劑型黏著劑組合物S2,除此以外,以與黏著劑層S2之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層S3。 (Adhesive S2) The solution containing the acrylic polymer s1 was obtained by the method described in the adhesive agent S1. In the solution obtained above, for every 100 parts of the monomer components used to prepare the solution, add maleylated rosin ester (manufactured by Harima Chemical Co., Ltd., HARITACK 4740, softening point 115 ~ 125°C, hereinafter sometimes referred to as "adhesion-imparting resin C") 20 parts based on solid content, isocyanate-based crosslinking agent (trimethylolpropane/xylylene diisocyanate adduct, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd. , trade name: Takenate D-110N, solid content concentration 75%) is 0.75 parts based on solid content basis, dioctyltin dilaurate (manufactured by Tokyo Fine Chemical Company, trade name: EMBILIZER OL) as crosslinking accelerator -1) 0.01 parts, 3 parts of acetylacetone as a crosslinking retarder and nonionic surfactant (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, HLB16.7, trade name: RHEODOL TW -L120, manufactured by Kao Corporation) 0.5 part, and mixed uniformly to prepare solvent-type adhesive composition S2. The adhesive layer S3 with a thickness of 25 μm was obtained in the same manner as the preparation of the adhesive layer S2 except that the obtained solvent-based adhesive composition S2 was used.

(黏著劑S3~S4) 將水親和劑之使用量自相對於單體成分100份為0.3份變更為0.1份(黏著劑S3)或0.5份(黏著劑S4),除此以外,以與黏著劑層S1之製作相同之方式,獲得厚度25 μm之黏著劑層S3、S4。 (Adhesive S3~S4) The usage amount of the water affinity agent was changed from 0.3 part to 0.1 part (adhesive S3) or 0.5 part (adhesive S4) relative to 100 parts of the monomer component, and the same method as that of the adhesive layer S1 was used. In this way, adhesive layers S3 and S4 with a thickness of 25 μm were obtained.

<實施例7~15> 基材層材料係準備厚度60 μm之OPP膜(製品名「Torayfan #60-2500」,東麗公司製造,雙軸延伸PP膜)。將覆蓋上述所獲得之附剝離襯墊之黏著劑層E2~E7、S2~4之一表面之剝離襯墊剝離,使2 kg之橡膠輥往返兩次而將所露出之表面(接著面)壓接於上述OPP膜之表面。如此獲得接著面由剝離襯墊保護之各例之表面保護片材(附基材層之單面黏著片材)。各例之表面保護片材之25℃彎曲剛度值為1.2×10 -4Pa・m 3,25℃100%伸長時應力為83 N/mm 2,25℃斷裂應力為131 N/mm 2,25℃斷裂應變為232%。 <Examples 7 to 15> As the base layer material, an OPP film (product name "Torayfan #60-2500", manufactured by Toray Corporation, biaxially stretched PP film) with a thickness of 60 μm was prepared. Peel off the release liner covering one of the surfaces of the adhesive layers E2-E7 and S2-4 obtained above, and press a 2 kg rubber roller back and forth twice to press the exposed surface (adhesive surface) Attached to the surface of the above OPP film. In this way, the surface protection sheets (single-sided adhesive sheets with substrate layers) in which the adhesive surface was protected by a release liner were obtained. The bending stiffness at 25°C of the surface protection sheets of each example is 1.2×10 -4 Pa·m 3 , the stress at 100% elongation at 25°C is 83 N/mm 2 , and the breaking stress at 25°C is 131 N/mm 2 , 25 The breaking strain at ℃ is 232%.

<性能評價> 針對各例之表面保護片材,測定接著力F0[N/20 mm]、水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]、20度起點剝離力[N/10 mm]及耐反彈性(自壓接起1小時後之剝離長度[mm])。將結果示於表2~3。表2~3中亦一併示出各例之概要。 <Performance evaluation> For the surface protection sheet of each example, the adhesion force F0 [N/20 mm], water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm], 20-degree starting point peeling force [N/10 mm] and rebound resistance (self-pressing Peeling length after 1 hour [mm]). The results are shown in Tables 2-3. The outline|summary of each example is shown together with Tables 2-3.

[表2] 表2    實施例7 實施例8 實施例9 實施例10 實施例11 實施例12 黏著劑層 種類 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 聚合體 e1 e1 e2 e2 e1 e2 聚合方法 乳液 乳液 乳液 乳液 乳液 乳液 黏著賦予劑 [份]* 黏著賦予樹脂A 20 30 20          黏著賦予樹脂B          20       厚度[μm] 25 25 25 25 25 25 基材層 種類 OPP OPP OPP OPP OPP OPP 厚度[μm] 60 60 60 60 60 60 彎曲剛度值[Pa・m 3] 1.2×10 4 1.2×10 4 1.2×10 4 1.2×10 4 1.2×10 4 1.2×10 4 接著力F0[N/20 mm] 8.1 8.2 5.5 10.4 5.9 5.1 水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm] 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.1 20度起點剝離力[N/10 mm] 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.3 0.3 耐反彈性[mm] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 1.0 *相對於丙烯酸系聚合體100份之份數 [Table 2] Table 2 Example 7 Example 8 Example 9 Example 10 Example 11 Example 12 adhesive layer type E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 Polymer e1 e1 e2 e2 e1 e2 aggregation method lotion lotion lotion lotion lotion lotion Adhesion imparting agent [parts]* Adhesion Imparting Resin A 20 30 20 Adhesion Imparting Resin B 20 Thickness [μm] 25 25 25 25 25 25 Substrate layer type OPP OPP OPP OPP OPP OPP Thickness [μm] 60 60 60 60 60 60 Bending stiffness value [Pa・m 3 ] 1.2×10 4 1.2×10 4 1.2×10 4 1.2×10 4 1.2×10 4 1.2×10 4 Adhesion force F0[N/20 mm] 8.1 8.2 5.5 10.4 5.9 5.1 Water peeling force FW0[N/20 mm] 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.1 20 degree starting point peeling force [N/10 mm] 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.3 0.3 Rebound resistance [mm] 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 1.0 *Parts relative to 100 parts of acrylic polymer

[表3] 表3    實施例13 實施例14 實施例15 黏著劑層 種類 S2 S3 S4 聚合體 s1 s1 s1 聚合方法 溶劑 溶劑 溶劑 水親和劑[份]* 0.5 0.1 0.5 黏著賦予劑[份]* 20       厚度[μm] 25 25 25 基材層 種類 OPP OPP OPP 厚度[μm] 60 60 60 彎曲剛度值[Pa・m 3] 1.2×10 4 1.2×10 4 1.2×10 4 接著力F0[N/20 mm] 8.8 6.9 2.5 水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm] 0.1 0.3 0.0 20度起點剝離力[N/10 mm] 0.9 0.5 0.3 耐反彈性[mm] 0.0 0.2 0.7 *相對於丙烯酸系聚合體100份之份數 [table 3] table 3 Example 13 Example 14 Example 15 adhesive layer type S2 S3 S4 Polymer s1 s1 s1 aggregation method solvent solvent solvent Water affinity agent [parts]* 0.5 0.1 0.5 Adhesion imparting agent [parts]* 20 Thickness [μm] 25 25 25 Substrate layer type OPP OPP OPP Thickness [μm] 60 60 60 Bending stiffness value [Pa・m 3 ] 1.2×10 4 1.2×10 4 1.2×10 4 Adhesion force F0[N/20 mm] 8.8 6.9 2.5 Water peeling force FW0[N/20 mm] 0.1 0.3 0.0 20 degree starting point peeling force [N/10 mm] 0.9 0.5 0.3 Rebound resistance [mm] 0.0 0.2 0.7 *Parts relative to 100 parts of acrylic polymer

如表2~3所示,實施例7~15之表面保護片材之20度起點剝離力均為0.2 N/10 mm以上,耐反彈性試驗之結果為,1小時後之端部剝離長度均為1.0 mm以下,具有良好之防端部剝離性。其中,使用水分散型黏著劑之實施例7~12中,添加有黏著賦予劑之實施例7~10之20度起點剝離力較高為0.5 N/10 mm以上,與不使用黏著賦予劑之實施例11~12相比,耐反彈性優異。同樣地,使用溶劑型黏著劑之實施例13~15中,添加有黏著賦予劑之實施例13及降低了水親和劑之使用量之實施例14之20度起點剝離力較高為0.5 N/10 mm以上,與不使用黏著賦予劑且使用水親和劑0.5份之實施例15相比,耐反彈性優異。實施例7~10、實施例13~14中,基於黏著劑,實現20度起點剝離力0.5 N/10 mm以上,發揮更優異之耐反彈性。又,根據實施例14與實施例15之對比,若增多水親和劑之使用量,則水剝離性提昇,但有接著力F0或20度起點剝離力降低之傾向,防端部剝離性亦降低,但根據實施例13之結果可知,藉由使用黏著賦予劑,即便使用充分量使用水親和劑,亦可提高接著力F0或20度起點剝離力,從而可以高水準兼顧保護時之接著性或防端部剝離性與水剝離去除性。As shown in Tables 2 to 3, the 20-degree starting point peeling force of the surface protection sheets of Examples 7 to 15 are all above 0.2 N/10 mm. It is less than 1.0 mm and has good anti-end peeling property. Among them, in Examples 7 to 12 using water-dispersed adhesives, the 20-degree starting point peeling force of Examples 7 to 10 with the addition of the adhesion imparting agent was higher than 0.5 N/10 mm, which was higher than that of the examples without the adhesion imparting agent. Compared with Examples 11-12, it is excellent in rebound resistance. Similarly, among Examples 13 to 15 using solvent-based adhesives, Example 13 with the addition of an adhesion-imparting agent and Example 14 with a reduced amount of water-affinity agent had a higher 20-degree starting point peeling force of 0.5 N/ 10 mm or more, compared with Example 15 in which no adhesion imparting agent was used and 0.5 parts of a water affinity agent was used, the rebound resistance was excellent. In Examples 7-10 and Examples 13-14, based on the adhesive, the 20-degree starting point peeling force is 0.5 N/10 mm or more, and exhibits more excellent rebound resistance. Also, according to the comparison between Example 14 and Example 15, if the usage amount of the water-affinity agent is increased, the water releasability is improved, but there is a tendency for the adhesive force F0 or the 20-degree starting point peeling force to decrease, and the anti-end peeling property also decreases. , but according to the results of Example 13, it can be seen that by using an adhesion imparting agent, even if a sufficient amount of a water affinity agent is used, the adhesive force F0 or the 20-degree starting point peeling force can be improved, so that a high level of adhesion during protection or protection can be achieved. End peeling resistance and water peeling removability.

以上詳細說明了本發明之具體例,但該等僅為例示,並不對申請專利範圍進行限定。申請專利範圍中記載之技術包括將以上例示之具體例進行各種變化、變更而成者。Specific examples of the present invention have been described in detail above, but these are merely illustrations and do not limit the scope of claims. The technologies described in the claims include various modifications and changes of the specific examples illustrated above.

1:表面保護片材 1A:接著面 1B:背面 2:表面保護片材 2A:接著面 2B:背面 10:基材層 10A:一面 10B:另一面 11:第一層 12:第二層(含無機材料之層) 20:黏著劑層 20A:接著面 30:剝離襯墊 50:附剝離襯墊之表面保護片材 1: Surface protection sheet 1A: Then face 1B: back 2: Surface protection sheet 2A: Then face 2B: Back 10: Substrate layer 10A: one side 10B: The other side 11: The first floor 12: The second layer (the layer containing inorganic materials) 20: Adhesive layer 20A: Then face 30: Peel off the liner 50: Surface protection sheet with release liner

圖1係模式性地表示表面保護片材之一形態例之剖視圖。 圖2係模式性地表示表面保護片材之另一形態例之剖視圖。 Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a surface protection sheet. Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another example of the surface protection sheet.

1:表面保護片材 1: Surface protection sheet

1A:接著面 1A: Then face

1B:背面 1B: back

10:基材層 10: Substrate layer

10A:一面 10A: one side

10B:另一面 10B: The other side

20:黏著劑層 20: Adhesive layer

20A:接著面 20A: Then face

30:剝離襯墊 30: Peel off the liner

50:附剝離襯墊之表面保護片材 50: Surface protection sheet with release liner

Claims (12)

一種表面保護片材,其25℃下之彎曲剛度值處於1.0×10 -6~1.0×10 -2Pa・m 3之範圍內, 上述表面保護片材之水剝離力FW0為1.0 N/20 mm以下,上述水剝離力FW0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定。 A surface protection sheet whose bending stiffness at 25°C is in the range of 1.0×10 -6 to 1.0×10 -2 Pa·m 3 , and the water peeling force FW0 of the above surface protection sheet is 1.0 N/20 mm Hereinafter, the above-mentioned water peeling force FW0 refers to the bonded surface of the surface protection sheet attached to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, after being kept at 23°C and 50%RH for 1 hour, Supply 20 μL of distilled water between the soda glass and the bonding surface, and make the distilled water enter one end of the interface between the soda glass and the bonding surface, at a temperature of 23°C, a peeling angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min. measured under the conditions. 一種表面保護片材,其水剝離力FW0為1.0 N/20 mm以下,上述水剝離力FW0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定, 上述表面保護片材之起點剝離力為0.5 N/10 mm以上,上述起點剝離力係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持24小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間滴加20 μL之蒸餾水,於溫度23℃、剝離角度20度及速度1000 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定。 A surface protection sheet having a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less, the above water peeling force FW0 being bonded to the surface of an alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. After keeping the surface at 23°C and 50%RH for 1 hour, supply 20 μL of distilled water between the alkali glass and the bonding surface, and let the distilled water enter one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the bonding surface , measured at a temperature of 23°C, a peeling angle of 180 degrees and a speed of 300 mm/min. The starting point peeling force of the above-mentioned surface protection sheet is 0.5 N/10 mm or more, and the above-mentioned starting point peeling force is the adhesive surface of the surface of the alkali glass with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. After keeping it at 23°C and 50%RH for 24 hours, add 20 μL of distilled water dropwise between the alkali glass and the bonding surface, and perform the test at a temperature of 23°C, a peeling angle of 20° and a speed of 1000 mm/min. Determination. 如請求項1或2之表面保護片材,其中上述水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]為接著力F0[N/20 mm]之50%以下,此處,上述接著力F0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之剝離強度[N/20 mm]。Such as the surface protection sheet of claim 1 or 2, wherein the above-mentioned water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] is less than 50% of the adhesive force F0 [N/20 mm], here, the above-mentioned adhesive force F0 is based on water The surface of alkali glass with a contact angle of 20 degrees or less is bonded to the bonding surface of the surface protection sheet, and after being kept at 23°C and 50%RH for 1 hour, it is peeled off at a temperature of 23°C, a peeling angle of 180° and a speed of Peel strength [N/20 mm] measured under the condition of 300 mm/min. 如請求項1至3中任一項之表面保護片材,其包含黏著劑層、及支持該黏著劑層之基材層。The surface protection sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 3, comprising an adhesive layer and a substrate layer supporting the adhesive layer. 如請求項4之表面保護片材,其中上述黏著劑層包含水親和劑。The surface protection sheet according to claim 4, wherein the adhesive layer contains a water affinity agent. 如請求項1至5中任一項之表面保護片材,其厚度為20~200 μm。The surface protection sheet according to any one of Claims 1 to 5, which has a thickness of 20-200 μm. 如請求項1至6中任一項之表面保護片材,其用於將玻璃或半導體晶圓於液中以化學方式及/或物理方式進行薄化處理之步驟。The surface protection sheet according to any one of Claims 1 to 6, which is used in the step of chemically and/or physically thinning a glass or a semiconductor wafer in a liquid. 一種處理方法,係處理被黏著體者,包括: 於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之被黏著體之該表面貼附表面保護片材之步驟; 對貼附有上述表面保護片材之上述被黏著體沿該表面保護片材之厚度方向施加物理負載之步驟;及 將上述表面保護片材於水之存在下自上述被黏著體剝離而去除之步驟;且 上述表面保護片材之水剝離力FW0為1.0 N/20 mm以下,且起點剝離力為 0.5 N/10 mm以上, [水剝離力FW0] 上述水剝離力FW0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間供給20 μL之蒸餾水,使該蒸餾水進入至該鹼玻璃與該接著面之界面之一端後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之水剝離力[N/20 mm]; [起點剝離力] 上述起點剝離力係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持24小時後,對該鹼玻璃與該接著面之間滴加20 μL之蒸餾水,於溫度23℃、剝離角度20度及速度1000 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之剝離初期之最大應力[N/10 mm]。 A treatment method is to deal with the adherend, including: A step of attaching a surface protection sheet to the surface of the adherend having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less; a step of applying a physical load to the above-mentioned adherend to which the above-mentioned surface protection sheet is attached along the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet; and a step of peeling and removing the above-mentioned surface protection sheet from the above-mentioned adherend in the presence of water; and The water peeling force FW0 of the above-mentioned surface protection sheet is 1.0 N/20 mm or less, and the starting point peeling force is 0.5 N/10 mm or more, [Water Peeling Force FW0] The above-mentioned water peeling force FW0 refers to the bonded surface of the alkali glass with a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, which is attached to the surface protection sheet. 20 μL of distilled water is supplied between the alkali glass and the bonding surface, and after the distilled water enters one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the bonding surface, the temperature is 23°C, the peeling angle is 180 degrees, and the speed is 300 mm/min. The measured water peeling force [N/20 mm]; [Peel force at starting point] The above-mentioned peeling force at the starting point is measured on the surface of alkali glass with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. The surface is attached to the surface protection sheet. After being kept at 23°C and 50%RH for 24 hours, the alkali Add 20 μL of distilled water dropwise between the glass and the bonding surface, and measure the maximum stress [N/10 mm] at the initial stage of peeling under the conditions of temperature 23°C, peeling angle 20 degrees, and speed 1000 mm/min. 如請求項8之處理方法,其中上述表面保護片材之上述水剝離力FW0[N/20 mm]為接著力F0[N/20 mm]之50%以下, [接著力F0] 上述接著力F0係於具有水接觸角為20度以下之表面之鹼玻璃之該表面貼合表面保護片材之接著面,於23℃、50%RH之環境下保持1小時後,於溫度23℃、剝離角度180度及速度300 mm/分鐘之條件下所測定之剝離強度[N/20 mm]。 The processing method according to claim 8, wherein the water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] of the surface protection sheet is less than 50% of the adhesive force F0 [N/20 mm], [adherence F0] The above-mentioned adhesive force F0 refers to the bonding surface of the surface protection sheet of alkali glass with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. After keeping it at 23°C and 50%RH for 1 hour, it was tested at a temperature of 23°C. Peel strength [N/20 mm] measured under the conditions of ℃, peeling angle of 180 degrees and speed of 300 mm/min. 如請求項8或9之處理方法,其中上述表面保護片材包含黏著劑層、及支持該黏著劑層之基材層。The processing method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the above-mentioned surface protection sheet comprises an adhesive layer and a substrate layer supporting the adhesive layer. 如請求項8至10中任一項之處理方法,其中對貼附有上述表面保護片材之上述被黏著體沿該表面保護片材之厚度方向施加物理負載之步驟係搬送步驟或物理處理步驟。The processing method according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the step of applying a physical load to the above-mentioned adherend to which the above-mentioned surface protection sheet is attached along the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet is a conveying step or a physical processing step . 一種表面保護片材,其用於如請求項8至11中任一項之處理方法。A surface protection sheet, which is used in the treatment method according to any one of claims 8 to 11.
TW111105242A 2021-03-25 2022-02-14 Surface protective sheet and treatment method TW202300609A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021052064 2021-03-25
JP2021-052064 2021-03-25
JP2021151206 2021-09-16
JP2021-151206 2021-09-16
WOPCT/JP2022/003426 2022-01-28
PCT/JP2022/003426 WO2022201858A1 (en) 2021-03-25 2022-01-28 Surface protective sheet and treatment method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202300609A true TW202300609A (en) 2023-01-01

Family

ID=83396801

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW111105242A TW202300609A (en) 2021-03-25 2022-02-14 Surface protective sheet and treatment method

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022201858A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202300609A (en)
WO (1) WO2022201858A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2024068717A (en) * 2022-11-09 2024-05-21 日東電工株式会社 PROTECTIVE SHEET AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DEVICE

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
MX169921B (en) * 1988-10-26 1993-07-30 Kimberly Clark Co IMPROVEMENTS TO LEAF MATERIAL WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE AND REMOVABLE WITH WATER
US5284690A (en) * 1992-11-03 1994-02-08 Rohm And Haas Company Aqueous release coating composition for pressure sensitive adhesives
JP2006241264A (en) * 2005-03-02 2006-09-14 Kuramoto Sangyo:Kk Adhesive composition and hot water peelable label
EP2379659A1 (en) * 2008-12-31 2011-10-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Stretch releasable adhesive tape
CN111670234B (en) * 2018-02-05 2021-04-13 日东电工株式会社 Adhesive sheet and method for peeling adhesive sheet
JP2021024182A (en) * 2019-08-02 2021-02-22 日東電工株式会社 Laminate and peeling method
JP7441012B2 (en) * 2019-08-02 2024-02-29 日東電工株式会社 adhesive sheet

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2022201858A1 (en) 2022-09-29
WO2022201858A1 (en) 2022-09-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI727257B (en) Adhesive sheet and peeling method of adhesive sheet
CN107267080B (en) Surface protection sheet
CN112513216B (en) Optical adhesive composition and use thereof
WO2013150770A1 (en) Adhesive composition, adhesive layer, adhesive sheet, surface protective sheet, optical surface-protective sheet, and optical film with surface protective sheet
WO2022202321A1 (en) Surface protection sheet
JP7441012B2 (en) adhesive sheet
TW202300609A (en) Surface protective sheet and treatment method
JP6152451B2 (en) Adhesive composition, adhesive layer, adhesive sheet, surface protective sheet, optical surface protective sheet, and optical film with surface protective sheet
TW202003741A (en) Adhesive sheet
US20210230455A1 (en) Method for Peeling Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Sheet
WO2023145360A1 (en) Surface protective sheet and treatment method
WO2022201857A1 (en) Surface protective sheet and treatment method
TW202136455A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet for semiconductor processing
KR20210075877A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
TWI811296B (en) Adhesive sheet peeling method
CN112980345A (en) Adhesive sheet for wafer processing
CN117157372A (en) Surface protection sheet
CN117083356A (en) Surface protection sheet and treatment method
WO2024024860A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and method for removing pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
JP7319766B2 (en) Adhesive sheet
TW202239900A (en) Structure, adhesive sheet, set and method
TW202043415A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and use thereof
TW202411379A (en) Method for peeling adhesive sheet